Shreya Acquisition Group S-1/A, filed Jan 16, 2026
Shreya Acquisition Group (SAGU)
As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on January 16, 2026.
Registration No. 333-290228
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Shreya Acquisition Group
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its constitutional documents)
| Cayman Islands | 6770 | N/A | ||
|
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
Anuj Goyal
244 Fifth Avenue, Suite #1836
New York, New York 10001
(230) 211-6242
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Cogency Global Inc.
122 E 42nd St., 18th Floor
New York, NY 10168
(212) 947-7200
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
|
Mitchell Nussbaum, Esq. Joan S. Guilfoyle, Esq. Loeb & Loeb LLP 345 Park Avenue New York, NY 10154 (212) 407-4000 |
Jose Santos, Esq. Forbes Hare Cassia Court Camana Bay 10 Market Street Grand Cayman KY1-9006 (345) 943-7700 |
Joseph Lucosky, Esq. Lucosky Brookman LLP 101 Wood Avenue South Woodbridge, NJ 08830 (732) 395-4402 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. ☐
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
| Large accelerated filer | ☐ | Accelerated filer | ☐ | |
| Non-accelerated filer | ☒ | Smaller reporting company | ☒ | |
| Emerging growth company | ☒ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
| PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS | SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JANUARY 16, 2026 |
$60,000,000
Shreya Acquisition Group
6,000,000 Units
Shreya Acquisition Group is a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands as a Cayman Islands exempted company for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities. We have not selected any business combination target although we intend to focus our search for a target business on companies engaged in the health and wellness, hospitality, media and entertainment, shipping infrastructure and waterways tourism sectors. We have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target. Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic region. While we intend to conduct a global search for target businesses without being limited by geographic region, we affirmatively exclude as an initial business combination target any company of which financial statements are audited by an accounting firm that the United States Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) is unable to inspect for two consecutive years beginning in 2021 and any target company with China operations consolidated through a VIE structure.
This is an initial public offering of our securities. Each unit that we are offering has a price of $10.00 and consists of one Class A ordinary share and one right to receive one-eighth (1/8th) of one Class A ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial business combination, as described in more detail in this prospectus. We refer to the rights included in the units as “rights.”
We have granted D. Boral Capital LLC, the representative of the underwriters, a 45-day option to purchase up to an additional 900,000 units (over and above the 6,000,000 units referred to above) solely to cover over-allotments, if any.
We will provide the holders of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares that were sold in this offering with the opportunity to redeem their shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account described below, including interest (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding ordinary shares that were sold in this offering, which we refer to as our “public shares” throughout this prospectus, subject to the limitations described herein. See “Summary — The Offering — Redemption rights for public shareholders upon completion of our initial business combination” and “Summary — The Offering — Redemption of public shares and distribution and liquidation if no initial business combination” for more information.
Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including all shares held by those shareholders that hold more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering) for or against our initial business combination. See “Summary — The Offering — Limitation on redemption rights of shareholders holding 15% or more of the shares sold in this offering if we hold shareholder vote” for further discussion on certain limitations on redemption rights.
We have 18 months from the closing of this offering to consummate our initial business combination. If we anticipate that we may be unable to consummate our initial business combination within such period, we may seek shareholder approval to amend our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination. If we seek shareholder approval for an extension, our public shareholders will be offered an opportunity to redeem their shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to applicable laws. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the 18-month period or such period that may be extended, we will distribute the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of taxes payable), pro rata to our public shareholders, by way of the redemption of their shares and thereafter cease all operations except for the purposes of winding up of our affairs, as further described herein.
Our sponsor, Thews (Mauritius) Limited, a private limited liability company incorporated in Mauritius, has committed to purchasing from us an aggregate of 191,750 units (or up to 200,750 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) (the “private units”) at $10.00 per private unit for a total purchase price of $1,917,500 (or $2,007,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. These private units are identical to the units sold in this offering, subject to limited exceptions as further described herein. A portion of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below.
Our sponsor has purchased an aggregate of 2,957,143 Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate of $25,000, up to 385,714 of which will be surrendered to us for no consideration after the closing of this offering depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, which will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holders thereof on a one-for-one basis, subject to the adjustments described herein. Because our sponsor acquired the Class B ordinary shares at a nominal price, our public shareholders will incur an immediate and substantial dilution upon the closing of this offering. Further, the Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the Class B ordinary shares may result in material dilution to our public shareholders due to the anti-dilution rights of our Class B ordinary shares that may result in an issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion. Prior to the closing of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares (i) will have the right to vote to appoint and remove directors prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) will be entitled to vote on continuing our company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents, in each case, as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). On any other matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, holders of the Class B ordinary shares and holders of the Class A ordinary shares will vote together as a single class, except as required by law. Additionally, we will reimburse an affiliate of our sponsor in an amount equal to $5,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support made available to us, as described elsewhere in this prospectus. Upon consummation of this offering, we will repay up to $300,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses. Up to $1,500,000 of working capital loans (“Working Capital Loans”) made by the sponsor, prior to or in connection with its initial business combination may be convertible into units of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of our sponsor. Following consummation of a business combination, members of our management team will be entitled to reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination. As a result, there may be actual or potential material conflicts of interest between members of our management team, our sponsor and its affiliates on one hand, and purchasers in this offering on the other. See “Summary — Sponsor Information”, “Summary – Conflicts of Interest”, “Summary — The Offering — Initial Shares and Transfer Restrictions”, and “Summary — The Offering – Limited payments to insiders” and “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Management Team — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the initial shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination, and our sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us in the event we consummate an initial business combination, even if the business combination causes the trading price of our ordinary shares to materially decline.” for further discussion on our sponsor’s and our affiliates’ securities and compensation.
As more fully discussed in “Management — Conflicts of Interest,” each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary, contractual or other obligations or duties to one or more other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entities. On July 22, 2025, an aggregate of 2,957,143 initial shares were issued to our sponsor, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.008 per share. The low price that our sponsor, executive officers and directors (directly or indirectly) paid for the initial shares creates an incentive whereby our officers and directors could potentially make a substantial profit even if we select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders. Our management team may be more willing to pursue a business combination with a riskier or less-established target business, as our sponsor and members of our management team would likely not receive any financial benefit unless we consummated such business combination. These interests of our sponsor, executive officers and directors may affect the consideration paid, terms, conditions and timing relating to a business combination in a way that conflicts with the interests of our public shareholders. Additionally, our sponsor and executive officers and directors have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (a) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window or (b) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their initial shares and private shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame; and (iv) vote any initial shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions) in favor of our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, or by such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve, the initial shares and private units may expire worthless, except to the extent they receive liquidating distributions from assets outside the trust account, which could create an incentive for our sponsor, executive officers and directors to complete a transaction even if we select an acquisition target that subsequently declines in value and is unprofitable for public shareholders. Further, each of our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination. Additionally, we will reimburse an affiliate of our sponsor in an amount equal to $5,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support made available to us, as described elsewhere in this prospectus. Upon consummation of this offering, we will repay up to $300,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses. Up to $1,500,000 of working capital loans (“Working Capital Loans”) made by the sponsor, prior to or in connection with its initial business combination may be convertible into units of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of our sponsor. As a result, there may be actual or potential material conflicts of interest between our sponsor and its affiliates on the one hand, and purchasers in this offering on the other hand. See the sections titled “Summary — Sponsor Information”, “Summary – Conflicts of Interest”, “Risk Factors — Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses, thereby potentially limiting the amount of time they devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial business combination”, and “Management — Conflicts of Interest” for more information.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our units, ordinary shares or rights. We have applied to have our units listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “SAGUU” on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The ordinary shares and rights comprising the units will begin separate trading on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless D. Boral Capital informs us of its decision to allow earlier separate trading, subject to our satisfaction of certain conditions. Once the securities comprising the units begin separate trading, the ordinary shares and rights will be traded on Nasdaq under the symbols “SAGU” and “SAGUR,” respectively.
We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 36 for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities. Investors will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings.
Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
No offer or invitation to subscribe for units may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands.
| Per Unit | Total | |||||||
| Public offering price | $ | 10.00 | $ | 60,000,000 | ||||
| Underwriting discounts and commissions(1) | $ | 0.20 | $ | 1,200,000 | ||||
| Proceeds, before expenses, to us | $ | 9.80 | $ | 58,800,000 | ||||
| (1) | Consists of (i) $0.10 per unit, or $600,000 (or $690,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) in the aggregate, payable to the underwriters in cash upon the consummation of this initial public offering, and (ii) deferred underwriting commissions of $0.10 per unit, or $600,000 (or $690,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) in the aggregate to be placed in a trust account located in the United States as described herein. The deferred commissions will be released to the underwriters only on completion of an initial business combination, in an amount equal to $0.10 multiplied by the number of public shares sold as part of the units in this offering. If no business combination is consummated, such deferred commissions will be forfeited by the underwriters. The underwriters will not be entitled to any interest accrued on the deferred commissions. Excludes certain fees and expenses payable to the underwriters in connection with this offering. See also “Underwriting” for a description of compensation and other items of value payable to the underwriters. |
Of the proceeds we receive from this offering and the sale of the private units described in this prospectus, $60,000,000, or $69,000,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($10.00 per unit or 100% of the gross proceeds of the offering in either case), will be deposited into a United States-based trust account established by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee. Except as described in this prospectus, these funds will not be released to us until the earlier of the completion of our initial business combination and our liquidation upon our failure to consummate a business combination within the required time period. The majority of our assets may be located outside the United States after we consummate our initial business combination.
On July 22, 2025, an aggregate of 2,957,143 initial shares were issued to our sponsor, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.008 per share. Because our sponsor acquired the initial shares at a nominal price, our public shareholders will incur an immediate and substantial dilution upon the closing of this offering, assuming no value is ascribed to the rights included in the units. Further, the Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the initial shares may result in material dilution to our public shareholders due to the anti-dilution rights of our initial shares that may result in an issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion. See the section titled “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Management Team — The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the initial shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination, and our sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us in the event we consummate an initial business combination, even if the business combination causes the trading price of our ordinary shares to materially decline.”
The following tables illustrate the difference between the public offering price per unit (adjusted to include the value of the rights) and our net tangible book value per share (NTBV), as adjusted to give effect to this offering and assuming the redemption of our public shares at varying levels. See section entitled “Dilution” for more information.
| As of September 30, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Offering Price of $10.00 |
25% of Maximum Redemption (assumes 1,500,000 or 1,725,000 public shares redeemed) |
50% of Maximum Redemption (assumes 3,000,000 or 3,450,000 public shares redeemed) |
75% of Maximum Redemption (assumes 4,500,000 or 5,175,000 public shares redeemed) |
Maximum Redemption (assumes 6,000,000 or 6,900,000 public shares redeemed) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| NTBV | NTBV | Difference between NTBV and Offering Price |
NTBV | Difference between NTBV and Offering Price |
NTBV | Difference between NTBV and Offering Price |
NTBV | Difference between NTBV and Offering Price |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Assuming Full Exercise of Over-Allotment Option | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| $ | 6.30 | $ | 5.61 | $ | 4.39 | $ | 4.60 | $ | 5.40 | $ | 2.98 | $ | 7.02 | $ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 10.01 | ||||||||||||||||
| Assuming No Exercise of Over-Allotment Option | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| $ | 6.04 | $ | 5.34 | $ | 4.66 | $ | 4.26 | $ | 5.74 | $ | 2.76 | $ | 7.24 | $ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 10.01 | ||||||||||||||||
Our sponsor and members of our management team will directly or indirectly own our securities following this offering, and accordingly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Additionally, each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have additional, fiduciary, contractual or other obligations or duties to one or more other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entities. See the sections titled “Proposed Business — Sourcing of Potential Business Combination Targets” and “Management — Conflicts of Interest” for more information.
The underwriters are offering the units for sale on a firm-commitment basis. Delivery of the units will be made on or about __________, 2026.
Sole Book-Running Manager
D. Boral Capital
The date of this prospectus is _______________, 2026
TABLE OF CONTENTS
i
This summary highlights certain information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. For a more complete understanding of this offering, you should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the risk factors and the financial statements. Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus, references to:
| ● | “Class A ordinary shares” are to our class A ordinary shares of a par value of $0.0001 each in the capital of the company; | |
| ● | “Class B ordinary shares” are to our class B ordinary shares of a par value of $0.0001 each in the capital of the company; |
| ● | “Companies Act” the Companies Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, as may be amended from time to time; |
| ● | “Exchange Act” are to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; |
| ● | “initial shareholders” are to the holders of our initial shares prior to this offering; |
| ● | “initial shares” are to the 2,957,143 Class B ordinary shares initially issued to our sponsor in a private placement prior to this offering (including up to an aggregate of 385,714 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part); |
| ● | “insiders” are to our initial shareholders and all of our officers and directors; |
| ● | “Investment Company Act” are to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended; |
| ● | “letter agreements” are to the agreements to be executed among us, the underwriters, our officers, directors and initial shareholders on the date of this prospectus; |
| ● |
“ordinary resolution” are to a resolution of the Company passed by a simple majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company, or a resolution approved in writing by all of the holders of the issued shares entitled to vote on such matter (or such lower threshold as may be allowed under the Companies Act from time to time); |
| ● | “ordinary shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, collectively; |
| ● | “post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association” are to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering; |
| ● | “PRC” are to People’s Republic of China including Hong Kong and Macau; |
| ● | “private shares” are to the ordinary shares included as part of the private units; |
| ● | “private units” are to the units (1) to be issued to our sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of this offering and (2) upon conversion of working capital loans, if any, which units are identical to the units sold in this offering, subject to certain restrictions and exceptions as described in this prospectus; |
| ● | “public shares” are to ordinary shares being sold as part of the units in this offering (whether they are purchased in this offering or thereafter in the open market); |
| ● | “public shareholders” are to the holders of the public shares, whether they are purchased in the public offering or in the aftermarket, including any of our initial shareholders to the extent that they purchase such public shares (except that our initial shareholders will not have conversion or tender rights with respect to any public shares they own); |
1
| ● | “rights” are to the rights which are being sold as part of the units in this offering and in the private placement to the sponsor; |
| ● | “Securities Act” are to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; |
| ● |
“special resolution” are to a resolution of the Company passed by at least a two-thirds (2/3) majority (or such higher approval threshold as specified in the Company’s post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association) of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been duly given, or a resolution approved in writing by all of the holders of the issued shares entitled to vote on such matter (or such lower threshold as may be allowed under the Companies Act from time to time); |
| ● | “sponsor” are to Thews (Mauritius) Limited, a private limited liability company incorporated in Mauritius; |
| ● | “US Dollars” and “$” are to the legal currency of the United States; and |
| ● | “we,” “us,” “our company” and “the company” are to Shreya Acquisition Group, a Cayman Islands exempted company. |
Except as specifically provided otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option.
All references in this prospectus to our initial shares being forfeited shall take effect as surrenders for no consideration of such shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law. All references to the conversion of ordinary shares shall take effect as a redemption of ordinary shares and issuance of the corresponding ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law.
Any conversion of the Class B ordinary shares described in this prospectus will take effect as a compulsory redemption of Class B ordinary shares and an issuance of Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law.
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted.
As a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we do not have any subsidiaries as of the date of this prospectus, and no transfers, dividends, or distributions of any earnings or settlement of any amounts have been made by us to date.
General
We are a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands on June 25, 2025 formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to as a “target business.” Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic location although we intend to focus our search for a target business on companies engaged in the health and wellness, hospitality, media and entertainment, shipping, infrastructure, and waterways tourism sectors. We do not have any specific business combination under consideration and we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf), directly or indirectly, contacted any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. Additionally, we have not engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate, to conduct any research or take any measures, directly or indirectly, to locate or contact a target business.
Competitive Strengths
We believe we are well positioned to identify, evaluate, and execute a successful business combination within the identified sector which includes amongst others hospitality, healthcare and wellness, and media and entertainment industries. Our competitive strengths include:
| 1. | Deep Sector Expertise Across Target Industries. Our management team and board of directors bring extensive experience across hospitality, healthcare and wellness, and media & entertainment. We believe this sector-specific expertise enables us to source and assess opportunities with a nuanced understanding of operational challenges, consumer trends, regulatory environments, and digital transformation in these industries. |
2
| 2. | Proven Track Record in Value Creation. Our board of directors has extensive access to a network of people who have successfully built, scaled, and exited companies in our target sectors. They have a track record of driving revenue growth, improving operating efficiency, and creating shareholder value provides a strong foundation for identifying a high-quality business combination and supporting its long-term success. |
| 3. | Extensive Industry and Investment Networks. We have cultivated strong relationships with founders, executives, private equity and venture capital firms, and strategic investors across our focus industries. These relationships will give us access to a proprietary pipeline of potential targets and partnership opportunities, including those not broadly marketed or accessible through traditional channels. |
| 4. | Consumer and Digital Insight Orientation. Our team has a strong understanding of the evolving behaviors and digital consumption patterns driving change in hospitality, wellness, and entertainment. This insight positions us to identify companies that are well aligned with emerging consumer demands, such as experiential travel, personalized healthcare, and immersive or streaming content. |
| 5. | Strategic Flexibility Across High-Growth Sectors. By focusing on a combination of interrelated and fast-growing sectors, we have the flexibility to pursue opportunities in businesses that are converging across wellness, lifestyle, media, and travel. This approach allows us to consider hybrid models (e.g., wellness resorts, digital health platforms, content-driven wellness brands) that may offer diversified growth and differentiated market positioning. |
| 6. | Disciplined Transaction Approach. We intend to leverage our team’s transactional expertise and operational diligence to evaluate opportunities with a disciplined investment philosophy. We will focus on companies with sustainable business models, strong management teams, and scalable operations, while maintaining a rigorous focus on risk management and long-term value creation. |
| 7. | Alignment with Shareholder Interests. Our sponsor and management team are strongly aligned with shareholders through meaningful equity ownership which creates a financial incentive tied to long-term performance as strong performance will likely result in a higher stock price thereby increasing the value of their investment. We intend to structure our initial business combination in a way that emphasizes transparency, accountability, and value creation for all stakeholders. |
While we believe our team has unique competitive advantages, none of our members are contractually obligated to remain with the company following a business combination. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee their continued involvement post-transaction. Despite this, we are confident that our network, experience, and strategic positioning provide a strong foundation for identifying and executing a compelling acquisition.
Acquisition Strategy and Investment Criteria
We are not limited to any specific industry or geographic region in pursuing an initial business combination; however, we intend to focus our efforts on identifying high-quality businesses in the health and wellness, hospitality, media and entertainment, shipping, infrastructure, and waterways tourism sectors globally. For each targeted sector, we will assess specific criteria (as detailed below) that may influence its investment decisions.
Health and Wellness - the pandemic highlighted the fragility of healthcare systems but also spurred innovation and demand for better infrastructure, mental health support, and equitable care. We believe there is an opportunity to strengthen healthcare delivery by funding the modernization of hospitals and clinics, expanding ICU and emergency care capacity, supporting telehealth adoption, and enhancing digital infrastructure in underserved areas. We also believe there are opportunities to invest in companies focused on reducing disparities in healthcare access through mobile clinics, culturally competent care, and translation tools.
Hospitality - the aftermath of the pandemic left behind distressed assets with long-term potential. We will target companies planning to acquire and reposition these properties, targeting themes like luxury, wellness, and eco-tourism, while driving value through digital transformation, cost-efficient operations, rebranding, and franchise expansion.
3
Media and Entertainment - the rise of digital platforms has fragmented the market, leaving many regional and mid-sized players behind. Shreya sees high potential in acquiring undervalued content libraries, underutilized IP, and regional production companies, and transforming them through platform integration, AI-driven content strategies, and monetization across OTT, licensing, and syndication.
Shipping - This sector also presents an opportunity to invest in small and mid-sized operators facing debt, outdated fleets, and regulatory pressures. We will focus on companies that will benefit from an injection of capital for fleet upgrades (e.g., dual-fuel or ESG-compliant retrofits), predictive maintenance systems, and AI-based route planning, while also pursuing consolidation strategies to enhance scale and profitability.
Infrastructure - Aging assets in transport, energy, and digital networks create a pressing need for modernization, especially in the face of climate change and urbanization. We will target undervalued or mismanaged infrastructure assets and improve their performance through technology adoption, lean management, and public-private partnerships—particularly in clean energy, broadband, and smart city projects.
Waterways Tourism - We will aim to build a premium, vertically integrated platform of river cruises, eco-lodges, and cultural experiences through consolidation. With consumer preferences shifting toward open-air, nature-based travel, this sector offers significant growth potential.
We have identified the following general criteria that we believe are important in evaluating candidates for our initial business combination.
The main ambition of our management is to create the value-added for our shareholders though our experience to shift the operating efficiency of the business while implementing the revenue-driven and/or profit-engagement strategies and gain the profits through acquisitions. Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines that we believe are essential in evaluating prospective target businesses. While we intend to use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating prospective businesses, we may deviate from these criteria and guidelines should we consider well-fit to do so:
General Criteria and Guidelines for Evaluating Prospective Target Businesses
Consistent with our business strategy and focus on the hospitality, healthcare and wellness, and media & entertainment sectors, we have established a set of general criteria and guidelines that will serve as a framework in evaluating potential target businesses. While we may consider a business that does not meet all of these criteria, we believe that the following characteristics are generally indicative of an attractive target for our initial business combination:
| 1. | Strong Market Position and Brand Equity |
We intend to seek companies with a defensible competitive position, well-recognized brand, and a loyal customer base. Businesses with differentiated offerings and strong positioning within their respective sectors are more likely to thrive in competitive and evolving markets.
| 2. | Attractive Industry Dynamics |
We will target companies operating in sectors that benefit from favorable macroeconomic trends, including the growth of wellness-focused consumer behavior, the resurgence of global travel and lifestyle experiences, and the digitalization of content consumption and delivery. Industries with scalable, long-term tailwinds are a priority.
4
| 3. | Scalable Business Model with Growth Potential |
We are focused on identifying businesses with a scalable platform and a clear path to sustainable growth, whether through geographic expansion, new revenue streams, product innovation, or digital transformation. Businesses should exhibit a strong foundation with the potential to increase margins and profitability as they grow.
| 4. | Technology Integration and Innovation Readiness |
We favor businesses that effectively leverage technology to enhance customer engagement, improve operational efficiency, and unlock new revenue opportunities. In sectors such as healthcare & wellness and media, we are particularly interested in digital-native platforms, data-driven personalization, and content monetization models.
| 5. | Experienced and Visionary Management Team |
We place a high value on strong leadership. Ideally, the target company will have a seasoned management team with a history of value creation, a clear strategic vision, and a willingness to continue leading the business post-combination.
| 6. | Compelling Financial Profile |
We expect to target companies with stable historical financial performance and clear potential for long-term profitability. Ideal candidates will have attractive unit economics, healthy margins, and a robust growth trajectory, or a credible path to profitability in the near term.
| 7. | Public Company Readiness |
The target should have (or be able to develop) the operational, financial, and compliance infrastructure necessary. We will assess the company’s corporate governance, reporting capabilities, and ability to meet the expectations of public market investors.
| 8. | Opportunity for Value Creation |
We intend to identify businesses where we can create value beyond capital infusion. This may include operational improvements, strategic partnerships, digital acceleration, brand development, international expansion, or restructuring initiatives. Our management team’s industry relationships and experience can be a catalyst for long-term growth.
These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant.
Status as a Public Company
After this offering, we believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to prospective target businesses. As a publicly traded company, we will offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering. We believe that target businesses will favor this alternative, which we believe is less expensive, while offering greater certainty of execution than a traditional initial public offering. During an initial public offering, there are typically expenses incurred in marketing, which would be costlier than a business combination with us. Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is approved by our shareholders (if applicable) and the transaction is consummated, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions that could prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would have greater access to capital and additional means of creating management incentives that are better aligned with shareholders’ interests than it would as a private company. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented management.
5
Strong Financial Position and Flexibility
After this offering, with the funds held in our trust account, we offer a target business a variety of options, such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to complete our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third-party financing, and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.
Effecting a Business Combination
We will either (1) seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination or abstain from voting, into their pro rata portion of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable) or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata portion of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of our proposed business combination or allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. If we so choose and we are legally permitted to do so, we will have the flexibility to avoid a shareholder vote and allow our shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules.
We will have until 18 months from the closing of this initial public offering to consummate our initial business combination. If we anticipate that we may be unable to consummate our initial business combination within such period, we may seek shareholder approval to amend our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination. If we seek shareholder approval for an extension, our public shareholders will be offered an opportunity to redeem their shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to applicable laws. There is no limit on the number or length of extensions that we may seek; however, we do not expect to extend the time period to consummate our initial business combination beyond 36 months from the closing of this offering. If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the 18-month period or such period that may be extended, we will, (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of taxes payable and less interest to pay dissolution expenses up to $100,000) divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve. However, we may not be able to distribute such amounts as a result of claims of creditors which may take priority over the claims of our public shareholders. In the event of our liquidation and subsequent dissolution, the rights will expire and will be worthless.
6
If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within this time period, we will liquidate the trust account and distribute the proceeds held therein to our public shareholders by way of redeeming their shares, and then seek to liquidate and dissolve. If we are forced to liquidate, we anticipate that we would distribute to our public shareholders the amount in the trust account calculated as of the date that is two (2) days prior to the distribution date (including any accrued interest net of taxes payable). Prior to such distribution, we would be required to assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as an unlawful payment in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation. In the event of our liquidation and subsequent dissolution, the rights will expire and will be worthless.
Pursuant to the Nasdaq Listing Rules, our initial business combination must be with a target business or businesses whose collective fair market value is at least equal to 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding any taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for such business combination, although this may entail simultaneous acquisitions of several target businesses. The fair market value of the target business will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). Our board of directors will have broad discretion in choosing the standard used to establish the fair market value of any prospective target business. The target business or businesses that we acquire may have a collective fair market value substantially in excess of 80% of the trust account balance. We will not be required to comply with the 80% fair market value requirement if we are delisted from Nasdaq.
We are not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party that the target business we select has a fair market value in excess of at least 80% of the balance of the trust account unless our board of directors cannot make such determination on its own. We are also not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view unless the target is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates.
We currently anticipate structuring our initial business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination where we merge directly with the target business or where we acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we could acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target; however, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, only the portion of such target business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% fair market value test.
7
Emerging Growth Company Status and Other Information
We are an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means we have been a public company for at least 12 months and the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three year period.
Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is equal to or exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30, or (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is equal to or exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30.
Finally, after completion of this offering and prior to the consummation of a business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the appointment or removal of directors. As a result, Nasdaq will consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq corporate governance standards. Under Nasdaq corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the appointment of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. We currently do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, but may do so in the future. Accordingly, if we choose to do so, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.
8
Private Placements
On July 22, 2025, an aggregate of 2,957,143 initial shares were issued to our initial shareholder, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.008 per share. The 2,957,143 initial shares held by our initial shareholder include an aggregate of up to 385,714 shares subject to forfeiture by our sponsor to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that our initial shareholder will collectively own 30% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (without giving effect to the sale of the private units, and assuming our initial shareholders do not purchase units in this offering). None of our initial shareholders has indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering.
Except for the restrictions described in this prospectus, the initial shares are identical to the ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering. Our insiders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (a) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window or (b) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their initial shares and private shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame; and (iv) vote any initial shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction) in favor of our initial business combination.
Additionally, our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the initial shares (except to certain permitted transferees), respectively, until the earlier of (1) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination; or (2) the date following the consummation of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property (the “Lock-Up”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the initial shares will be released from the Lock-Up if (1) the reported closing price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 90 days after our initial business combination or (2) we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property. Additionally, our insiders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of private units (including the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private units) until at least 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination (except with respect to permitted transferees as described herein under “Principal Shareholders”). Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our initial shareholders with respect to any initial shares and the private units, as applicable. However, if after our initial business combination, there is a transaction whereby all the outstanding shares are exchanged or redeemed for cash (as would be the case in a post-asset sale liquidation) or another issuer’s shares, then the initial shares or the private units (or any ordinary shares thereunder) shall be permitted to participate.
9
In addition, our sponsor has committed to purchasing from us an aggregate of 191,750 private units at $10.00 per private unit (for a total purchase price of $1,917,500). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below. Our sponsor has also agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters, it will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per private unit an additional number of private units (up to a maximum of 200,750 private units) pro rata with the amount of the over-allotment option exercised so that at least $10.00 per share sold to the public (or 100.0% of the gross proceeds) in this offering is held in the trust account regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full or in part. These additional private units will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the purchase of units resulting from the exercise of the over-allotment option. The proceeds from the private placement of the private units will be added to the proceeds of this offering and placed in an account in the United States maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, our transfer agent, acting as trustee. The majority of our assets may be located outside the United States after we consummate our first business combination.
Except for the restrictions described in this prospectus, the private units are identical to the units sold in this offering. Furthermore, our sponsor has agreed (A) to vote the ordinary shares underlying the private units, or private shares, in favor of any proposed business combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would stop our public shareholders from converting or selling their shares to us in connection with a business combination or affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering, unless we provide public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares from the trust account in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any private shares for cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination or a vote to amend the provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, and (D) that the private shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated. Our sponsor has also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private units or underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as the initial shares and provided that the transferees agree to the same terms and restrictions as the permitted transferees of the initial shares must agree to, each as described above) until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.
Potential Additional Financings
We may need to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination, either because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our trust account or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of the business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. If we raise additional funds through equity or convertible debt issuances, our public shareholders may suffer significant dilution and these securities could have rights that rank senior to our public shares. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would have rights that are senior to our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. Further, as described above, due to the anti-dilution rights of our initial shares, our public shareholders may incur material dilution. In addition, we intend to target businesses with enterprise values that are greater than we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units, and, as a result, if the cash portion of the purchase price exceeds the amount available from the trust account, net of amounts needed to satisfy any redemptions by public shareholders, we may be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial business combination. We may also obtain financing prior to the closing of our initial business combination to fund our working capital needs and transaction costs in connection with our search for and completion of our initial business combination. These financing transactions are typically designed to ensure a return on investment to the investor in exchange for assisting the company in completing the business combination or providing sufficient liquidity to the post-combination company. The price of the shares we issue may therefore be lesser, and potentially significantly lesser, than the market price for our shares at such time. These financing transactions may be significantly dilutive to the post-combination company, and represent the type of financing risk that is not associated with traditional initial public offerings. Any such additional financing, including issuance of equity or convertible securities, may significantly dilute the interests of our public shareholders. There is no limitation on our ability to raise funds through the issuance of equity or equity-linked securities or through loans, advances or other indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following consummation of this offering. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to liquidate the trust account. In addition, following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.
10
Sponsor Information
Our sponsor is a private limited liability company incorporated in Mauritius. Although our sponsor is permitted to undertake any activities permitted under Mauritius law and other applicable law, our sponsor’s business is focused on investing in our company. Mind Growth Matrix Private Limited, an entity formed under Indian law, which holds all of the shareholding interests in the sponsor, is the sole managing member of the sponsor and holds voting and investment discretion with respect to the ordinary shares held of record by the sponsor. Anuj Goyal owns 99.9% of the security interests of Mind Growth Matrix Private Limited and thereby controls the sponsor and is the only person who has direct or indirect material interest in the sponsor.
The following table sets forth the payments to be received by our sponsor and its affiliates from us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and the securities issued and to be issued by us to our sponsor or its affiliates:
| Entity/Individual | Amount of Compensation
to be Received |
Consideration Paid or to be Paid | ||
| Thews (Mauritius) Limited | $5,000 per month | Office space, administrative and shared personnel support services | ||
| Thews (Mauritius) Limited | 2,957,143 Class B Ordinary Shares (including up to an aggregate of 385,714 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part) | $25,000 | ||
| Thews (Mauritius) Limited | Anti-dilution protection upon conversion into Class A ordinary shares at a greater than one-to-one ratio | Issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the founder shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion | ||
| 191,750 (or up to 200,750 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) Private Placement Units to be purchased simultaneously with the closing of this offering | $1,917,500 (or $2,007,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) | |||
| Up to $300,000 | Repayment of loans made to us to cover offering related and organizational expenses. | |||
| Up to $1,500,000 in working capital loans, which loans may be convertible into units of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit. | Working capital loans to finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination. Such units would be identical to the private placement units. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. | |||
| Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination | Services in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination |
11
Because our sponsor acquired the Class B ordinary shares at a nominal price, our public shareholders will incur immediate and substantial dilution upon the closing of this offering, assuming no value is ascribed to the rights included in the units. Further, the Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the initial shares may result in material dilution to our public shareholders due to the anti-dilution rights of our initial shares that may result in an issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion. See the sections titled “Risk Factors — “The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the initial shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination, and our sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us in the event we consummate an initial business combination, even if the business combination causes the trading price of our ordinary shares to materially decline” and “Dilution.” Additionally, we will reimburse an affiliate of our sponsor in an amount equal to $5,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support made available to us, as described elsewhere in this prospectus. If our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates make any working capital loans, they may choose to convert up to $1.5 million of such loans into up to an additional 150,000 private placement units, at the price of $10.00 per unit upon consummation of our business combination. To the extent any working capital loans are converted into units, the issuance of additional Class A ordinary shares underlying these units could result in a material dilution to the equity interests of our public shareholders. Any such issuance will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the value of the Class A ordinary shares issued to complete the business combination.
The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or any other equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to or in connection with the closing of the initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, 30% of the sum of (i) the total number of all Class A ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering (including any Class A ordinary shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option and excluding the Class A ordinary shares underlying the private units issued to the sponsor), plus (ii) all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued, in connection with the closing of the initial business combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement-equivalent units issued to our sponsor or any of its affiliates or to our officers or directors upon conversion of working capital loans) minus (iii) any redemptions of Class A ordinary shares by public shareholders in connection with an initial business combination; provided that such conversion of initial shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis.
12
Pursuant to a letter agreement to be entered with us, each of our sponsor, directors and officers has agreed to restrictions on its ability to transfer, assign, or sell the initial shares and private units, as summarized in the table below.
| Subject Securities | Expiration Date |
Natural Persons and Entities Subject to Restrictions |
Exceptions to Transfer Restrictions | |||
| Class B Ordinary Shares | The earlier of (1) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination; or (2) the date following the consummation of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property (the “Lock-Up”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the initial shares will be released from the Lock-Up if (1) the reported closing price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 90 days after our initial business combination or (2) we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property. |
Thews (Mauritius) Limited;
Director and officers |
Transfers permitted (a) to our officers, directors, advisors or consultants, any affiliate or family member of any of our officers, directors, advisors or consultants, any members or partners of the sponsor or their affiliates and funds and accounts advised by such members or partners, any affiliates of the sponsor, or any employees of such affiliates, (b) in the case of an individual, as a gift to such person’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of such person’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of such person; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with any forward purchase agreement or similar arrangement, in connection with an extension of the completion window or in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares or units were originally purchased; (f) pro rata distributions from our sponsor to its respective members, partners or shareholders pursuant to our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement or other charter documents; (g) by virtue of the laws of the Cayman Islands or our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of our sponsor, (h) in the event of our liquidation prior to our consummation of our initial business combination; |
13
| Subject Securities | Expiration Date |
Natural Persons and Entities Subject to Restrictions |
Exceptions to Transfer Restrictions | |||
| (i) in the event that, subsequent to our consummation of an initial business combination, we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property or (j) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a transfer would be permissible under clauses (a) through (g); provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (g) and clause (j) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions and the other restrictions contained in the letter agreements. | ||||||
| Units in private placement | 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination | Thews (Mauritius) Limited | Same as above |
In addition, in order to facilitate our initial business combination or for any other reason determined by our sponsor in its sole discretion, our sponsor may surrender or forfeit, transfer or exchange our initial shares, private units or any of our other securities, including for no consideration, as well as subject any such securities to earn-outs or other restrictions, or otherwise amend the terms of any such securities or enter into any other arrangements with respect to any such securities.
Management Team
Anuj Goyal, our Chief Executive Officer and director. Anuj Goyal is a dynamic investor and business strategist, best known for acquiring and turning around distressed companies into debt-free, profitable ventures. As the founder since ___ of Mudraksh Investfin Pvt. Ltd., a Reserve Bank of India (RBI)-registered Non-Banking Financial Company, he has led numerous successful debt acquisitions from institutions like Bank of India, DBS Bank, SBI Global Factors, and Aditya Birla Finance. His expertise lies in navigating complex resolution processes, where he has played a key role in several high-value insolvency matters — including the ₹8,000 crore case of Frost International Ltd. and the fast-tracked approval of Haldiram Snacks Ltd.’s resolution plan for Haryana Steel & Alloys Ltd. With a track record rooted in financial acumen, legal insight, and execution speed, Anuj Goyal continues to identify value in distressed markets and convert risk into opportunity.
Arvindsingh Kiran Gokhool, our Chief Financial Officer and director. Mr. Gokhool has over 20 years of extensive experience across diversified economic sectors and international markets, Arvind has built a solid reputation as a results-driven finance and advisory professional. His career spans public practice and industry, encompassing external and internal audit, corporate governance, regulatory compliance, insolvency, restructuring, and financial investigations. Arvind began his professional journey in 2003, spending over a decade with leading firms such as KPMG, Deloitte, and Grant Thornton. He built a solid foundation in International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), International Auditing Standards (ISA), and internal control systems, managing audit engagements for major banks, manufacturing firms, global business companies, and public sector institutions. His clients included South East Asian Bank Ltd (now MauBank), First City Bank Ltd, Abu Dhabi Commercial Bank PJSC, Central Bank of Burundi, and several others. After a brief stint as Group Financial Controller in the private sector in 2015, Arvind returned to Grant Thornton to focus on advisory and restructuring services. He went on to serve as Director of the Taxation and Advisory department, overseeing complex mandates in insolvency, liquidations, administration, and restructuring. With deep cross-sector experience and trusted by regulators, banks, and corporate boards, Arvind continues to be a key figure in Mauritius’ financial and advisory landscape.
14
Mahendra Mayaram is a member of our board of directors. He is an accomplished financial consultant with over 30 years of experience in international banking, corporate finance, and business development. Since February 2015, he has served as Business Development Manager at First Island Group, a diversified financial services company. He acts as a Non-Executive Director of First Island Trust Co. Ltd and advises various Global Business Companies under the group. His responsibilities include identifying new business opportunities, advising clients on banking strategies, and supporting the group’s overall financial development. He began his academic journey at Lycée Labourdonnais, where he earned a Baccalauréat in Commerce and Finance. He later pursued higher education in France, obtaining a Bachelor’s and Master’s equivalent in Economics and Finance from the University Paul Cezanne in Aix-en-Provence. Mr. Mayaram’s core expertise lies in structured finance, syndications, risk management, and international banking. He is widely recognized in both local and international financial circles for his strategic insight and professional integrity.
Sanjeev Sharma will become a member of our board of directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. A highly accomplished and seasoned finance professional, Sanjeev brings over 25 years of leadership experience in the global financial services industry. From May 2023 through December 2024, Mr. Sharma served as a member of the Tax Appeal Board of the Ministry of Finance, Mauritius. From October 2019 and April 2023, he was a regulator of the Mauritius Institute of Accountants. A qualified Chartered Accountant, Sanjeev holds multiple prestigious professional designations, including FCCA (Fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants), ICAEW (Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales), and FIPA (Fellow of the Institute of Public Accountants). His academic background is equally robust, with a Bachelor’s in Commerce (Accounting and Auditing), Master’s in Commerce (Corporate Finance and Financial Management), an MBA in International Business and Marketing, and a Postgraduate qualification in Law.
Sagar Ravi Bhavsar will become a member of our board of directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. He is an experienced engineering leader and machine learning expert specializing in perception systems for autonomous vehicles. Currently, he is the Engineering Manager II at Cruise, leading the Perception ML Foundations team where he was responsible for building a large-scale synthetic data platform using diffusion models that reduced data costs by $2M annually and improved model coverage by 40%. He also designed a scalable training and evaluation platform
Prior to joining Cruise, he led tracking and sensor fusion efforts at Voyage Auto and Mercedes-Benz R&D, where he was responsible for developing uncertainty models, panoptic segmentation systems, and multi-sensor fusion algorithms that significantly improved AV perception reliability and reduced disengagement rates. Early engineering experience includes real-time 3D object detection at Quanergy and core networking software at Juniper Networks.
Andre Chung Shui will become a member of our board of directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Mr. Shui’s experience has been centered in investment management. Mr. Shui serves as Managing Director of PeaQ Advisors Ltd, a licensed investment advisor he founded in 2020. He also serves as a non-executive director of The Stock Exchange of Mauritius, a position he has held since 2010 as well as a non-executive director of Mauritius Investment Corporation, an investment fund owned by the Bank of Mauritius and on several private company boards. Mr. Shui earned his Bachelor of Science degree in economics from the London School of Economics.
None of the members of our executive team or board of directors has participated in a special purpose acquisition transaction prior to this transaction.
Corporate Information
Our principal executive office is located at c/o First Island Trust Company Ltd, Suite 308, St James Court, St Denis Street, Port Louis, Mauritius, and our telephone number is (230) 211-6242. We are a Cayman Islands exempted company.
15
The Offering
In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the backgrounds of the members of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company and the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. You should carefully consider these, and the other risks set forth in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 36 of this prospectus.
| Securities offered | 6,000,000 units, at $10.00 per unit, each unit consisting of one ordinary share and one right to receive one-eighth (1/8th) of one ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial business combination. | |
| Listing of our securities and proposed symbols | We have reserved the following trading symbols for the units, and the ordinary shares and rights once they begin separate trading: “SAGUU,” “SAGU” and “SAGUR,” respectively.
Each of the ordinary shares and rights may trade separately on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless the underwriters determine that an earlier date is acceptable (based upon, among other things, its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization and blank check companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular). In no event will the underwriters allow separate trading of the ordinary shares and rights until we file an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering.
Once the ordinary shares and rights commence separate trading, holders will have the option to continue to hold units or separate their units into the component pieces. Holders will need to have their brokers contact our transfer agent in order to separate the units into separately trading ordinary shares and rights. No fractional rights will be issued upon separation of the units.
We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC, including an audited balance sheet, promptly upon the consummation of this offering, which is anticipated to take place three business days from the date the units commence trading. The audited balance sheet will reflect our receipt of the proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date of this prospectus. If the over-allotment option is exercised after the date of this prospectus, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K or a new Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in the Form 8-K, or amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K, information indicating if the underwriters have allowed separate trading of the ordinary shares and rights prior to the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus. | |
| Units: | ||
| Number outstanding before this offering and the private placement: | 0 | |
| Number outstanding after this offering and the private placement(1): | 6,191,750 (or 7,100,750 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full)(1) |
| (1) | Include 191,750 private units (or up to 200,750 private units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) to be purchased by the sponsor. |
16
| Ordinary shares: | ||
| Number outstanding before this offering and the private placement | 2,957,143 Class B ordinary shares(2) | |
| Number outstanding after this offering and the private placement | 8,763,179 ordinary shares(3) | |
| Rights included as part of units: | ||
| Number outstanding before this offering and the private placement: | 0 | |
| Number outstanding after this offering and the private placement: | 6,191,750(4) | |
| Terms of Rights: | Except in cases where we are not the surviving company in a business combination, each holder of a public right will automatically receive one-eighth (1/8th) of one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination. In the event we will not be the surviving company upon completion of our initial business combination, each holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its rights in order to receive the one-eighth (1/8th) of one Class A ordinary share underlying each right upon consummation of the business combination. We will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Cayman Islands law. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of eight in order to receive Class A ordinary shares for all of your rights upon closing of a business combination. If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and we redeem the public shares for the funds held in the trust account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds for their rights and the rights will expire worthless. |
| (2) | This number includes an aggregate of up to 385,714 Class B ordinary shares held by our sponsor that are subject to forfeiture if the over-allotment option is not exercised by the underwriters in full. |
| (3) | Includes 6,000,000 Class A ordinary shares included in the units to be sold in this offering, 191,750 Class A ordinary shares included in the private units to be purchased by sponsor, 2,571,429 initial shares after 385,714 Class B ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders have been forfeited if no part of the over-allotment option is exercised. If the over-allotment option is exercised in full, there will be a total of 10,057,893 ordinary shares issued and outstanding immediately after the offering and the private placement. |
| (4) |
Includes 6,000,000 rights included in the units to be sold in this offering and 191,750 rights included in the private units to be purchased by the sponsor. |
17
| Initial Shares and Transfer Restrictions |
On July 22, 2025, an aggregate of 2,957,143 initial shares were issued to our initial shareholder, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.008 per share. The 2,957,143 initial shares held by our initial shareholder include an aggregate of up to 385,714 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture by our sponsor to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that our initial shareholder will collectively own 30.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (without giving effect to the sale of the private units, and assuming our initial shareholders do not purchase units in this offering).
Except for the restrictions described in this prospectus, the initial shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering.
Our insiders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, (A) to vote any initial shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction) in favor of our initial business combination., (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would stop our public shareholders from converting or selling their shares to us in connection with a business combination or affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this initial public offering, unless we provide public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares from the trust account in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any initial shares (as well as any other shares acquired in or after this offering) into the right to receive cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination (or sell any shares they hold to us in a tender offer in connection with a proposed initial business combination) or a vote to amend the provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, and (D) that the initial shares and private shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated. | |
| Additionally, our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the initial shares (except to certain permitted transferees), until the earlier of (1) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination; or (2) the date following the consummation of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property (the “Lock-Up”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the initial shares will be released from the Lock-Up if (1) the reported closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 90 days after our initial business combination or (2) we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property. |
18
| Additionally, our insiders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of private units (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private units) until at least 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination (except with respect to permitted transferees as described herein under “Principal Shareholders”). Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our initial shareholders with respect to any initial shares and the private units, as applicable. However, if after our initial business combination, there is a transaction whereby all the outstanding shares are exchanged or redeemed for cash (as would be the case in a post-asset sale liquidation) or another issuer’s shares, then the initial shares or the private units (or any Class A ordinary shares thereunder) shall be permitted to participate. | ||
| Private placement at time of offering | Our sponsor has committed to purchasing from us an aggregate of 191,750 private units at $10.00 per private unit (for a total purchase price of $1,917,500). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below. Our sponsor has also agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters, it will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per private unit an additional number of private units (up to a maximum of 200,750 private units) pro rata with the amount of the over-allotment option exercised so that at least $10.00 per Class A ordinary share sold to the public (or 100.0% of the gross proceeds) in this offering is held in the trust account regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full or in part. These additional private units will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the purchase of units resulting from the exercise of the over-allotment option. The proceeds from the private placement of the private units will be added to the proceeds of this offering and placed in an account in the United States maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, our transfer agent acting as trustee. | |
| The private units are identical to the units sold in this offering. Furthermore, our sponsor has agreed (A) to vote the Class A ordinary shares underlying the private units, or “private shares,” in favor of any proposed business combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would stop our public shareholders from converting or selling their shares to us in connection with a business combination or affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this initial public offering, unless we provide public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares from the trust account in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any private shares for cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination or a vote to amend the provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity and (D) that the private shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated. Our sponsor has also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private units or underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as the initial shares and provided the transferees agree to the same terms and restrictions as the permitted transferees of the initial shares must agree to, each as described above) until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. |
19
| Offering proceeds to be held in trust | Nasdaq rules provide that at least 90% of the gross proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private units be deposited in a trust account. Of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private units, $60,000,000 or $10 per unit ($69,000,000, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be placed into a U.S.-based trust account maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, acting as trustee. The funds in the trust account will be invested pursuant to the investment management trust agreement to be entered into among us and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The remaining net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private units will not be held in the trust account. | |
|
Except as set forth below, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of: (1) the completion of our initial business combination within the required time period and (2) our redemption of 100% of the outstanding public shares if we have not completed a business combination in the required time period. Therefore, unless and until our initial business combination is consummated, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be available for our use for any expenses related to this offering or expenses which we may incur related to the investigation and selection of a target business and the negotiation of an agreement in connection with our initial business combination.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, there will be released to us from the trust account any interest earned on the funds in the trust account that we need to pay our income or other tax obligations. With these exceptions, expenses incurred by us may be paid prior to a business combination only from the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account (estimated to initially be $10.00); provided, however, that in order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering if the funds not held in the trust account are insufficient, our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of the working capital loans may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. If we do not complete a business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the trust account, and only to the extent available. |
| Limited payments to insiders | Prior to the consummation of a business combination, there will be no fees, reimbursements or other cash payments paid to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is) other than: | |||
| ● | repayment of an aggregate of up to $300,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor under a promissory note dated August 27, 2025 with our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses prior to our initial public offering upon the closing of this offering; | |||
| ● | payment to our sponsor of $5,000 per month from the closing of this offering, for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support; | |||
20
| ● | repayment of working capital loans which may be made by our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates to finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination through a portion of the funds not held in the trust account, and only to the extent available, if the initial business combination does not close; | |||
| ● | reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf, such as identifying and investigating possible business targets and business combinations. |
| There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the trust account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial business combination. Our audit committee will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to any initial shareholder or member of our management team, or their respective affiliates, and any reimbursements and payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval. | ||
| Conditions to completing our initial business combination |
Our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the trust account (excluding any taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. If we are no longer listed on Nasdaq, we will not be required to satisfy the 80% test.
If our board is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we may obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking or accounting firm as to the fair market value of the target business. We will complete our initial business combination only if the post-transaction company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% test, provided that in the event that the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses. |
21
| Potential revisions to agreements with insiders | We could seek to amend certain agreements made by our management team disclosed in this prospectus without the approval of shareholders, although we have no intention to do so. For example, restrictions on our executives relating to the voting of securities owned by them, the agreement of our management team to remain with us until the closing of a business combination, the obligation of our management team to not propose certain changes to our organizational documents or the obligation of the management team and its affiliates to not receive any compensation in connection with a business combination could be modified without obtaining shareholder approval. Although shareholders would not be given the opportunity to redeem their shares in connection with such changes, in no event would we be able to modify the redemption or liquidation rights of our shareholders without permitting our shareholders the right to redeem their shares in connection with any such change. We will not agree to any such changes unless we believe that such changes were in the best interests of our shareholders (for example, if such a modification were necessary to complete a business combination). | |
| Shareholder approval of, or tender offer in connection with, initial business combination | In connection with any proposed initial business combination, we will either (1) seek shareholder approval of such initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination or abstain from voting, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable) or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. If we determine to engage in a tender offer, such tender offer will be structured so that each public shareholder may tender any or all of his, her or its public shares rather than some pro rata portion of his, her or its shares. If enough shareholders tender their shares so that we are unable to satisfy any applicable closing condition set forth in the definitive agreement related to our initial business combination, we will not consummate such initial business combination. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction, or whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. If we so choose and we are legally permitted to do so, we will have the flexibility to avoid a shareholder vote and allow our shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. If we seek shareholder approval, we will consummate our initial business combination only if a majority of the issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares voted are voted in favor of the business combination. |
22
| If we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote their initial shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction) in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, if we sought shareholder approval of a proposed transaction, which would require a simple majority of votes (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option), we could need as little as 1,618411 of our public shares (or approximately 26.97% of our public shares) to be voted in favor of the transaction in order to have such transaction approved (assuming that all issued and outstanding shares are voted, that the over-allotment option is not exercised, and that the insiders do not purchase any units in this offering or units or shares in the after-market). Assuming that only the holders of one-third of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares, representing a quorum under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association vote their shares at a general meeting of the company, we will not need any public shares in addition to our initial shares to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to approve an initial business combination. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or vote against the proposed transaction, or whether they do not vote or abstain from voting on the proposed transaction, or whether they were a public shareholder on the record date for the general meeting held to approve the proposed transaction. |
| Permitted purchases of public shares and public units by our affiliates: |
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public units in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. Additionally, at any time at or prior to our initial business combination, subject to applicable securities laws (including with respect to material nonpublic information), our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may enter into transactions with investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire public shares, vote their public shares in favor of our initial business combination or not redeem their public shares. There is no limit on the number of shares our initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase in such transactions, subject to compliance with applicable law and Nasdaq rules. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds held in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public units in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material nonpublic information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. |
23
| We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. See “Proposed Business — Effecting a Business Combination — Permitted Purchases of Our Securities.” for a description of how our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates will select which shareholders to purchase securities from in any private transaction. Our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or any of their affiliates will not make any purchases if the purchases violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. | ||||
| Additionally, in the event our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates were to purchase shares or units from public shareholders such purchases would be structured in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act including, in pertinent part, through adherence to the following: | ||||
| ● | our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would disclose the possibility that our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares, rights or units from public shareholders outside the redemption process, along with the purpose of such purchases; | |||
| ● | if our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates were to purchase shares or units from public shareholders, they would do so at a price no higher than the price offered through our redemption process; | |||
| ● | our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would include a representation that any of our securities purchased by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction; | |||
| ● | our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates would not possess any redemption rights with respect to our securities or, if they do acquire and possess redemption rights, they would waive such rights; and | |||
| ● | we would disclose in a Form 8-K, before our security holder meeting to approve the business combination transaction, the following material items: | |||
| ● | the amount of our securities purchased outside of the redemption offer by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates, along with the purchase price; | |||
| ● | the purpose of the purchases by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates; | |||
24
| ● | the impact, if any, of the purchases by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates on the likelihood that the business combination transaction will be approved; | |||
| ● | the identities of our security holders who sold to our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates (if not purchased on the open market) or the nature of our security holders (e.g., 5% security holders) who sold to our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates; and | |||
| ● | the number of our securities for which we have received redemption requests pursuant to our redemption offer. | |||
| Please see “Proposed Business — Permitted Purchases of Our Securities” for a description of how such persons will determine from which shareholders to seek to acquire securities. | ||||
| The purpose of any such transaction could be to (1) increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination, (2) reduce the number of public units outstanding and/or increase the likelihood of approval on any matters submitted to the public unitholders for approval in connection with our initial business combination or (3) satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our securities may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange. Please see “Risk Factors — If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may elect to purchase public shares or units, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our securities.” | ||||
| Redemption rights | In connection with a business combination, public shareholders will have the right to convert their shares into an amount equal to (1) the number of public shares being converted by such public holder divided by the total number of public shares multiplied by (2) the amount then in the trust account (initially $10.00 per share or 100.0% of the gross proceeds from this offering), plus a pro rata portion of any interest earned on the funds held in the trust account less any amounts necessary to pay our taxes. At any meeting called to approve an initial business combination, public shareholders may elect to convert their shares regardless of whether or not they vote to approve the business combination or abstain from voting. | |||
25
| Whether we elect to effectuate our initial business combination via shareholder vote or tender offer, we may require public shareholders wishing to exercise redemption rights, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender the certificates they are seeking to convert to our transfer agent or to deliver the shares they are seeking to convert to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, at any time at or prior to the vote on the business combination. There is a nominal cost associated with this tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $45 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the converting holder. The foregoing is different from the procedures used by traditional blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many traditional blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the shareholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise its redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such shareholder to arrange for it to deliver its certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the shareholder then had an “option window” after the consummation of the business combination during which it could monitor the price of the company’s stock in the market. If the price rose above the conversion price, it could sell its shares in the open market before actually delivering his shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which shareholders were aware they needed to commit before the shareholder meeting, would become an “option” right surviving past the consummation of the business combination until the converting holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the closing of the shareholder meeting ensures that a holder’s election to convert is irrevocable once the business combination is completed. | ||
| Pursuant to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, we are required to give a minimum of only five clear days’ notice for each general meeting. As a result, if we require public shareholders who wish to convert their Class A ordinary shares into the right to receive a pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account to comply with the foregoing delivery requirements, holders may not have sufficient time to receive the notice and deliver their shares for conversion. Accordingly, investors may not be able to exercise their redemption rights and may be forced to retain our securities when they otherwise would not want to. | ||
|
If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their Class A ordinary shares to comply with specific delivery requirements for conversion described above and such proposed business combination is not consummated, we will promptly return such certificates to the tendering public shareholders.
See “Risk Factors—Risks Associated with Our Business—In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, we may require shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their redemption rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights” and “Risk Factors—Risks Associated with Our Business—If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with the delivery requirements for conversion, such converting shareholders may be unable to sell their securities when they wish to in the event that the proposed business combination is not approved.” | ||
| Once the shares are converted by the holder, and effectively redeemed by us under Cayman Islands law, the transfer agent will then update our register of members to reflect all conversions. |
26
| Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if no business combination |
We will have until 18 months from the closing of this initial public offering to consummate our initial business combination. If we anticipate that we may be unable to consummate our initial business combination within such period, we may seek shareholder approval to amend our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination. If we seek shareholder approval for an extension, our public shareholders will be offered an opportunity to redeem their shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to applicable laws. There is no limit on the number or length of extensions that we may seek; however, we do not expect to extend the time period to consummate our initial business combination beyond 36 months from the closing of this offering. If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the 18-month period or such period that may be extended, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible, but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.
If we are forced to liquidate, we anticipate that we would distribute to our public shareholders the amount in the trust account calculated as of the date that is two days prior to the distribution date (including any accrued interest). | |
|
Prior to such distribution, we would be required to assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as a voidable transaction in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation. Furthermore, while we will seek to have all vendors and service providers (which would include any third parties we engaged to assist us in any way in connection with our search for a target business) and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Nor is there any guarantee that, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the trust account or that a court would conclude that such agreements are legally enforceable.
The holders of the initial shares and private units will not participate in any liquidation distribution with respect to such securities.
We will pay the costs of liquidating the trust account from our remaining assets outside of the trust account. If such funds are insufficient, our sponsor has contractually agreed to advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation and has contractually agreed not to seek repayment for such expenses. |
27
| Conflicts of Interest | Each of our officers and directors presently has, and in the future any of our directors and our officers may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present acquisition opportunities to such entity. Accordingly, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands laws, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of an acquisition opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she may need to honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such acquisition opportunity to such entity, and only present it to us if such entity rejects the opportunity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands laws. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands laws, we renounce our interest or expectancy in any corporate opportunity offered to any officer or director and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue. As a result, the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors could materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. | |
| Each of our directors and officers is associated with other entities that have priority and preference relative to our company with respect to the performance of their obligations and the presentation by each such individual of business opportunities. As a result, there may be actual or potential material conflicts of interest between our directors and officers, sponsor and its affiliates on the one hand, and purchasers in this offering on the other hand. See the sections titled “Summary — Sponsor Information”, “Risk Factors — Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses, thereby potentially limiting the amount of time they devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial business combination”, and “Management — Conflicts of Interest” for more information. | ||
| Our sponsor and members of our management team will directly or indirectly own our securities following this offering, and accordingly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination, including the fact that they may lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed, except to the extent they receive liquidating distributions from assets outside the trust account. Upon the closing of this offering, our sponsor will have invested in us an aggregate of $1,942,500, comprised of the $25,000 purchase price for the initial shares (or approximately $0.008 per share) and the $1,917,500 purchase price for the private placement units (or $10.00 per unit). Accordingly, our management team may be more willing to pursue a business combination with a riskier or less-established target business than would be the case if our sponsor had paid the same per share price for the initial shares as our public shareholders paid for their public shares in this offering, as our sponsor and members of our management team would likely not receive any financial benefit unless we consummated such business combination. These interests of our executive officers and directors may affect the consideration paid, terms, conditions and timing relating to a business combination in a way that conflicts with the interests of our public shareholders. |
28
| Additionally, the personal and financial interests of our directors and executive officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and pursuing an initial business combination or completing our initial business combination. The different timelines of competing business combinations could cause our directors and executive officers to prioritize a different business combination over finding a suitable acquisition target for our business combination. For example, if two targets are being evaluated by our management team, and one is more stable and has a better risk or stability profile for our public shareholders, but may take a longer time to diligence and go through the business combination process, while the other has a less favorable risk or stability profile for our public shareholders, but would be easier, quicker and more certain to guide through the business combination process, our management team may decide to choose what they believe to be the quicker and more certain path despite its less favorable risk or stability profile for our public shareholders, as our management team would likely not receive any financial benefit unless we consummated a business combination. Additionally, if members of our management team form other special purpose acquisition companies similar to ours or pursue other business or investment ventures during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination, the consideration paid, terms, conditions and timing relating to the business combinations of such other special purpose acquisition companies or ventures, and the level of attention paid to by members of our management team to them versus the level of attention paid to us may conflict in a way that is unfavorable to us. Consequently, our directors’ and executive officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest, which could negatively impact the timing for a business combination. | ||
| In addition to the above, our officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including selecting a business combination target and monitoring the related due diligence. See “Risk Factors — Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.” | ||
| Additionally, our sponsor and executive officers and directors have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (a) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window or (b) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their initial shares and private shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame; and (iv) vote any initial shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions) in favor of our initial business combination. |
29
|
With certain limited exceptions, the initial shares purchased by our sponsor for an aggregate of $25,000, will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our sponsor or its permitted transferees until 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination. With certain limited exceptions, the private placement units and the Class A ordinary shares underlying such units, will not be transferable, assignable or salable by our sponsor or its permitted transferees until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Since our sponsor and executive officers and directors may directly or indirectly own ordinary shares following this offering, our executive officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination because of their financial interest in completing an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering or by such earlier liquidation date as our board of directors may approve.
Similarly, if we agree to pay our sponsor or a member of our management team a finder’s fee, advisory fee, consulting fee or success fee in order to effectuate the completion of our initial business combination, such persons may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination as any such fee may not be paid unless we consummate such business combination.
Additionally, we will reimburse an affiliate of our sponsor in an amount equal to $5,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support made available to us, as described elsewhere in this prospectus. Upon consummation of this offering, we will repay up to $300,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses. Up to $1,500,000 of working capital loans (“Working Capital Loans”) made by the sponsor, prior to or in connection with its initial business combination may be convertible into units of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of our sponsor.
We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors or completing the business combination through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors; accordingly, such affiliated person(s) may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination as such affiliated person(s) would have interests different from our public shareholders and would likely not receive any financial benefit unless we consummated such business combination. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated (as defined in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association) with our sponsor (including its members), officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, stating that the consideration to be paid by us in such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context. |
30
| Indemnity | Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share or 100.0% of the gross proceeds from this offering and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses. |
Risk Factors Summary
We are a blank check company that has conducted no operations and has generated no revenues. Until we complete our initial business combination, we will have no operations and will generate no operating revenues. In making your decision on whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the background of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company, as well as the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act and, therefore, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. For additional information concerning how Rule 419 blank check offerings differ from this offering, see “Proposed Business—Comparison to offerings of blank check companies subject to Rule 419.” You should carefully consider these, and the other risks set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 36 of this prospectus.
Our business is subject to a number of risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects that you should consider before making a decision to invest in our ordinary shares. These risks are discussed more fully in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 36. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
Risks associated with our business
| ● | We are a newly formed blank check company with no operating history and no revenues, and, accordingly, you will not have any basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective. |
| ● | If we are unable to consummate a business combination, our public shareholders may be forced to wait more than 18 months from the closing of this offering, before receiving liquidation distributions. |
| ● | In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments. We may seek to amend our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner to make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination, which our shareholders may not support. |
31
| ● | The requirement that we complete an initial business combination within a specific period of time may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating our initial business combination and may limit the amount of time we have to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to consummate our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders. |
| ● | We may not be able to complete an initial business combination with a U.S. target company since such initial business combination may be subject to U.S. foreign investment regulations and review by a U.S. government entity, such as the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (“CFIUS”), or ultimately prohibited. |
| ● | You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of blank check companies. |
| ● | We may issue additional ordinary or preference shares or debt securities to complete a business combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our shareholders and likely cause a change in control of our ownership. |
| ● | We may be unable to obtain additional financing, if required, to complete a business combination or to fund the operations and growth of the target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination. |
| ● | If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in trust could be reduced and the per-share redemption price received by shareholders may be less than $10.00. |
| ● | Holders of rights will not have redemption rights if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period. |
| ● | We have no obligation to net cash settle the rights. |
| ● | Since we have not yet selected a particular industry or target business with which to complete a business combination, we are unable to currently ascertain the merits or risks of the industry or business in which we may ultimately operate. |
| ● | The target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account (less any taxes payable on interest earned and less any interest earned thereon that is released to us) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. Such requirement may limit the type and number of companies with which we may complete such a business combination. |
| ● | Our ability to successfully effect a business combination and to be successful thereafter will be dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following a business combination. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. |
| ● | Our officers and directors may not have significant experience or knowledge regarding the jurisdiction or industry of the target business we may seek to acquire. |
| ● | Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following a business combination and, as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous. |
| ● | Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses, thereby potentially limiting the amount of time they devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial business combination. |
32
| ● | Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations and accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. |
| ● | Our officers’ and directors’ personal and financial interests may influence their motivation in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate for a business combination. |
| ● | Past performance by our management team and our sponsor may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us. |
| ● | Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions. |
| ● | We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. |
| ● | We may be unable to consummate a business combination if a target business requires that we have cash in excess of the minimum amount we are required to have at closing and public shareholders may have to remain shareholders of our company and wait until our liquidation to receive a pro rata share of the trust account or attempt to sell their shares in the open market. |
| ● | We may not seek an opinion from an unaffiliated third party as to the fair market value of the target business we acquire. |
| ● | We may acquire a target business that is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates. |
| ● | There is currently no market for our securities, and a market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities. |
| ● | Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and most of our executive officers and directors are located outside the United States, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal or state courts may be limited. |
| ● | The management following a business combination may be unfamiliar with the laws and regulations applicable to a U.S. public company, which could lead to various regulatory issues. |
| ● | Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by extraordinary events and the status of debt and equity markets. |
| ● | Because we have not selected a particular business or specific geographic location or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’ operations. |
| ● | Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines. |
| ● | Management’s flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate, along with our management’s financial interest in consummating our initial business combination, may lead management to enter into an acquisition agreement that is not in the best interest of our shareholders. |
33
Risks associated with acquiring and operating a business outside of the United States
| ● | We may effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States and, if we do so, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our business operations and financial results. |
| ● | If social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, or policy changes or enactments occur in a country in which we may operate after we effect our initial business combination, it may result in a negative impact on our business. |
| ● | Many countries have difficult and unpredictable legal systems and underdeveloped laws and regulations that are unclear and subject to corruption and inexperience, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. |
| ● | If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws applicable to such company will likely govern all of our material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights. |
| ● | If relations between the United States and foreign governments deteriorate, it could cause potential target businesses or their goods and services to become less attractive. |
| ● | After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate. |
| ● | Currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished. |
34
The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operations to date, so only balance sheet data are presented.
|
As of 2025 |
||||||||
| Actual |
As Adjusted |
|||||||
| Balance Sheet Data: | ||||||||
| Working capital (deficit) surplus(1) | $ | (169,638 | ) | $ | 447,962 | |||
| Total assets(2) | $ | 111,408 | $ | 60,636,195 | ||||
| Total liabilities(3) | $ | 170,213 | $ | 677,400 | ||||
| Value of ordinary shares subject to possible redemption/tender(4) | $ | - | $ | 51,713,333 | ||||
| Shareholders’ (deficit) equity(5) | $ | (58,805 | ) | $ | 8,245,462 | |||
| (1) | The “as adjusted” calculation includes $695,000 in cash held outside the trust account plus $575 of prepaid expenses, minus $66,565 of accrued expenses, $36,598 of accrued offering costs, $67,050 due to related party and $77,400 over-allotment option liability as of September 30, 2025. |
| (2) | The “as adjusted” calculation equals $60,000,000 cash held in trust from the proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private units, plus $695,000 in cash held outside the trust account, less $58,805 of actual shareholders’ deficit as of September 30, 2025, assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised. |
| (3) | The “as adjusted” calculation includes the over-allotment option liability of $77,400 and deferred underwriting commissions of $600,000, assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised. |
| (4) | The “as adjusted” amount includes all Class A ordinary shares included in the units sold in this offering, assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised, net of the fair value of rights included in the units sold in this offering and the estimated allocation of offering costs. The Class A ordinary shares offered to the public contain redemption rights that make them redeemable by our public shareholders. Accordingly, they are classified within temporary equity in accordance with the guidance provided in ASC 480-10-S99-3A and will be subsequently accreted to redemption value. |
| (5) | Excludes 6,000,000 Class A ordinary shares which may be redeemed in connection with our initial business combination and assuming no exercise of the over-allotment option. The actual number of shares that may be redeemed may exceed this amount. The “as adjusted” calculation equals the “as adjusted” total assets, less the “as adjusted” total liabilities, less the value of Class A ordinary shares that may be redeemed in connection with our initial business combination. |
If no business combination is completed within 18 months from the closing of this initial public offering, the proceeds then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (a) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window or (b) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their initial shares and private shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame; and (iv) vote any initial shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction) in favor of our initial business combination.in favor of our initial business combination.
35
An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the material risks described below, which we believe represent the material risks related to the offering, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our units. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks described below.
Risks Associated with Our Business
We have a working capital deficiency and a weak cash position.
As of September 30, 2025, we have no cash and a working capital deficit of $169,638. Further, we expect to incur significant costs in pursuit of our acquisition plans. Management’s plans to address this need for capital through this offering are discussed in the section of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our plans to raise capital and to consummate our initial business combination may not be successful. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. The financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus do not include any adjustments that might result from our inability to consummate this offering or our inability to continue as a going concern.
We are a newly formed blank check company with no operating history and no revenues, and, accordingly, you will not have any basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.
We are a newly formed blank check company with no operating results to date. Therefore, our ability to commence operations is dependent upon obtaining financing through the public offering of our securities. Since we do not have an operating history, you will have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective, which is to acquire an operating business. We have not conducted any discussions and we have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective acquisition candidates. We will not generate any revenues until, at the earliest, after the consummation of a business combination.
If we are unable to consummate a business combination, our public shareholders may be forced to wait more than 18 months before receiving liquidation distributions.
We will have 18 months from the closing of this initial public offering to complete a business combination. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to such date unless we consummate a business combination prior thereto and only then in cases where investors have sought to convert their shares. Only after the expiration of this full time period will public shareholders be entitled to liquidation distributions if we are unable to complete a business combination. Accordingly, investors’ funds may be unavailable to them until after such date and to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your securities potentially at a loss.
36
In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments. We may seek to amend our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner to make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination, which our shareholders may not support.
In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and governing instruments. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds, and extended the time to consummate a business combination. Amending our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require at least a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, meaning the approval by (1) holders of at least two-thirds of our Class A ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, or (2) a unanimous written resolution of all of our shareholders. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments or extend the time to consummate an initial business combination in order to effectuate our initial business combination. In addition, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will require us to provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our public shares the right to have their shares redeemed or repurchased in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our public shares.
The requirement that we complete an initial business combination within a specific period of time may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating our initial business combination and may limit the amount of time we have to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to consummate our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.
We have 18 months from the closing of this initial public offering to complete an initial business combination. Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware of this requirement. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete a business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete a business combination with any other target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the time limits referenced above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.
Our ability to consummate an attractive business combination may be impacted by the market for initial public offerings.
If the market for initial public offerings is limited, we believe there will be more attractive target businesses open to consummating an initial business combination with us as a means to achieve publicly held status. Alternatively, if the market for initial public offerings is robust, we believe that there will be fewer attractive target businesses amenable to consummating an initial business combination with us to become a public reporting company. Accordingly, during periods with strong public offering markets, it may be more difficult for us to complete an initial business combination.
We face competition in finding an attractive target for an initial business combination. This could increase the costs associated with completing our initial business combination and may result in our inability to find a suitable target.
In recent years, many companies have entered into business combinations with special purpose acquisition companies, and there are still many special purpose acquisition companies seeking targets for their initial business combination, as well as many additional special purpose acquisition companies currently in registration. As a result, at times, fewer attractive targets may be available, and it may require more time, effort and resources to identify a suitable target for an initial business combination.
In addition, because there are more special purpose acquisition companies seeking to enter into an initial business combination with available targets, the competition for available targets with attractive fundamentals or business models may increase, which could cause target companies to demand improved financial terms. Attractive deals could also become scarcer for other reasons, such as economic or industry sector downturns, geopolitical tensions or increases in the cost of additional capital needed to close business combinations or operate targets post-business combination. This could increase the cost of, delay or otherwise complicate or frustrate our ability to find a suitable target for and/or complete our initial business combination.
37
We may not be able to complete an initial business combination with a U.S. target company since such initial business combination may be subject to U.S. foreign investment regulations and review by a U.S. government entity, such as the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (“CFIUS”), or ultimately prohibited.
Mind Growth Matrix Private Limited, an Indian private limited liability company controls our sponsor. Anuj Goyal, who owns 99.9% of Mind Growth Matrix Private Limited and is the only person who has direct or indirect material interest in the sponsor, is a Mauritius citizen and a non-U.S. person. Immediately following the consummation of the offering, the sponsor will own approximately 30% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming the sponsor does not purchase any units in this offering and no over-allotment option is exercised). Certain companies requiring federally issued licenses in the United States, such as broadcasters and airlines, may be subject to rules or regulations that limit foreign ownership. In addition, CFIUS is an interagency committee authorized to review certain transactions involving foreign investment in the United States by foreign persons in order to determine the effect of such transactions on the national security of the United States. Therefore, because we may be considered a “foreign person” under such rules and regulations, we could be subject to foreign ownership restrictions and/or CFIUS review if our proposed business combination is with a U.S. target company engaged in a regulated industry or which may affect national security. The jurisdictional scope of CFIUS was expanded by the Foreign Investment Risk Review Modernization Act of 2018 (“FIRRMA”) to include certain non-passive, non-controlling investments in sensitive U.S. businesses and certain acquisitions of real estate even with no underlying U.S. business. FIRRMA and subsequent implementing regulations that are now in force also subject certain categories of investments to mandatory filings. Therefore, if our potential initial business combination with a U.S. target company falls within the scope of foreign ownership restrictions, we may be unable to consummate a business combination with such target company. In addition, if our potential business combination falls within CFIUS’s jurisdiction, we may be required to make a mandatory filing or determine to submit a voluntary notice to CFIUS, or to proceed with the initial business combination without notifying CFIUS and risk CFIUS intervention, before or after closing the initial business combination. CFIUS may decide to block or delay our initial business combination, impose conditions to mitigate national security concerns with respect to such initial business combination or order us to divest all or a portion of a U.S. business of the combined company were we to proceed without first obtaining CFIUS clearance. The foreign ownership limitations and the potential impact of a CFIUS review may limit the attractiveness of a transaction with us or prevent us from pursuing certain initial business combination opportunities that we believe would otherwise be beneficial to us and our shareholders. As a result, the pool of potential targets with which we could complete an initial business combination may be limited, and we may be adversely affected in terms of competing with other special purpose acquisition companies that do not have similar foreign ownership issues.
Moreover, the process of government review, whether by CFIUS or otherwise, could be lengthy. Because we have only a limited time to complete our initial business combination, our failure to obtain any required approvals within the requisite time period may require us to liquidate. If we liquidate, our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share initially or 100.0% of the gross proceeds from the offering, and the rights will expire worthless. This will also cause you to lose any potential investment opportunity in a target company and the chance of realizing future gains on your investment through any price appreciation in the combined company.
You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of blank check companies.
Since the net proceeds of this offering are intended to be used to complete a business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” company under the United States securities laws. However, since we expect to have our securities traded on a national securities exchange that satisfies certain listing criteria, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors of blank check companies such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules which would, for example, completely restrict the transferability of our securities, restrict the use of interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and require us to complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of the offering. Because we are not subject to Rule 419, our units will be immediately tradable, we will be entitled to withdraw amounts from the funds held in the trust account prior to the completion of a business combination and we may have more time to complete an initial business combination. For a more detailed comparison of this offering to offerings that comply with Rule 419, see “Proposed Business—Comparison to offerings of blank check companies subject to Rule 419.”
38
We may issue additional ordinary or preference shares or debt securities to complete a business combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our shareholders and likely cause a change in control of our ownership.
Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will authorize the issuance of 500,000,000 shares consisting of 480,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, 10,000,000 Class B ordinary shares and 10,000,000 preference shares each with par value of $0.0001. Although we have no commitment as of the date of this offering, we may issue a substantial number of additional ordinary shares or preference shares or debt securities, or a combination thereof, to complete a business combination. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preference shares:
| ● | may significantly reduce the equity interest of investors in this offering; |
| ● | may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares if we issue preference shares with rights senior to those afforded to our Class A ordinary shares; |
| ● | may cause a change in control if a substantial number of Class A ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; |
| ● | may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the stock ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and |
| ● | may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A ordinary shares. |
Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:
| ● | default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations; |
| ● | acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant; |
| ● | our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; |
| ● | our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding; |
| ● | our inability to pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares; |
| ● | using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Class A ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; |
| ● | limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate; |
| ● | increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; |
| ● | limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes; and |
| ● | other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt. |
39
We may be unable to obtain additional financing, if required, to complete a business combination or to fund the operations and growth of the target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.
Since we have not yet identified any prospective target business, we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this offering prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of the business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, or the obligation to convert into cash (or purchase in any tender offer) a significant number of shares from dissenting shareholders, we will be required to seek additional financing. Such financing may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to consummate a particular business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. In addition, if we consummate a business combination, we may require additional financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or shareholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after a business combination.
We will either (1) seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination or abstain from voting, into their pro rata portion of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable) or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. Accordingly, such redemptions or conversions could also leave us with insufficient funds to consummate an initial business combination.
If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in trust could be reduced and the per-share redemption price received by shareholders may be less than $10.00.
Our placing of funds in trust may not protect those funds from third party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors and service providers we engage and prospective target businesses we negotiate with execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, they may not execute such agreements. Furthermore, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they may seek recourse against the monies held in the trust account. A court may not uphold the validity of such agreements. Accordingly, the proceeds held in trust could be subject to claims which could take priority over those of our public shareholders. If we liquidate the trust account before the completion of a business combination, our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to ensure that the proceeds in the trust account are not reduced by the claims of target businesses or claims of vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us and which have not executed a waiver agreement. However, it may not be able to meet such obligation. Therefore, the per-share redemption price from the trust account in such a situation may be less than $10.00, plus interest, due to such claims.
Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not dismissed, or if we otherwise enter compulsory or court supervised liquidation, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we may not be able to return to our public shareholders at least $10.00 per share.
40
Our shareholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them.
If we are forced to enter into insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offense and may be liable to a fine and to imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.
If we deviate from the acquisition criteria or guidelines set forth in this prospectus, investors in this offering may have rescission rights or may bring an action for damages against us or we could be subject to civil or criminal actions taken by governmental authorities.
If we were to elect to deviate from the acquisition criteria or guidelines set forth in this prospectus, each person who purchased units in this offering and still held such securities upon learning of the facts relating to the deviation may seek rescission of the purchase of the units he or she acquired in the offering (under which a successful claimant has the right to receive the total amount paid for his or her securities pursuant to an allegedly deficient prospectus, plus interest and less any income earned on the securities, in exchange for surrender of the securities) or bring an action for damages against us (compensation for loss on an investment caused by alleged material misrepresentations or omissions in the sale of a security). In such event, we could also be subject to civil or criminal actions taken by governmental authorities. For instance, the SEC can seek injunctions under Section 20(b) of the Securities Act if it believes a violation under the Securities Act has occurred or is imminent. The SEC can also seek civil penalties under Sections 20(d) and 24 if a party has violated the Securities Act or an injunctive action taken by the SEC or if a party willfully, in a registration statement filed under the Securities Act, makes any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Furthermore, Section 20 allows the SEC to refer matters to the attorney general to bring criminal penalties against an issuer.
Holders of rights will not have redemption rights if we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period.
If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and we redeem the funds held in the trust account, the rights will expire and holders will not receive any of such proceeds with respect to the rights.
We have no obligation to net cash settle the rights.
In no event will we have any obligation to net cash settle the rights. Accordingly, the rights may expire worthless.
If a public holder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our Class A ordinary shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.
We will comply with the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a public holder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such public holder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our Class A ordinary shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem Class A ordinary shares. For example, we may require our public holders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” to either deliver their stock certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents mailed to such holders, or prior to the vote on the proposal to approve the initial business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. In the event that a public holder fails to comply with these or any other procedures disclosed in the proxy or tender offer materials, as applicable, its shares may not be redeemed.
41
We may amend the terms of the rights in a way that may be adverse to holders with the approval by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding rights.
Our rights will be issued in registered form under a rights agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as rights agent, and us. The rights agreement provides that the terms of the rights may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision. The rights agreement requires the approval by the holders of a majority of the then outstanding rights in order to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders.
Our rights agreement will designate the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our rights, which could limit the ability of rights holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company.
Our rights agreement will provide that, subject to applicable law, (1) any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the rights agreement, including under the Securities Act, will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and (2) that we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. We will waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. With respect to any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, we note, however, that there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this provision and that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for state and federal courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, these provisions of the rights agreement will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act or Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our rights shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the forum provisions in our rights agreement. If any action, the subject matter of which is within the scope the forum provisions of the rights agreement, is filed in a court other than a court of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (a “foreign action”) in the name of any holder of our rights, such holder shall be deemed to have consented to: (1) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in the State of New York in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the forum provisions (an “enforcement action”), and (2) having service of process made upon such rights holder in any such enforcement action by service upon such rights holder’s counsel in the foreign action as agent for such rights holder.
This choice-of-forum provision may limit a rights holder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with our company, including by increasing the cost of such lawsuits to a rights holder, which may discourage such lawsuits. Alternatively, if a court were to find this provision of our rights agreement inapplicable or unenforceable with respect to one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and result in a diversion of the time and resources of our management and board of directors.
42
Since we have not yet selected a particular industry or target business with which to complete a business combination, we are unable to currently ascertain the merits or risks of the industry or business in which we may ultimately operate.
While we intend to focus our search for target businesses on specific locations and industries as described in this prospectus, we are not limited to those locations and may consummate a business combination with a company in any location or industry we choose. Accordingly, there is no current basis for you to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the particular industry in which we may ultimately operate or the target business which we may ultimately acquire. To the extent we complete a business combination with a company in its development stage, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations of those entities. If we complete a business combination with an entity in an industry characterized by a high level of risk, we may be affected by the currently unascertainable risks of that industry. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular industry or target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in this offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a target business.
The target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account (less any taxes payable on interest earned and less any interest earned thereon that is released to us) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. Such requirement may limit the type and number of companies with which we may complete such a business combination.
Pursuant to the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules, the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account (excluding any taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account and less any interest earned thereon that is released to us for our taxes) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. This restriction may limit the type and number of companies with which we may complete a business combination. If we are unable to locate a target business or businesses that satisfy this fair market value test, we may be forced to liquidate and you will only be entitled to receive your pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account.
If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange after this offering, we would not be required to satisfy the fair market value requirement described above and could complete a business combination with a target business having a fair market value substantially below 80% of the balance in the trust account.
Our ability to successfully effect a business combination and to be successful thereafter will be dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following a business combination. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct.
Our ability to successfully effect a business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our key personnel, at least until we have consummated our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain with us for the immediate or foreseeable future. In addition, none of our officers are required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, they will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have employment agreements with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our officers. The unexpected loss of the services of our key personnel could have a detrimental effect on us.
The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following a business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place or be hired after consummation of the business combination. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we engage after a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct.
These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company which could cause us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.
43
Our officers and directors may not have significant experience or knowledge regarding the jurisdiction or industry of the target business we may seek to acquire.
We may consummate a business combination with a target business in any geographic location or industry we choose. We cannot assure you that our officers and directors will have enough experience or have sufficient knowledge relating to the jurisdiction of the target or its industry to make an informed decision regarding a business combination. If we become aware of a potential business combination outside of the geographic location or industry where our officers and directors have the most experience, our management may retain consultants and advisors with experience in such industries to assist in the evaluation of such business combination and in our determination of whether or not to proceed with such a business combination. However, our management is not required to engage consultants or advisors in any situation. If they do not engage any consultants or advisors to assist them in the evaluation of a particular target business or business combination, our management may not properly analyze the risks attendant with such target business or business combination. Even if our management does engage consultants or advisors to assist in the evaluation of a particular target business or business combination, we cannot assure you that such consultants or advisors will properly analyze the risks attendant with such target business or business combination. As a result, we may enter into a business combination that is not in our shareholders’ best interests.
Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation following a business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.
Our key personnel will be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements or other arrangements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.
Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses, thereby potentially limiting the amount of time they devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial business combination.
Our officers and directors are not required to commit their full time to our affairs, which could create a conflict of interest when allocating their time between our operations and their other commitments. We presently expect each of our employees to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target business to a majority of their time as we move into serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination). We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. All of our officers and directors are engaged in several other business endeavors and are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our affairs. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to such affairs, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs and could have a negative impact on our ability to consummate our initial business combination. We cannot assure you these conflicts will be resolved in our favor.
Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations and accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.
Our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations to other companies, including other companies that are engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us. Accordingly, they may participate in transactions and have obligations that may be in conflict or competition with our consummation of our initial business combination.
As a result, a potential target business may be presented by our management team to another entity prior to its presentation to us and we may not be afforded the opportunity to engage in a transaction with such target business. For a more detailed description of the pre-existing fiduciary and contractual obligations of our management team, and the potential conflicts of interest that such obligations may present, see “Management—Conflicts of Interest” and “Summary- Conflicts of Interest”.
44
Our officers’ and directors’ personal and financial interests may influence their motivation in determining whether a particular target business is appropriate for a business combination.
Our insiders have waived their right to convert (or sell to us in any tender offer), to the extent applicable, their initial shares or any other ordinary shares acquired in this offering or thereafter (although none of these insiders have indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or thereafter), or to receive distributions with respect to their shares upon our liquidation if we are unable to consummate our initial business combination. Our sponsor has also waived its right to convert (or sell to us in any tender offer) its private shares or any other ordinary shares acquired in this offering or thereafter (although it has not indicated any intention to purchase units in this offering or thereafter), or to receive distributions with respect to their private shares upon our liquidation if we are unable to consummate our initial business combination. Accordingly, these securities will be worthless if we do not consummate our initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors may loan funds to us after this offering and may be owed reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with certain activities on our behalf which would only be repaid if we complete an initial business combination. The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in the best interest of our shareholders. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law and we might have a claim against such individuals. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason.
Past performance by our management team and our sponsor may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us.
Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with our management team and our sponsor and its affiliates is presented for informational purposes only. Past performance by our management team and our sponsor is not a guarantee either (1) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (2) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our initial business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of our management team’s or our sponsor’s respective performance as indicative of future performance of an investment in us or the returns we will, or are likely to, generate going forward. Furthermore, an investment in us is not an investment in our sponsor or its affiliates.
Our letter agreement with our sponsor, officers and directors may be amended without shareholder approval.
Our letter agreement with our sponsor, officers and directors contain provisions relating to transfer restrictions of our initial shares and private placement units, indemnification of the trust account, waiver of redemption rights and participation in liquidating distributions from the trust account. The letter agreement may be amended without shareholder approval. While we do not expect our board to approve any amendment to the letter agreement prior to our initial business combination, it may be possible that our board, in exercising its business judgment and subject to its fiduciary duties, chooses to approve one or more amendments to the letter agreement. Any such amendments to the letter agreement would not require approval from our shareholders and may have an adverse effect on the value of an investment in our securities. In addition, in order to facilitate our initial business combination or for any other reason determined by our sponsor in its sole discretion, our sponsor may surrender or forfeit, transfer or exchange our initial shares, private placement units or any of our other securities, including for no consideration, as well as subject any such securities to earn-outs or other restrictions, or otherwise amend the terms of any such securities or enter into any other arrangements with respect to any such securities. Through such transfer, or otherwise, our sponsor may remove itself as the sponsor of our company before identifying a potential business combination, which may result in our inability to consummate a business combination.
Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.
We anticipate that our securities will be listed on Nasdaq, a national securities exchange, upon consummation of this offering. Although, after giving effect to this offering, we expect to meet on a pro forma basis the minimum initial listing standards of Nasdaq, which generally only requires that we meet certain requirements relating to shareholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq in the future or prior to an initial business combination. Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, it is likely that Nasdaq will require us to file a new initial listing application and meet its initial listing requirements as opposed to its more lenient continued listing requirements. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time.
45
If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:
| ● | a limited availability of market quotations for our securities; |
| ● | reduced liquidity with respect to our securities; |
| ● | a determination that our Class A ordinary shares are “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our ordinary shares; |
| ● | a limited amount of news and analyst coverage for our company; and |
| ● | lack of ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future. |
We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business with a limited number of products or services.
We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities that may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:
| ● | solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, or |
| ● | dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services. |
This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination.
Alternatively, if we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.
46
Since only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors, upon the listing of our shares on Nasdaq, Nasdaq will consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq rules and, as a result, we may qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.
After completion of this offering and prior to the consummation of a business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. As a result, Nasdaq will consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq corporate governance standards. Under Nasdaq corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the appointment of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:
| ● | we have a board that includes a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of Nasdaq; and |
| ● | we have a compensation committee of our board that is comprised entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. |
We currently do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, but may do so in the future. Accordingly, if we choose to do so, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.
Our public shareholders’ ability to exercise their redemption rights or sell their public shares to us in a tender offer may not allow us to effectuate the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.
If our business combination requires us to use substantially all of our cash to pay the purchase price, because we will not know how many public shareholders may exercise redemption rights or seek to sell their public shares to us in a tender offer, we may either need to reserve part of the trust account for possible payment upon such conversion, or we may need to arrange third party financing to help fund our business transaction. In the event that the business combination involves the issuance of our shares as consideration, we may be required to issue a higher percentage of our shares to make up for a shortfall in funds. Raising additional funds to cover any shortfall may involve dilutive equity financing or incurring indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. This may limit our ability to effectuate the most attractive business combination available to us.
We may be unable to consummate a business combination if a target business requires that we have cash in excess of the minimum amount we are required to have at closing and public shareholders may have to remain shareholders of our company and wait until our liquidation to receive a pro rata share of the trust account or attempt to sell their shares in the open market.
A potential target may make it a closing condition to our business combination that we have a minimum amount of cash at the time of closing. If the number of our shareholders electing to exercise their redemption rights or sell their shares to us in a tender offer has the effect of reducing the amount of money available to us to consummate a business combination below such minimum amount required by the target business and we are not able to locate an alternative source of funding, we will not be able to consummate such business combination and we may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all. In that case, public shareholders may have to remain shareholders of our company and wait the full 18 months, in order to be able to receive a pro rata portion of the trust account, or attempt to sell their shares in the open market prior to such time, in which case they may receive less than a pro rata share of the trust account for their shares and suffer an entire loss on your investment.
47
Our public shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed business combination, which means we may consummate our initial business combination even though a majority of our public shareholders do not support such a combination.
We intend to hold a shareholder vote before we consummate our initial business combination. However, if a shareholder vote is not required, for business or legal reasons, we may conduct conversions via a tender offer and not offer our shareholders the opportunity to vote on a proposed business combination. Accordingly, we may consummate our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the business combination.
In connection with any meeting held to approve an initial business combination, we will offer each public shareholder the option to vote in favor of a proposed business combination and still seek conversion of his, her or its public shares, which may make it more likely that we will consummate a business combination.
In connection with any meeting held to approve an initial business combination, we will offer each public shareholder the right to have his, her or its public shares converted to cash (subject to the limitations described elsewhere in this prospectus) regardless of whether such shareholder votes for or against such proposed business combination. Accordingly, public shareholders owning shares sold in this offering may exercise their redemption rights and we could still consummate a proposed business combination so long as a majority of shares voted at the meeting are voted in favor of the proposed business combination. This is different than other similarly structured blank check companies where shareholders are offered the right to convert their shares only when they vote against a proposed business combination. This is also different than other similarly structured blank check companies where there is a specific number of shares sold in the offering which must not exercise redemption rights for the company to complete a business combination. The lack of such a threshold and the ability to seek conversion while voting in favor of a proposed business combination may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination.
In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, we may require shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with specific requirements for conversion that may make it more difficult for them to exercise their redemption rights prior to the deadline for exercising their rights.
In connection with any shareholder meeting called to approve a proposed initial business combination, each public shareholder will have the right, regardless of whether it is voting for or against such proposed business combination, to demand that we convert its public shares into a share of the trust account. Such conversion will be effectuated under Cayman Islands law and our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as a redemption of the shares, with the redemption price to be paid being the applicable pro rata portion of the monies held in the trust account. We may require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares in connection with a proposed business combination to either tender their certificates (if any) to our transfer agent or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company’s (“DTC”) DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, at any time at or prior to the vote taken at the shareholder meeting relating to such business combination. In order to obtain a physical share certificate, a shareholder’s broker and/or clearing broker, DTC and our transfer agent will need to act to facilitate this request. It is our understanding that shareholders should generally allot at least two weeks to obtain physical certificates from the transfer agent. However, because we do not have any control over this process or over the brokers or DTC, it may take significantly longer than two weeks to obtain a physical share certificate. It is also our understanding that it takes a short time to deliver shares through the DWAC System. However, this too may not be the case. Accordingly, if it takes longer than we anticipate for shareholders to deliver their shares, shareholders who wish to convert may be unable to meet the deadline for exercising their redemption rights and thus may be unable to convert their shares.
48
Investors may not have sufficient time to comply with the delivery requirements for conversion.
Pursuant to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we will be required to give a minimum of only five clear days’ notice for each general meeting. As a result, if we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares into the right to receive a pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account to comply with specific delivery requirements for conversion, holders may not have sufficient time to receive the notice and deliver their shares for conversion. Accordingly, investors may not be able to exercise their redemption rights and may be forced to retain our securities when they otherwise would not want to.
If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with the delivery requirements for conversion, such converting shareholders may be unable to sell their securities when they wish to in the event that the proposed business combination is not approved.
If we require public shareholders who wish to convert their public shares to comply with specific delivery requirements for conversion described above and such proposed business combination is not consummated, we will promptly return such certificates to the tendering public shareholders. Accordingly, investors who attempted to convert their shares in such a circumstance will be unable to sell their securities after the failed acquisition until we have returned their securities to them. The market price for our shares may decline during this time, and you may not be able to sell your securities when you wish to, while other shareholders who did not seek conversion would be able to sell their securities during this time.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or public units from public shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public units.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may purchase public shares or units in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation or duty to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgment that such shareholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. It is intended that, if Rule 10b-18 would apply to purchases by sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates, then such purchases will comply with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act, to the extent it applies, which provides a safe harbor for purchases made under certain conditions, including with respect to timing, pricing and volume of purchases.
Additionally, at any time at or prior to our initial business combination, subject to applicable securities laws (including with respect to material nonpublic information), our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may enter into transactions with investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire public shares, vote their public shares in favor of our initial business combination or not redeem their public shares. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase public shares, rights or units in such transactions.
The purpose of any such transactions could be to (1) increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination, (2) reduce the number of public units outstanding and/or increase the likelihood of approval on any matters submitted to the public shareholders for approval in connection with our initial business combination or (3) satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.
49
In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our securities may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. Additionally, in the event our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates were to purchase public shares or units from public shareholders, such purchases would be structured in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act including, in pertinent part, through adherence to the following:
| ● | our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would disclose the possibility that our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may purchase public shares or units from public shareholders outside the redemption process, along with the purpose of such purchases; |
| ● | if our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates were to purchase public shares or units from public shareholders, they would do so at a price no higher than the price offered through our redemption process; |
| ● | our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would include a representation that any of our securities purchased by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction; |
| ● | our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates would not possess any redemption rights with respect to our securities or, if they do acquire and possess redemption rights, they would waive such rights; and |
| ● | we would disclose in a Form 8-K, before our security holder meeting to approve the business combination transaction, the following material items: |
| ● | the amount of our securities purchased outside of the redemption offer by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates, along with the purchase price; | |
| ● | the purpose of the purchases by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates; | |
| ● | the impact, if any, of the purchases by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates on the likelihood that the business combination transaction will be approved; | |
| ● | the identities of our security holders who sold to our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates (if not purchased on the open market) or the nature of our security holders (e.g., 5% security holders) who sold to our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates; and | |
| ● | the number of our securities for which we have received redemption requests pursuant to our redemption offer. |
Please see “Proposed Business — Permitted Purchases of Our Securities” for a description of how such persons will determine from which shareholders to seek to acquire securities.
50
Other companies may have a competitive advantage and we may not be able to consummate an attractive business combination.
We expect to encounter intense competition from entities other than blank check companies having a business objective similar to ours, including venture capital funds, leveraged buyout funds and operating businesses competing for acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than we do, and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe that there are numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, seeking shareholder approval of a business combination may delay or prevent the consummation of a transaction, a risk a target business may not be willing to accept. Additionally, our outstanding rights, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Any of the foregoing may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination.
Our sponsor will control the appointment of our board of directors until consummation of our initial business combination and will hold a substantial interest in us. As a result, it will appoint all of our directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination and may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.
Upon consummation of our offering and the private placement, the sponsor will own approximately 30% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming the sponsor does not purchase any units in this offering and no over-allotment option is exercised and without giving effect to the shares in the private units). Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our memorandum and articles of association.
In addition, the initial shares, all of which are held by our sponsor, will entitle the holders to vote to appoint all of our directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. Holders of our public shares will have no right to vote on the appointment or removal of directors during such time. Further, prior to the closing of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to vote on continuing our company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents, in each case, as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). These provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended if approved by a special resolution passed by the affirmative vote of at least 90% (or, where such amendment is proposed in respect of the consummation of our initial business combination, two-thirds) of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. As a result, you will not have any influence over the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination or any influence over our continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands prior to our initial business combination.
If our sponsor purchases any units in this offering or if our sponsor purchases any additional Class A ordinary shares in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase its control. Neither our sponsor nor, to our knowledge, any of our officers or directors, have any current intention to purchase additional securities, other than as disclosed in this prospectus. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, our board of directors, whose members were appointed by our sponsor, is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term for three years with only one class of directors being appointed in each year. We may not hold an annual or extraordinary general meeting to appoint new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual general meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for appointment and our sponsor, because of its ownership position, will have considerable influence regarding the outcome. In addition, since only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on directors prior to our initial business combination, our initial shareholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination. Accordingly, our sponsor will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination.
51
There is no requirement under the Companies Act for us to hold annual or general meetings to elect directors. Accordingly, shareholders would not have the right to such a meeting or election of directors, unless the holders of not less than 10% of the voting rights of our company request such a meeting. As a result, it is unlikely that there will be an annual general meeting to elect new directors prior to the consummation of a business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the consummation of the business combination. Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your voting rights for 18 months. Accordingly, our initial shareholders will continue to exert control at least until the consummation of a business combination.
The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the initial shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination, and our sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us in the event we consummate an initial business combination, even if the business combination causes the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares to materially decline.
We are offering our units at an offering price of $10.00 per unit and the amount in our trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share, implying an initial value of $10.00 per public share. However, prior to this offering, our sponsor paid a nominal aggregate purchase price of $25,000 for the initial shares, or approximately $0.008 per Class B ordinary share. As a result, the value of your public shares may be significantly diluted upon the consummation of our initial business combination, when the initial shares are converted into public shares. The following table shows the public shareholders’ and our sponsor’s investment per share and how these compare to the implied value of one Class A ordinary share upon the completion of our initial business combination. The following table assumes that (i) our valuation is $59,400,000 (which is the amount we would have in the trust account for our initial business combination after payment of the deferred underwriting commission, assuming the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised), (ii) no interest is earned on the funds held in the trust account, (iii) no public shares are redeemed in connection with our initial business combination and (iv) all initial shares are held by our initial shareholders upon completion of our initial business combination, and does not take into account other potential impacts on our valuation at the time of the initial business combination, such as (i) the value of our public and private units, (ii) the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares, (iii) any equity issued or cash paid to the target’s sellers, (v) any equity issued to other third party investors, or (vi) the target’s business itself.
| Class A ordinary shares in public offering | 6,000,000 | |||
| Class A ordinary shares in private units | 191,750 | |||
| Class B ordinary shares | 2,571,429 | |||
| Total shares | 8,763,179 | |||
| Total funds in trust available for initial business combination (net of deferred underwriting commission) | $ | 59,400,000 | ||
| Public shareholders’ and sponsor’s investment per Class A ordinary share(1)(2) | $ | 10.00 | ||
| Sponsor’s investment per Class B ordinary share(2) | $ | 0.70 | ||
| Initial implied value per public share | $ | 10.00 | ||
| Implied value per public share upon consummation of initial business combination(3) | $ | 6.78 |
| (1) | While the public shareholders’ investment is in both the shares and the rights, for purposes of this table the full investment amount is ascribed to the shares only. |
| (2) | The total investment in the equity of the Company by the sponsor is $1,942,500, consisting of (i) $25,000 paid by the sponsor for the Class B ordinary shares (excluding the portion subject to forfeiture), (ii) $1,917,500 paid by the sponsor for 191,750 private units for the Class A ordinary shares. For purposes of this table, the full investment amount is ascribed to the Class B ordinary shares only. |
| (3) | All class B ordinary shares would automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares upon completion of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder. |
52
Based on these assumptions, each Class A ordinary share would have an implied value of $6.78 per share upon completion of our initial business combination, representing an approximately 32.2% decrease from the initial implied value of $10.00 per public share. While the implied value of $6.78 per Class A ordinary share upon completion of our initial business combination would represent a dilution to our public shareholders, this would represent a significant increase in value for our sponsor relative to the price it paid for each Class B ordinary share. At $6.78 per Class A ordinary share, the 2,763,179 Class A ordinary shares that the sponsor would own upon completion of our initial business combination (after automatic conversion of the 2,571,429 Class B ordinary shares) would have an aggregate implied value of approximately $18.7 million. As a result, even if the trading price of our Class A ordinary share significantly declines, the value of the class B ordinary shares held by our sponsor will be significantly greater than the amount our sponsor paid to purchase such shares. In addition, our sponsor could potentially recoup its entire investment in our company even if the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares after the initial business combination is as low as $0.70 per share. As a result, our sponsor is likely to earn a substantial profit on its investment in us upon disposition of its Class B ordinary shares even if the trading price of our Class A ordinary shares declines after we complete our initial business combination. Our sponsor may therefore be economically incentivized to complete an initial business combination with a riskier, weaker-performing or less-established target business than would be the case if our sponsor had paid the same per share price for the Class B ordinary shares as our public shareholders paid for their public shares.
This dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provisions of the initial shares result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the initial shares at the time of our initial business combination and would become exacerbated to the extent that public shareholders seek redemptions from the trust for their public shares. In addition, because of the anti-dilution protection in the initial shares, any equity or equity-linked securities issued in connection with our initial business combination would be disproportionately dilutive to our Class A ordinary shares.
Our outstanding rights or the conversion of the promissory notes upon consummation of our business combination into private units may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares and make it more difficult to effect a business combination.
Assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised, we will be issuing rights included in the units offered by this prospectus that will result in the issuance of up to 750,000 ordinary shares upon consummation of our business combination, as well as rights included in the private units to be purchased by the sponsor that will result in the issuance of an additional 23,968 ordinary shares upon consummation of our business combination. Further, in order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering until completion of an initial business combination, our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares upon conversion of the rights could make us a less attractive acquisition vehicle in the eyes of a target business. Such securities, when converted, will increase the number of issued and outstanding ordinary shares and reduce the value of the shares issued to complete the business combination. Accordingly, our rights may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business. Additionally, the sale, or even the possibility of sale, of the shares underlying the rights could have an adverse effect on the market price for our securities or on our ability to obtain future financing. If to the extent these rights are converted, you may experience dilution to your holdings.
If our shareholders exercise their registration rights with respect to their securities, it may have an adverse effect on the market price of our ordinary shares and the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effect a business combination.
Our initial shareholders are entitled to make a demand that we register the resale of their initial shares (2,957,143 Class B ordinary shares, including up to an aggregate of 385,714 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture by our sponsor to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part) at any time commencing three months prior to the end of the Lock-Up period. Additionally, our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates are entitled to demand that we register the resale of the 191,750 ordinary shares (or 200,750 ordinary shares if the overallotment is exercised in full) included in the private units, 23,968 ordinary shares (or 25,093 ordinary shares if the overallotment is exercised in full) underlying the rights included in the private units, and any securities our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may be issued in payment of working capital loans at any time after we consummate a business combination. The presence of these additional securities trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our securities. In addition, the existence of these rights may make it more difficult to effectuate a business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business, as the shareholders of the target business may be discouraged from entering into a business combination with us or will request a higher price for their securities because of the potential effect the exercise of such rights may have on the trading market for our Class A ordinary shares.
53
Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.
We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements and numerous complex tax laws. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.
On January 24, 2024, the SEC adopted a series of new rules relating to SPACs (the “SPAC Rules”) requiring, among other items, (i) additional disclosures relating to SPAC business combination transactions; (ii) additional disclosures relating to dilution and to conflicts of interest involving sponsors and their affiliates in both SPAC initial public offerings and de-SPAC transactions; (iii) the use of projections by SPACs in SEC filings in connection with proposed business combination transactions; and (iv) both the SPAC and the target company’s status as co-registrants on de-SPAC registration statements.
In addition, the SEC’s adopting release provided guidance describing circumstances in which a SPAC could become subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act, including its duration, asset composition, business purpose, and the activities of the SPAC and its management team in furtherance of such goals.
Compliance with the SPAC Rules and related guidance may increase the costs of and the time needed to negotiate and complete an initial business combination and may constrain the circumstances under which we could complete an initial business combination.
If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.
As described in the risk factor above entitled “Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.”, the SEC’s adopting release with respect to the SPAC Rules provided guidance describing the extent to which SPACs could become subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act and the regulations thereunder. Whether a SPAC is an investment company will be a question of facts and circumstances. If our facts and circumstances change over time, we will update our disclosure to reflect how those changes impact the risk that we may be considered to be operating as an unregistered investment company. We can give no assurance that a claim will not be made that we have been operating as an unregistered investment company.
If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may have to change our operations, wind down our operations, or register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Our activities may be restricted, including:
| ● | restrictions on the nature of our investments; and | |
| ● | restrictions on the issuance of securities, each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. |
In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:
| ● | registration as an investment company; | |
| ● | adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and | |
| ● | reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations. |
54
In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading in securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. We are mindful of the SEC’s investment company definition and guidance and intend to identify and complete an initial business combination with an operating business, and not with an investment company, or to acquire minority interests in other businesses exceeding the permitted threshold.
We do not believe that our anticipated activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account will initially be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations; the holding of these assets in this form is intended to be temporary and for the sole purpose of facilitating the intended business combination. To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, which risk increases the longer that we hold investments in the trust account, we may, at any time, (based on our management team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act) instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and instead to hold the funds in the trust account in cash or in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank.
Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in securities or assets other than as described above. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. This offering is not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The trust account is intended solely as a temporary depository for funds pending the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) in a manner that would affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within the completion window; or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares or pre-initial business combination activity; or (iii) absent an initial business combination within the completion window, from the closing of this offering, our return of the funds held in the trust account to our public shareholders as part of our redemption of the public shares.
We are aware of litigation claiming that certain SPACs should be considered to be investment companies. Although we believe that these claims were without merit, we cannot guarantee that we will not be deemed to be an investment company and thus subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete an initial business combination or may result in our winding down our operations and our liquidation. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account, and our public shareholders would also lose the possibility of an investment opportunity in a target company as well as any potential price appreciation in the combined company following a business combination.
55
To mitigate the risk that we might be deemed to be an investment company for purposes of the Investment Company Act, we may, at any time (based on our management team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct the trustee to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and instead to hold the funds in the trust account in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank until the earlier of the consummation of an initial business combination or our liquidation. As a result, following the liquidation of investments in the trust account, we will likely receive less interest on the funds held in the trust account than we would have had the trust account remained as initially invested, such that our public shareholders would receive less upon any redemption or liquidation of the Company than what they would have received had the investments not been liquidated.
The funds to be held in the trust account will, following this offering, be initially held only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less, in money market funds investing solely in U.S. government treasury obligations and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act and in cash or cash like items (including demand deposit accounts) at a bank. However, to mitigate the risk of us being deemed to be an unregistered investment company (including under the subjective test of Section 3(a)(1)(A) of the Investment Company Act) and thus subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act, we may, at any time (based on our management team’s ongoing assessment of all factors related to our potential status under the Investment Company Act), instruct Continental Stock & Transfer Company, the trustee with respect to the trust account, to liquidate the U.S. government treasury obligations or money market funds held in the trust account and thereafter to hold all funds in the trust account in an interest bearing demand deposit account at a bank until the earlier of the consummation of our initial business combination or our liquidation. Following such liquidation, we will likely receive less interest on the funds held in the trust account than we would earn if the trust account remained invested in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds investing solely in U.S. government treasury obligations and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act. However, interest previously earned on the funds held in the trust account still may be released to us to pay our taxes, if any, and certain other expenses as permitted. As a result, any decision to liquidate the investments held in the trust account and thereafter to hold all funds in the trust account in an interest-bearing demand deposit at a bank could reduce the dollar amount our public shareholders would receive upon any redemption or liquidation of the Company as compared to what they would have received had the investments not been so liquidated.
Notwithstanding the measures set forth above, we may still be deemed to be an investment company. The longer that the funds in the trust account are held in short-term U.S. government treasury obligations or in money market funds invested exclusively in such securities, the greater the risk that we may be deemed to be an unregistered investment company, in which case we may be required to liquidate. If our facts and circumstances change over time, we will update our disclosure to reflect how those changes impact the risk that we may be considered to be operating as an unregistered investment company. As disclosed above, we may determine, in our discretion, to liquidate the securities held in the trust account at any time and instead hold all funds in the trust account in an interest bearing demand deposit account or as cash or cash items at a bank, which could further reduce the dollar amount our public shareholders would receive upon any redemption or liquidation of the Company as compared to what they would have received had the investments not been so liquidated. Were we to liquidate the Company, our securityholders would lose the investment opportunity associated with an investment in the target company with which we could have consummated an initial business combination. In addition, upon moving the funds from the trust account to a deposit account, we will maintain the cash items in bank accounts which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits as guaranteed by the FDIC. While we intend to place our deposits in high-quality banks, only a small portion of the funds in our trust account will be guaranteed by the FDIC.
We may not seek an opinion from an unaffiliated third party as to the fair market value of the target business we acquire.
We are not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party that the target business we select has a fair market value in excess of at least 80% of the balance of the trust account (excluding any taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) unless our board of directors cannot make such determination on its own. We are also not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view unless the target is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, whose collective experience in business evaluations for blank check companies like ours is not significant. Furthermore, our directors may have a conflict of interest in analyzing the transaction due to their personal and financial interests.
56
We may acquire a target business that is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates.
While we do not currently intend to pursue an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates, we are not prohibited from pursuing such a transaction, nor are we prohibited from consummating a business combination where any of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates acquire a minority interest in the target business alongside our acquisition, provided in each case we obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. These affiliations could cause our officers or directors to have a conflict of interest in analyzing such transactions due to their personal and financial interests.
The determination of the offering price of our units is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for any of our securities. The public offering price of the units and the terms of the rights were negotiated between us and the representative of the underwriters. Factors considered in determining the prices and terms of the units, including the Class A ordinary shares and rights underlying the units, include:
| ● | the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies; |
| ● | prior offerings of those companies; |
| ● | our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values; | |
| ● | our capital structure; |
| ● | the per share amount of net proceeds being placed in the trust account; |
| ● | an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies; and |
| ● | general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the offering. |
However, although these factors will be considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities for an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results to compare them to.
There is currently no market for our securities and a market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.
There is currently no market for our securities. Shareholders therefore have no access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decision. Following this offering, the price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established and sustained.
Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and most of our executive officers and directors are located outside the United States, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. Federal or state courts may be limited.
We are a Cayman Islands exempted company with limited liability. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.
57
Our corporate affairs will be governed by our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. We will also be subject to the federal securities laws of the United States. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands.
The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders’ derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.
We have been advised by Forbes Hare, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.
As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.
Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that the courts of the Cayman Islands will be the exclusive forums for certain disputes between us and our shareholders, which could limit our shareholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for complaints against us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Cayman Islands shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or otherwise related in any way to each shareholder’s shareholding in us, including but not limited to (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of any fiduciary or other duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers or other employees to us or our shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Companies Act or our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine (as such concept is recognized under the laws of the United States of America) and that each shareholder irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Cayman Islands over all such claims or disputes. The forum selection provision in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will not apply to actions or suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are, as a matter of the laws of the United States of America, the sole and exclusive forum for determination of such a claim.
58
Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association also provide that, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that we may have, each of our shareholders acknowledges that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum and that accordingly we shall be entitled, without proof of special damages, to the remedies of injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief for any threatened or actual breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum.
This choice of forum provision may increase a shareholder’s cost and limit the shareholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any of our shares or other securities, whether by transfer, sale, operation of law or otherwise, shall be deemed to have notice of and have irrevocably agreed and consented to these provisions. There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions, and the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has been challenged in legal proceedings. It is possible that a court could find this type of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable, and if a court were to find this provision in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could have adverse effect on our business and financial performance.
If our initial business combination involves a company organized under the laws of a state of the United States, it is possible a 1% U.S. federal excise tax will be imposed on us in connection with redemptions of our Class A ordinary shares after or in connection with such initial business combination.
The Inflation Reduction Act of 2022, which, among other things, imposes a 1% U.S. federal excise tax on certain repurchases (including redemptions) of stock by publicly traded U.S. corporations after December 31, 2022 (the “Excise Tax”), subject to certain exceptions. If applicable, the amount of the Excise Tax is generally 1% of the aggregate fair market value of any stock repurchased by the corporation during a taxable year, net of the aggregate fair market value of certain new stock issuances by the repurchasing corporation during the same taxable year.
As a Cayman Islands exempted company, the Excise Tax is currently not expected to apply to redemptions of our Class A ordinary shares (absent any regulations or other additional guidance that may be issued in the future).
However, in connection with an initial business combination involving a company organized under the laws of a state of the United States, it is possible that we domesticate and continue as a corporation organized under the laws of a state of the United States prior to certain redemptions. Because we expect that, following such a domestication, our securities would continue to trade on a national securities exchange, in such a case, we could be subject to the Excise Tax with respect to any subsequent redemptions (including redemptions in connection with an extension vote or the initial business combination). Whether and to what extent we would be subject to the Excise Tax in connection with a business combination, extension vote or otherwise would depend on a number of factors, including (i) the fair market value of the redemptions and repurchases in connection with the business combination, extension vote or otherwise, (ii) the structure of a business combination, (iii) the nature and amount of any “PIPE” or other equity issuances in connection with a business combination (or otherwise issued not in connection with a business combination but issued within the same taxable year of a business combination) and (iv) the content of final regulations and other guidance from the U.S. Department of the Treasury. On June 28, 2024, the Treasury finalized certain of the proposed regulations (those relating to procedures for reporting and paying the Excise Tax). The remaining regulations (largely relating to the computation of the Excise Tax) remain in proposed form. The Treasury intends to finalize these proposed regulations at a later date and, until such time, taxpayers may continue to rely on the proposed regulations.
Any Excise Tax that becomes payable as a result of any redemptions of our Class A ordinary shares (or other shares into which such Class A ordinary shares may be converted) would be payable by us and not by the redeeming holder. To the extent such taxes are applicable, the amount of cash available to pay redemptions or to transfer to the target business in connection with our initial business combination may be reduced, which could result in our inability to meet conditions in the agreement relating to our initial business combination related to a minimum cash requirement, if any, or otherwise result in the shareholders of the combined company (including any of our shareholders who do not exercise their redemption rights in connection with the initial business combination) to economically bear the impact of such Excise Tax. Consequently, the Excise Tax may make a transaction with us less appealing to potential business combination targets. Finally, subject to certain exceptions, the Excise Tax should not apply in the event of our complete liquidation.
59
Because we must furnish our shareholders with financial statements of the target business prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS as issued by the IASB or reconciled to U.S. GAAP, we may not be able to complete an initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.
We will be required to provide historical and pro forma financial statement disclosure relating to our target business to our shareholders. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IFRS”), depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”). The financial statements may also be required to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for Form 8-K announcing the closing of an initial business combination, which would need to be filed within four business days after closing. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire.
Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require substantial financial and management resources and may increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls and may require us to have such system audited by an independent registered public accounting firm. If we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny, civil or criminal penalties and/or shareholder litigation. Any inability to provide reliable financial reports could harm our business. A target business may also not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition. Furthermore, any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in the implementation of adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Inferior internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our securities.
We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our securities less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. However, if within a three-year period, we issue non-convertible debt exceeding $1.0 billion or generate revenues exceeding $1.235 billion, or if we have been a public company for at least 12 months and the market value of our Class A ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million on the last day of the second fiscal quarter of any given fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following fiscal year. As an emerging growth company, we are not required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and we are exempt from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies, but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, will not adopt the new or revised standard until the time private companies are required to adopt the new or revised standard. This may make a comparison of our financial statements with another public company (which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company opting out of using the extended transition period) difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accountant standards used. We cannot predict if investors will find our shares less attractive because we may rely on these provisions. If some investors find our shares less attractive due to the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to us, there may be a less active trading market for our shares, and our share price may become more volatile.
60
An investment in this offering may result in uncertain or adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.
An investment in this offering may result in uncertain U.S. federal income tax consequences. For instance, because there are no authorities that directly address instruments similar to the units we are issuing in this offering, the allocation an investor makes with respect to the purchase price of a unit between the Class A ordinary share and the right to receive one-eighth of one Class A ordinary share included in each unit could be challenged by the IRS or courts. Finally, it is unclear whether the redemption rights with respect to our Class A ordinary shares suspend the running of a U.S. Holder’s holding period for purposes of determining whether any gain or loss realized by such holder on the sale or exchange of Class A ordinary shares is long-term capital gain or loss and for determining whether any dividend we pay would be considered “qualified dividend income” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See the section titled “Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Taxation” for a summary of the U.S. federal income tax considerations of an investment in our securities. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to these and other tax consequences applicable to their specific circumstances when acquiring, owning or disposing of our securities.
We may qualify as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.
If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder (as defined in the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Taxation — U.S. Holders”) of our Class A ordinary shares or rights, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current and subsequent taxable years may depend on the status of an acquired company pursuant to a business combination and whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception (see the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Taxation — U.S. Holders — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”). Depending on the particular circumstances the application of the start-up exception may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurance that we will qualify for the start-up exception. Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. In addition, our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status for any taxable year.
Moreover, if we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, upon written request, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information, and such election would likely be unavailable with respect to our rights in all cases. We urge U.S. investors to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules. For a more detailed explanation of the tax consequences of PFIC classification to U.S. Holders, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation — U.S. Federal Income Taxation — U.S. Holders — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”
Our initial business combination and our structure thereafter may not be tax-efficient to holders of our Class A ordinary shares and rights. As a result of our business combination, our tax obligations may be more complex, burdensome and uncertain.
Although we will attempt to structure our initial business combination in a tax-efficient manner, tax structuring considerations are complex, the relevant facts and law are uncertain and may change, and we may prioritize commercial and other considerations over tax considerations. For example, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to any requisite shareholder approval, we may structure our business combination in a manner that requires shareholders and/or right holders to recognize gain or income for tax purposes, effect a business combination with a target company in another jurisdiction, or reincorporate in a different jurisdiction (including, but not limited to, the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located). We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders or right holders to pay taxes in connection with our business combination or thereafter. Accordingly, a shareholder or a right holder may need to satisfy any liability resulting from our initial business combination with cash from its own funds or by selling all or a portion of the shares or rights received. Shareholders and right holders may also be subject to additional income, withholding or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after our initial business combination.
61
In addition, we may effect a business combination with a target company that has business operations outside of the United States, and possibly, business operations in multiple jurisdictions. If we effect such a business combination, we could be subject to significant income, withholding and other tax obligations in a number of jurisdictions with respect to income, operations and subsidiaries related to those jurisdictions. Due to the complexity of tax obligations and filings in other jurisdictions, we may have a heightened risk related to audits or examinations by U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. taxing authorities. This additional complexity and risk could have an adverse effect on our after-tax profitability and financial condition.
The management following a business combination may be unfamiliar with the laws and regulations applicable to a U.S. public company, which could lead to various regulatory issues.
Following a business combination, our management will likely resign from their positions as officers of the company, and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. We cannot assure you that the management of the target business will be familiar with the laws and regulations applicable to a U.S. public company. If the management following a business combination is unfamiliar with these laws and regulations, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws and regulations. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues, which may adversely affect the operations of the combined company.
If restrictions on repatriation of earnings from the target business’ home jurisdiction to foreign entities are instituted, our business following a business combination may be materially negatively affected.
It is possible that following an initial business combination, the home jurisdiction of the target business may have restrictions on repatriations of earnings or additional restrictions may be imposed in the future. If they were, it could have a material adverse effect on our operations.
Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by extraordinary events and the status of debt and equity markets.
Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by extraordinary events and the status of debt and equity markets. For example, the outbreak of the COVID-19 coronavirus over the past years resulted in a widespread health crisis, which has materially and adversely affected the economies and financial markets worldwide. Going forward, the continued concerns relating to COVID-19 or the occurrence of other extraordinary events, such as natural disasters and unusual weather conditions, power outages, pandemic outbreaks, terrorist acts, and global political events, may restrict travel, limit our ability to have meetings with potential investors, delay the negotiation among relevant parties, or lead to a prolonged economic downturn. If the disruptions posed by these extraordinary events or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to consummate a business combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected. Furthermore, our ability to consummate a business combination may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing, which, in turn, may be impacted by the occurrence of any extraordinary events.
62
We are currently experiencing a period of economic uncertainty and capital markets disruption, which has been significantly impacted by geopolitical instability. Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by any negative impact on the global economy and capital markets resulting from any geopolitical tensions.
U.S. and global markets are experiencing volatility and disruption following the recent escalation of geopolitical tensions, such as the military conflict between Russia and Ukraine. On February 24, 2022, a full-scale military invasion of Ukraine by Russian troops was reported. Although the length and impact of the ongoing military conflict are highly unpredictable, the conflict in Ukraine could lead to market disruptions, including significant volatility in commodity prices, credit and capital markets, as well as supply chain interruptions. We are continuing to monitor the situation in Ukraine and globally and assessing its potential impact on our business. Additionally, Russia’s prior annexation of Crimea, recent recognition of two separatist republics in the Donetsk and Luhansk regions of Ukraine and subsequent military interventions in Ukraine have led to sanctions and other penalties being levied by the United States, European Union and other countries against Russia, Belarus, the Crimea Region of Ukraine, the so-called Donetsk People’s Republic, and the so-called Luhansk People’s Republic, including agreement to remove certain Russian financial institutions from the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication (“SWIFT”) payment system, expansive ban on imports and exports of products to and from Russia and ban on exportation of U.S. denominated banknotes to Russia or persons located there. Additional potential sanctions and penalties have also been proposed and/or threatened. Russian military actions and the resulting sanctions could adversely affect the global economy and financial markets and lead to instability and lack of liquidity in capital markets, potentially making it more difficult for us to obtain additional funds. Any of the above-mentioned factors could affect our ability to search for a target and consummate a business combination. The extent and duration of the military action, sanctions and resulting market disruptions are impossible to predict but could be substantial. Any such disruptions may also magnify the impact of other risks described in this prospectus.
Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.
At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of one or more target businesses. Because our board of directors may consummate our initial business combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination. Accordingly, if we do not seek shareholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our business combination.
The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into our initial business combination with a target.
We may enter into a transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we may not be able to meet such closing condition, and as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause fail to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets would be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into our initial business combination transaction with us.
63
The ability of a large number of our shareholders to exercise redemption rights may not allow us to consummate the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.
At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If a large number of shares are submitted for redemption, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account to redeem such larger number of shares or arrange for additional third-party financing. If the acquisition involves the issuance of our shares as consideration, we may be required to issue a higher percentage of our shares to the target or its shareholders to make up for the failure to satisfy a minimum cash requirement. Raising additional funds to cover any shortfall may involve dilutive equity financing or incurring indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure.
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, all of our existing shareholders, including all of our officers and directors, have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.
We expect that our initial shareholders holding initial shares and their respective permitted transferees collectively will own at least 30% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares immediately following the completion of this offering (excluding the private shares issued in the private placement and assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering). Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, the agreement by our initial shareholders, officers and directors to vote in favor of our initial business combination will increase the likelihood that we will receive the requisite shareholder approval for such initial business combination. Pursuant to the letter agreement, our initial shareholders, officers and directors have agreed to vote any initial shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction) in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, if we sought shareholder approval of a proposed transaction, which would require a simple majority of votes (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option), we could need as little as 1,788,815 of our public shares (or approximately 33.1% of our public shares) to be voted in favor of the transaction in order to have such transaction approved (assuming that all issued and outstanding shares are voted, that the over-allotment option is not exercised, and that the insiders do not purchase any units in this offering or units or shares in the after-market). Assuming that only the holders of one-third of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares, representing a quorum under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association vote their shares at a general meeting of the company, we will not need any public shares in addition to our initial shares to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to approve an initial business combination.
Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek shareholder approval of the initial business combination.
At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any target businesses. Since our board of directors may complete an initial business combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the initial business combination, unless we seek such shareholder vote. Accordingly, if we do not seek shareholder approval, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our initial business combination.
64
You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares, potentially at a loss, to liquidate your investment.
Our public shareholders shall be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only in the event of a redemption to public shareholders prior to any winding up in the event we do not consummate our initial business combination or our liquidation, if they redeem their shares in connection with an initial business combination that we consummate or if we seek to amend our memorandum and articles of association to affect the substance or timing of our redemption obligation to redeem all public shares if we cannot complete an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this initial public offering. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to the funds in the trust account. Holders of rights will not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the rights. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares, potentially at a loss.
We may be limited to the funds held outside of the trust account to fund our search for target businesses, to pay our tax obligations and expenses, and to complete our initial business combination.
Of the net proceeds of this offering, $700,000 is anticipated to be available to us initially outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements and cover expenses. Especially if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, we may not have sufficient funds available with which to structure, negotiate or close our initial business combination or pay our expenses. In such event, we would need to borrow funds from our insiders to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Our insiders are under no obligation to loan us any funds. If we are unable to obtain the funds necessary, we may be forced to cease searching for a target business and may be unable to complete our initial business combination.
If the net proceeds of this offering not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 18 months, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.
The funds available to us outside of the trust account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the next 18 months, assuming that our initial business combination is not consummated during that time. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we are unable to fund such down payments or “no shop” provisions, our ability to close a contemplated transaction could be impaired. Furthermore, if we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive a pro rata portion of the amount then in the trust account (which may be less than $10.00 per share) (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) on our redemption.
Subsequent to the consummation of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges.
Even if we conduct thorough due diligence on a target business with which we combine, this diligence may not reveal all material issues that may be present inside a particular target business, uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or ensure that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write down or write off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing.
65
Our directors may decide not to enforce indemnification obligations against our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders.
In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below $10.00 per share (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine on our behalf whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors, in exercising their business judgment, may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations on our behalf, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.
Because we have not selected a particular business or specific geographic location or any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’ operations.
While we may pursue an acquisition opportunity in any business industry or sector, we intend to initially focus on those industries or sectors that complement our management team’s background. Except for the limitations that a target business has a fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the trust account (excluding any taxes payable) and that we are not permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations, we will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate. Because we have not yet identified or approached any specific target business with respect to our initial business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we consummate our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or development-stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors, or we will not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. In addition, investors will be relying on the business judgment of our board of directors, which will have significant discretion in choosing the standard used to establish the fair market value of a particular target business. An investment in our shares may not ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment if such opportunity were available in an acquisition target.
We may seek investment opportunities outside our management’s area of expertise and our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all significant risks associated with the target company.
There is no limitation on the industry or business sector that we may consider when contemplating our initial business combination. We may, therefore, be presented with a business combination candidate in an industry unfamiliar to our management team, but determine that such candidate offers an attractive investment opportunity for our company. In the event we elect to pursue an investment outside of our management’s expertise, our management’s experience may not be directly applicable to the target business or their evaluation of its operations.
66
Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.
Although we have identified specific criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we consummate our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce our initial business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law or Nasdaq, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share or even less (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) on our redemption, and our rights will expire worthless.
Management’s flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate, along with our management’s financial interest in consummating our initial business combination, may cause management to enter into an acquisition agreement that is not in the best interest of our shareholders.
Subject to the requirement that our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses or assets having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the trust account (excluding any taxes payable) at the time of the agreement to enter into such initial business combination, we will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate. Investors will be relying on management’s ability to identify business combinations, evaluate their merits, conduct or monitor diligence and conduct negotiations. Management’s flexibility in identifying and selecting a prospective acquisition candidate, along with management’s financial interest in consummating our initial business combination, may cause management to enter into an acquisition agreement that is not in the best interest of our shareholders, which would be the case if the trading price of our ordinary shares after giving effect to such business combination was less than the per-share trust liquidation value that our shareholders would have received if we had dissolved without consummating our initial business combination.
Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not consummated.
We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting, and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents, and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to consummate our initial business combination for multiple reasons, some of which are beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders may only receive $10.00 per share or even less (whether or not the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) on share redemption, and the rights will expire worthless.
We may attempt to consummate our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available.
In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. By definition, very little public information exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in our initial business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.
67
We may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination.
We may structure our initial business combination to acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only consummate such business combination if we will become the majority shareholder of the target (or control the target through contractual arrangements in limited circumstances for regulatory compliance purposes) or are otherwise not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act or to the extent permitted by law we may acquire interests in a variable interest entity, in which we may have less than a majority of the voting rights in such entity, but in which we are the primary beneficiary. Even though we may own a majority interest in the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s stock than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that we will not be able to maintain our control of the target business.
68
Risks Associated with Acquiring and Operating a Business Outside of the United States
We may effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States and, if we do so, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our business operations and financial results.
If we consummate a business combination with a target business located outside of the United States, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in the target business’ governing jurisdiction, including any of the following:
| ● | rules and regulations or currency redemption or corporate withholding taxes on individuals; | |
| ● | tariffs and trade barriers; | |
| ● | regulations related to customs and import/export matters; | |
| ● | longer payment cycles than in the United States; | |
| ● | inflation; | |
| ● | economic policies and market conditions; | |
| ● | unexpected changes in regulatory requirements; | |
| ● | challenges in managing and staffing international operations; | |
| ● | tax issues, such as tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States; | |
| ● | currency fluctuations; | |
| ● | challenges in collecting accounts receivable; | |
| ● | cultural and language differences; | |
| ● | protection of intellectual property; | |
| ● | employment regulations; and | |
| ● | deterioration of political relations with the United States. |
We cannot assure you that we will be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations would suffer.
Because of the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, our results of operations may be negatively impacted.
Managing a business, operations, personnel or assets in another country is challenging and costly. Any management that we may have (whether based abroad or in the U.S.) may be inexperienced in cross-border business practices and unaware of significant differences in accounting rules, legal regimes and labor practices. Even with a seasoned and experienced management team, the costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations, personnel and assets can be significant (and much higher than in a purely domestic business) and may negatively impact our financial and operational performance.
69
If social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, or policy changes or enactments occur in a country in which we may operate after we effect our initial business combination, it may result in a negative impact on our business.
Political events in another country may significantly affect our business, assets or operations. Social unrest, acts of terrorism, regime changes, changes in laws and regulations, political upheaval, and policy changes or enactments could negatively impact our business in a particular country.
For example, the Cayman Islands, together with several other non-European Union jurisdictions, have recently introduced legislation aimed at addressing concerns raised by the Council of the European Union as to offshore structures engaged in certain activities which attract profits without real economic activity. With effect from January 1, 2019, the International Tax Co-operation (Economic Substance) Act (2021 Revision), or the ITC, came into force in the Cayman Islands introducing certain economic substance requirements for Cayman Islands tax resident companies which are engaged in certain “relevant activities.” However, it is not anticipated that the company itself will be subject to any such requirements prior to any business combination and thereafter the company may still remain out of scope of the legislation or else be subject to more limited substance requirements. Although it is presently anticipated that the ITC will have little material impact on the company or its operations, as the legislation is new and remains subject to further clarification and interpretation, it is not currently possible to ascertain the precise impact of these legislative changes on the company.
Many countries have difficult and unpredictable legal systems and underdeveloped laws and regulations that are unclear and subject to corruption and inexperience, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
Our ability to seek and enforce legal protections, including with respect to intellectual property and other property rights, or to defend ourselves with regard to legal actions taken against us in a given country, may be difficult or impossible, which could adversely impact our operations, assets or financial condition.
Rules and regulations in many countries are often ambiguous or open to differing interpretation by responsible individuals and agencies at the municipal, state, regional and federal levels. The attitudes and actions of such individuals and agencies are often difficult to predict and inconsistent.
Delay with respect to the enforcement of particular rules and regulations, including those relating to customs, tax, environmental and labor, could cause serious disruption to operations abroad and negatively impact our results.
If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws applicable to such company will likely govern all of our material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.
If we effect a business combination with a company located outside of the United States, the laws of the country in which such company operates will govern almost all of the material agreements relating to its operations. We cannot assure you that the target business will be able to enforce any of its material agreements or that remedies will be available in this new jurisdiction. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital. Additionally, if we acquire a company located outside of the United States, it is likely that substantially all of our assets would be located outside of the United States and some of our officers and directors might reside outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties of our directors and officers under Federal securities laws.
70
As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or these persons, or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or them, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. It will also be costlier and time-consuming for the investors to effect service of process outside the United States, or to enforce judgments obtained from the U.S. courts in the courts of the jurisdictions where our directors and officers reside. For example, to enforce a foreign judgment in Hong Kong, you will be required to apply to the Hong Kong High Court to enforce a foreign judgment, for which you will be required to engage a local counsel to facilitate or prepare the application, together with its various supporting documents. You will then be required to go through the standard litigation process to sue on the judgment as a debt. In addition, a judgment of a United States court for civil liabilities predicated upon the federal securities laws of the United States may also not be enforceable in or recognized by the courts of the jurisdictions where our directors and officers reside. As such, it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors.
As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken against the management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a U.S.-incorporated company.
If relations between the United States and foreign governments deteriorate, it could cause potential target businesses or their goods and services to become less attractive.
The relationship between the United States and foreign governments could be subject to sudden fluctuation and periodic tension. For instance, the United States may announce its intention to impose quotas on certain imports. Such import quotas may adversely affect political relations between the two countries and result in retaliatory countermeasures by the foreign government in industries that may affect our ultimate target business. Changes in political conditions in foreign countries and changes in the state of U.S. relations with such countries are difficult to predict and could adversely affect our operations or cause potential target businesses or their goods and services to become less attractive. Because we are not limited to any specific industry, there is no basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible extent of any impact on our ultimate operations if relations are strained between the United States and a foreign country in which we acquire a target business.
If any dividend is declared in the future and paid in a foreign currency, you may be taxed on a larger amount in U.S. dollars.
If you are a U.S. holder of our ordinary shares, you will be taxed on the U.S. dollar value of your dividends, if any, at the time you receive them, even if you actually receive a smaller amount of U.S. dollars when the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Specifically, if a dividend is declared and paid in a foreign currency, the amount of the dividend distribution that you must include in your income as a U.S. holder will be the U.S. dollar value of the payments made in the foreign currency, determined at the spot rate of the foreign currency to the U.S. dollar on the date the dividend distribution is includible in your income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Thus, if the value of the foreign currency decreases before you actually convert the currency into U.S. dollars, you will be taxed on a larger amount in U.S. dollars than the U.S. dollar amount that you will actually ultimately receive.
After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and legal policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.
After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in another foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in such country. The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.
71
Currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.
In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.
Many of the economies in Asia are experiencing substantial inflationary pressures, which may prompt the governments to take action to control the growth of the economy and inflation that could lead to a significant decrease in our profitability following our initial business combination.
While many of the economies in Asia have experienced rapid growth over the last two decades, they currently are experiencing inflationary pressures. As governments take steps to address the current inflationary pressures, there may be significant changes in the availability of bank credits, interest rates, limitations on loans, restrictions on currency conversions and foreign investment. There also may be imposition of price controls. If prices for the products of our ultimate target business rise at a rate that is insufficient to compensate for the rise in the costs of supplies, it may have an adverse effect on our profitability. If these or other similar restrictions are imposed by a government to influence the economy, it may lead to a slowing of economic growth. Because we are not limited to any specific industry, the ultimate industry that we operate in may be affected more severely by such a slowing of economic growth.
Many industries in Asia are subject to government regulations that limit or prohibit foreign investments in such industries, which may limit the potential number of acquisition candidates.
Governments in many Asian countries have imposed regulations that limit foreign investors’ equity ownership or prohibit foreign investments altogether in companies that operate in certain industries. As a result, the number of potential acquisition candidates available to us may be limited or our ability to grow and sustain the business, which we ultimately acquire will be limited.
If a country in Asia enacts regulations in industry segments that forbid or restrict foreign investment, our ability to consummate our initial business combination could be severely impaired.
Many of the rules and regulations that companies face concerning foreign ownership are not explicitly communicated. If new laws or regulations forbid or limit foreign investment in industries in which we want to complete our initial business combination, they could severely impair our candidate pool of potential target businesses. Additionally, if the relevant central and local authorities find us or the target business with which we ultimately complete our initial business combination to be in violation of any existing or future laws or regulations, they would have broad discretion in dealing with such a violation, including, without limitation:
| ● | levying fines; |
| ● | revoking our business and other licenses; |
| ● | requiring that we restructure our ownership or operations; and |
| ● | requiring that we discontinue any portion or all of our business. |
Any of the above could have an adverse effect on our company post-business combination and could materially reduce the value of your investment.
72
Corporate governance standards in Asia may not be as strict or developed as in the United States and such weakness may hide issues and operational practices that are detrimental to a target business.
General corporate governance standards in some countries are weak in that they do not prevent business practices that cause unfavorable related party transactions, over-leveraging, improper accounting, family company interconnectivity and poor management. Local laws often do not go far enough to prevent improper business practices. Therefore, shareholders may not be treated impartially and equally as a result of poor management practices, asset shifting, conglomerate structures that result in preferential treatment to some parts of the overall company, and cronyism. The lack of transparency and ambiguity in the regulatory process also may result in inadequate credit evaluation and weakness that may precipitate or encourage financial crisis. In our evaluation of a business combination, we will have to evaluate the corporate governance of a target and the business environment, and in accordance with United States laws for reporting companies take steps to implement practices that will cause compliance with all applicable rules and accounting practices. Notwithstanding these intended efforts, there may be endemic practices and local laws that could add risk to an investment we ultimately make and that result in an adverse effect on our operations and financial results.
73
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
The statements contained in this prospectus that are not purely historical are forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipates,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predicts,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include, for example, statements about:
| ● | our ability to identify or complete an initial business combination; |
| ● | our limited operating history; |
| ● | the success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination; |
| ● | our ability to obtain additional financing to complete a business combination; |
| ● | the pool of prospective target businesses; |
| ● | the ability of our officers and directors to generate potential investment opportunities; |
| ● | the potential change in control if we acquire one or more target businesses for shares; |
| ● | our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading; |
| ● | regulatory or operational risks associated with acquiring a target business; |
| ● | use of proceeds not held in the trust account; |
| ● | our financial performance following this offering; or |
| ● | the listing or delisting of our securities from Nasdaq or the ability to have our securities listed on Nasdaq following our initial business combination. |
The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described in “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.
74
ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES
We are a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and administered from outside the United States, and a majority of our assets will be located within the United States after this offering. Our U.S. agent for service of process is Cogency Global Inc. However, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process on us or our officers or directors within the United States in a way that will permit a U.S. court to have jurisdiction over us. The majority of our assets may be located outside the United States after our initial business combination.
Our corporate affairs will be governed by our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Act, and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands, as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are considered persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and some states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.
There is uncertainty as to whether the Cayman Islands courts would:
| ● | recognize or enforce against us judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon certain civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws; and |
| ● | entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States. |
We have been advised by Forbes Hare, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States (and the Cayman Islands are not a party to any treaties for the reciprocal enforcement or recognition of such judgments), the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands will at common law enforce final and conclusive in personam judgments of state and/or federal courts of the United States of America, or the Foreign Court, of a debt or definite sum of money against the Company (other than a sum of money payable in respect of taxes or other charges of a like nature, a fine or other penalty (which may include a multiple damages judgment in an anti-trust action) or where enforcement would be contrary to public policy). The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may also at common law enforce final and conclusive in personam judgments of the Foreign Court that are non-monetary against the Company, for example, declaratory judgments ruling upon the true legal owner of shares in a Cayman Islands company. The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands will exercise its discretion in the enforcement of non-money judgments by having regard to the circumstances, such as considering whether the principles of comity apply. To be treated as final and conclusive, any relevant judgment must be regarded as res judicata by the Foreign Court. A debt claim on a foreign judgment must be brought within six years of the date of the judgment, and arrears of interest on a judgment debt cannot be recovered after six years from the date on which the interest was due. The Cayman Islands courts are unlikely to enforce a judgment obtained from the Foreign Court under civil liability provisions of U.S. federal securities law if such a judgment is found by the courts of the Cayman Islands to give rise to obligations to make payments that are penal or punitive in nature. Such a determination has not yet been made by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. A Cayman Islands court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere. A judgment entered in default of appearance by a defendant who has had notice of the Foreign Court’s intention to proceed may be final and conclusive notwithstanding that the Foreign Court has power to set aside its own judgment and despite the fact that it may be subject to an appeal the time-limit for which has not yet expired. The Grand Court of the Cayman Islands may safeguard the defendant’s rights by granting a stay of execution pending any such appeal and may also grant interim injunctive relief as appropriate for the purpose of enforcement.
75
We estimate that the net proceeds of this offering, together with the funds we will receive from the sale of the private units, will be as set forth in the following table:
|
Without Over-Allotment Option |
Over-Allotment Option Exercised |
|||||||
| Gross proceeds | ||||||||
| From offering | $ | 60,000,000 | $ | 69,000,000 | ||||
| From private placement | 1,917,500 | 2,007,500 | ||||||
| Total gross proceeds | $ | 61,917,500 | $ | 71,007,500 | ||||
| Estimated offering expenses(1) | ||||||||
| Underwriting commission of 1.0% of gross proceeds from the offering(2) | $ | 600,000 | $ | 690,000 | ||||
| Legal fees and expenses | 175,000 | 175,000 | ||||||
| Nasdaq listing fee | 80,000 | 80,000 | ||||||
| SEC registration fee | 11,884 | 11,88 | ||||||
| FINRA filing fee | 13,384 | 13,384 | ||||||
| Printing and engraving expenses | 22,500 | 22,500 | ||||||
| Audit fees | 70,000 | 70,000 | ||||||
| Accounting fees and expenses | 25,000 | 25,000 | ||||||
| D & O Insurance | 100,000 | 100,000 | ||||||
| Miscellaneous expenses | 124,732 | 124,732 | ||||||
| Total offering expenses (excluding underwriting commissions) | $ | 622,500 | $ | 622,500 | ||||
| Net proceeds of the offering and private placement | $ | 60,695,000 | $ | 69,695,000 | ||||
| Held in trust | $ | 60,000,000 | $ | 69,000,000 | ||||
| % of public offering size | 100.0 | % | 100.0 | % | ||||
| Not held in trust | $ | 695,000 | $ | 695,000 | ||||
The following table sets forth the use of the estimated $695,000 of net proceeds not held in the trust account:
| Use of net proceeds not held in trust(3)(4) | ||||||||
| Legal, accounting, due diligence investigation, travelling and other expenses related to any business combination | $ | 250,000 | 35.97 | % | ||||
| Legal and accounting fees related to regulatory reporting obligations | 150,000 | 21.58 | % | |||||
| Payment of administrative fee to the Sponsor of $5,000 per month, up to 18 months | 90,000 | 12.95 | % | |||||
| NASDAQ continued listing fees | 80,000 | 11.51 | % | |||||
| Other miscellaneous expenses | 125,000 | 17.99 | % | |||||
| Total | $ | 695,000 | 100.00 | % |
| (1) | A portion of the offering expenses, including the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee, the non-refundable portion of the Nasdaq listing fee and a portion of the legal and accounting fees, have been paid from the funds we borrowed from our sponsor, described below. These funds will be repaid out of the proceeds of this offering available to us. If we determine not to proceed with the offering, such amounts will not be repaid. |
| (2) | No discounts or commissions will be paid with respect to the purchase of the private units. |
| (3) | The amount of proceeds not held in the trust account will remain constant at $695,000 even if the over-allotment is exercised. |
| (4) | These are estimates only. Our actual expenditures for some or all of these items may differ from the estimates set forth herein. For example, we may incur greater legal and accounting expenses than our current estimates in connection with negotiating and structuring our initial business combination based upon the level of complexity of that business combination. We do not anticipate any change in our intended use of proceeds, other than fluctuations among the current categories of allocated expenses, which fluctuations, to the extent they exceed current estimates for any specific category of expenses, would be deducted from our excess working capital. |
76
Our sponsor has agreed to purchase an aggregate of 191,750 private units at a price of $10.00 per private unit ($1,917,500 in the aggregate) in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Our sponsor has further agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters, it will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per private unit an additional number of private units (up to a maximum of 9,000 private units) pro rata with the amount of the over-allotment option exercised so that at least $10.00 per share sold to the public (or 100.0% of the gross proceeds) in this offering is held in trust regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full or in part. These additional private units will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the purchase of units resulting from the exercise of the over-allotment option. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below.
$60,000,000, or $69,000,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private units will be placed in an account in the United States established and maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. Pursuant to the investment management trust agreement that will govern the investment of such funds, the funds held in trust will be invested only in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes having a maturity of 185 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act and that invest solely in United States government treasuries, so that we are not deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our income or other tax obligations, the proceeds will not be released from the trust account until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or our liquidation. The proceeds held in the trust account may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we complete a business combination to the extent not used to pay converting shareholders. Any amounts not paid as consideration to the sellers of the target business may be used to finance the operations of the target business.
The payment to our sponsor of a monthly fee of $5,000 is for general and administrative services including office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. However, pursuant to the terms of such agreement, we may delay payment of such monthly fee upon a determination by our audit committee that we lack sufficient funds held outside the trust to pay actual or anticipated expenses in connection with our initial business combination. Any such unpaid amount will accrue without interest and be due and payable no later than the date of the consummation of our initial business combination. We believe that the fee charged by an affiliate of our sponsor is at least as favorable as we could have obtained from an unaffiliated person. This arrangement will terminate upon. completion of our initial business combination or the distribution of the trust account to our public shareholders. Other than the $5,000 per month fee, no compensation of any kind (including finder’s, consulting or other similar fees) will be paid to any of our existing officers, directors, shareholders, or any of their affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of the business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, such individuals will receive reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with activities on our behalf, such as identifying potential target businesses, performing business due diligence on suitable target businesses and business combinations as well as traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses to examine their operations. Since the role of present management after a business combination is uncertain, we have no ability to determine what remuneration, if any, will be paid to those persons after a business combination.
Without the exercise of the over-allotment option, the net proceeds from this offering available to us out of trust for our working capital requirements in searching for a business combination will be approximately $700,000. We intend to use the excess working capital available for miscellaneous expenses such as paying fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business and for director and officer liability insurance premiums, with the balance being held in reserve in the event due diligence, legal, accounting and other expenses of structuring and negotiating business combinations exceed our estimates, as well as for reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by our initial shareholders, officers and directors in connection with activities on our behalf as described above. We will also be entitled to have interest earned on the funds held in the trust account released to us to pay any tax obligations that we may owe.
77
The allocation of the net proceeds available to us outside of the trust account, along with the interest earned on the funds held in the trust account available to us (excluding taxes payable on the interest earned on the trust account), represents our best estimate of the intended uses of these funds. In the event that our assumptions prove to be inaccurate, we may reallocate some of such proceeds within the above-described categories. If our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, or the amount of interest available from the trust account is insufficient as a result of the current low interest rate environment, we may be required to raise additional capital, the amount, availability and cost of which is currently unascertainable. In this event, we could seek such additional capital through loans or additional investments from members of our management team, but such members of our management team are not under any obligation to advance funds to, or invest in, us.
We will likely use a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering, including the funds held in the trust account, to acquire a target business, to pay holders who wish to convert or sell their shares to us for a portion of the funds held in the trust account and to pay our expenses relating thereto. If the payment of our liabilities were to reduce the amount available to us in trust necessary to pay all holders who wish to convert or sell their shares to us for a portion of the funds held in the trust account, we would not be able to consummate such transaction. To the extent that our share capital is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect a business combination, the proceeds held in the trust account which are not used to consummate a business combination, to pay holders who wish to convert their shares into a portion of the funds held in the trust account or pay our expenses relating thereto will be disbursed to the combined company and will, along with any other net proceeds not expended, be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products.
To the extent we are unable to consummate a business combination, we will pay the costs of liquidating our trust account from our remaining assets outside of the trust account. If such funds are insufficient, our sponsor has agreed to advance us the funds necessary to complete such liquidation and has agreed not to seek repayment of such expenses
On August 27, 2025, we issued an unsecured promissory note to our sponsor with an aggregate principal amount of up to $300,000, which is non-interest-bearing. The promissory note was amended on January 9, 2026 to extend the maturity date. The principal of this note may be drawn down from time to time upon a written request from us to our sponsor. The principal under the note is payable on the earlier of (1) March 31, 2026 and (2) the date on which we consummate the initial public offering of our securities or the date on which we determine not to conduct an initial public offering of our securities.
In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering, our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan our company funds as may be required, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. Our board of directors has approved the issuance of the units and underlying securities upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. If we do not complete a business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the trust account, and only to the extent available. These notes would be in addition to any notes we issued in exchange for the funds necessary to extend our life.
A public shareholder will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account (including interest earned on his, her or its portion of the trust account to the extent not previously released to us to pay our tax obligations) only in the event of (i) the redemption of our public shares if we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the required time period or (ii) if that public shareholder converts such public shares or sells them to us in a tender offer in each case in connection with a business combination which we consummate or (iii) in connection with an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to the consummation of an initial business combination. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account.
78
We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of an initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. It is the present intention of our board of directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, our board of directors does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any share capitalizations in the foreseeable future, except if we increase the size of the offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, in which case we will effect a share capitalization immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain our initial shareholders’ ownership at 30.0% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering (without giving effect to the sale of the private units and assuming our initial shareholders do not purchase units in this offering). Further, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.
79
The difference between the public offering price per Class A ordinary share, assuming no value is attributed to rights included in the units we are offering pursuant to this prospectus or the private placement rights, and the pro forma net tangible book value per Class A ordinary share after this offering, constitutes the dilution to investors in this offering.
The below calculations assume that (i) no ordinary shares are issued to shareholders of a potential business combination target as consideration or issuable by a post-business combination company, for instance under an equity or employee share purchase plan, (ii) no ordinary shares and convertible equity or debt securities are issued in connection with additional financing that we may seek in connection with an initial business combination, and (iii) no working capital loans are converted into private placement units, as further described in this prospectus. The issuance of additional ordinary or preference shares to shareholders of a potential business combination target as consideration could significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering. For example, if we consummate a business combination with a potential business combination target with an agreed upon consideration of $600 million assuming an all-share transaction, the shareholders of the potential business combination target would be issued 60 million shares, which would dilute the interest of our shareholders. Such dilution would even further increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares.
Such calculation does not reflect any dilution associated with the conversion of rights, including the private placement rights, which would cause the actual dilution to the public shareholders to be higher. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the value of Class A ordinary shares which may be redeemed for cash), by the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares.
As of September 30, 2025, our net tangible book deficit was $(169,638) or approximately $(0.06) per ordinary share. After giving effect to the sale of 6,000,000 Class A ordinary shares included in the units we are offering by this prospectus (or 6,900,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), the sale of the private securities and the deduction of underwriting commissions and estimated expenses of this offering, our pro forma net tangible book deficit at September 30, 2025 would have been $(41,205) or $(0.01) per share (or $(53,805) or $(0.01) per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value (as decreased by the value of the approximately 6,000,000 Class A ordinary shares that may be redeemed for cash, or 6,900,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of $0.05 per share (or $0.05 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) to our initial shareholder as of the date of this prospectus and dilution to public shareholders from this offering will be $10.01 per share (or $10.01 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full).
The following tables illustrate the dilution to the public shareholders on a per-share basis, assuming no value is attributed to the rights included in the units or the Private Placement Units:
| As of September 30, 2025 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Offering Price of $10.00 |
25% of Maximum Redemption (assumes 1,500,000 or 1,725,000 public shares redeemed) |
50% of Maximum Redemption (assumes 3,000,000 or 3,450,000 public shares redeemed) |
75% of Maximum Redemption (assumes 4,500,000 or 5,175,000 public shares redeemed) |
Maximum Redemption (assumes 6,000,000 or 6,900,000 public shares redeemed) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
NTBV |
NTBV | Difference between NTBV and Offering Price |
NTBV | Difference between NTBV and Offering Price |
NTBV | Difference between NTBV and Offering Price |
NTBV | Difference between NTBV and Offering Price |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Assuming Full Exercise of Over-Allotment Option | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| $ | 6.30 | $ | 5.61 | $ | 4.39 | $ | 4.60 | $ | 5.40 | $ | 2.98 | $ | 7.02 | $ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 10.01 | ||||||||||||||||
| Assuming No Exercise of Over-Allotment Option | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| $ | 6.04 | $ | 5.34 | $ | 4.66 | $ | 4.26 | $ | 5.74 | $ | 2.76 | $ | 7.24 | $ | (0.01 | ) | $ | 10.01 | ||||||||||||||||
80
For purposes of presentation, we have reduced our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) by $60,000,000 in the maximum redemptions scenario because holders of up to 100% of our public shares may redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account at a per-share redemption price equal to the amount in the trust account as set forth in our tender offer or proxy materials (initially anticipated to be the aggregate amount held in trust two days prior to the commencement of our tender offer or shareholders meeting, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable) divided by the number of Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering).
The pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering is calculated as follows:
| No Redemption | 25%
of Maximum Redemptions |
50%
of Maximum Redemptions |
75%
of Maximum Redemptions |
Maximum Redemptions |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Without Over- Allotment |
With Over- Allotment |
Without Over- Allotment |
With Over- Allotment |
Without Over- Allotment |
With Over- Allotment |
Without Over- Allotment |
With Over- Allotment |
Without Over- Allotment |
With Over- Allotment |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Public offering price | $ | 10.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 10.00 | $ | 10.00 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Net tangible book deficit before this offering | (0.06 | ) | (0.06 | ) | (0.06 | ) | (0.06 | ) | (0.06 | ) | (0.06 | ) | (0.06 | ) | (0.06 | ) | (0.06 | ) | (0.06 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Increase attributable to public shares | 6.10 | 6.36 | 5.40 | 5.67 | 4.32 | 4.66 | 2.82 | 3.04 | 0.05 | 0.05 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Pro forma net tangible book value after this offering and the sale of private units | 6.04 | 6.30 | 5.34 | 5.61 | 4.26 | 4.60 | 2.76 | 2.98 | (0.01 | ) | (0.01 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Dilution to public shareholders | 3.96 | 3.70 | 4.66 | 4.39 | 5.74 | 5.40 | 7.24 | 7.02 | 10.01 | 10.01 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Percentage of dilution to public shareholders | 39.6 | % | 37.0 | % | 46.6 | % | 43.9 | % | 57.4 | % | 54.0 | % | 72.4 | % | 70.2 | % | 100.1 | % | 100.1 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Numerator: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Net tangible book deficit before this offering | $ | (169,638 | ) | $ | (169,638 | ) | $ | (169,638 | ) | $ | (169,638 | ) | $ | (169,638 | ) | $ | (169,638 | ) | $ | (169,638 | ) | $ | (169,638 | ) | $ | (169,638 | ) | $ | (169,638 | ) | ||||||||||
| Net proceeds from this offering and sale of the private placement units | 60,695,000 | 69,695,000 | 60,695,000 | 69,695,000 | 60,695,000 | 69,695,000 | 60,695,000 | 69,695,000 | 60,695,000 | 69,695,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Plus: Offering costs paid in advance, excluded from tangible book value before this offering | 110,833 | 110,833 | 110,833 | 110,833 | 110,833 | 110,833 | 110,833 | 110,833 | 110,833 | 110,833 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Less: Deferred underwriting commissions | (600,000 | ) | (690,000 | ) | (600,000 | ) | (690,000 | ) | (600,000 | ) | (690,000 | ) | (600,000 | ) | (690,000 | ) | (600,000 | ) | (690,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Less: Over-allotment liability | (77,400 | ) | - | (77,400 | ) | - | (77,400 | ) | - | (77,400 | ) | - | (77,400 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Less: Amounts paid for redemptions(2) | - | - | (15,000,000 | ) | (17,250,000 | ) | (30,000,000 | ) | (34,500,000 | ) | (45,000,000 | ) | (51,750,000 | ) | (60,000,000 | ) | (69,000,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| $ | 59,958,795 | $ | 68,946,195 | $ | 44,958,795 | $ | 51,696,195 | $ | 29,958,795 | $ | 34,446,195 | $ | 14,958,795 | $ | 17,196,195 | $ | (41,205 | ) | $ | (53,805 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Denominator: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Class B ordinary shares outstanding prior to this offering | 2,957,143 | 2,957,143 | 2,957,143 | 2,957,143 | 2,957,143 | 2,957,143 | 2,957,143 | 2,957,143 | 2,957,143 | 2,957,143 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Class A ordinary shares included in the units offered | 6,000,000 | 6,900,000 | 6,000,000 | 6,900,000 | 6,000,000 | 6,900,000 | 6,000,000 | 6,900,000 | 6,000,000 | 6,900,000 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Class A ordinary shares included in the private units | 191,750 | 200,750 | 191,750 | 200,750 | 191,750 | 200,750 | 191,750 | 200,750 | 191,750 | 200,750 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Class A ordinary shares underlying the rights to be included in the public units | 750,000 | 862,500 | 750,000 | 862,500 | 862,500 | 862,500 | 750,000 | 862,500 | 750,000 | 862,500 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Class A ordinary shares underlying the rights to be included in the private units | 23,969 | 25,094 | 23,969 | 25,094 | 25,094 | 25,094 | 23,969 | 25,094 | 23,969 | 25,094 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Less Ordinary shares redeemed | - | - | (1,500,000 | ) | (1,725,000 | ) | (3,000,000 | ) | (3,450,000 | ) | (4,500,000 | ) | (5,175,000 | ) | (6,000,000 | ) | (6,900,000 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| 9,922,862 | 10,945,487 | 8,422,862 | 9,220,487 | 7,036,487 | 7,495,487 | 5,422,862 | 5,770,487 | 3,922,862 | 4,045,487 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
81
In addition to the potential dilution reflected in the table above, there are several material sources of future dilution that may occur following our offering. We have the ability to issue additional ordinary shares or other equity securities to raise capital, in connection with completing our initial business combination, or as part of any subsequent financing, such a PIPE transaction. Such issuances may be at prices below the current market value or net tangible book value per share, further diluting existing stockholders. We may issue additional ordinary or preference shares or debt securities to complete a business combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our shareholders and likely cause a change in control of our ownership. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will authorize the issuance of 500,000,000 shares consisting of 480,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, 10,000,000 Class B ordinary shares and 10,000,000 preference shares each with par value of $0.0001. Although we have no commitment as of the date of this offering, we may issue a substantial number of additional ordinary shares or preference shares or debt securities, or a combination thereof, to complete a business combination. See “Risk Factors— We may issue additional ordinary or preference shares or debt securities to complete a business combination, which would reduce the equity interest of our shareholders and likely cause a change in control of our ownership.”
The following table sets forth information with respect to our sponsor and the public shareholders:
| Shares | Total Consideration |
Average Price |
|||||||||||||||||||
| Holder of | Purchased | Percentage | Amount | Percentage | per Share | ||||||||||||||||
| Founder shares(1)(2) | 2,571,429 | 26.96 | % | $ | 25,000 | 0.04 | % | $ | 0.01 | ||||||||||||
| Private shares(3) | 215,719 | 2.26 | % | $ | 1,917,500 | 3.10 | % | $ | 8.89 | ||||||||||||
| Public shares(4) | 6,750,000 | 70.78 | % | $ | 60,000,000 | 96.86 | % | $ | 8.89 | ||||||||||||
| Total | 9,537,148 | 100.00 | % | $ | 61,942,500 | 100.00 | % | ||||||||||||||
| (1) | Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and the corresponding forfeiture of an aggregate of 385,714 Class B ordinary shares held by our initial shareholder. | |
| (2) | Assumes conversion of Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis. The dilution to public shareholders would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provisions of the Class B ordinary shares result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon such conversion. | |
| (3) | Assumes includes the issuance of an additional 23,969 shares underlying the private placement rights issued to our sponsor upon the closing of this offering. | |
| (4) | Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and includes the issuance of an additional 750,000 shares underlying the rights included in the units. |
82
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2025 and as adjusted to give effect to the sale of our units in this offering and the sale of the private units and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of such securities, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option:
| As of September 30, 2025 | ||||||||
| Actual | As Adjusted(1) | |||||||
| (Unaudited) | (Unaudited) | |||||||
| Due to related party(2) | $ | 67,050 | $ | - | ||||
| Deferred underwriting commissions | 600,000 | |||||||
| Over-allotment liabilities | - | 77,400 | ||||||
| Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 480,000,000 shares authorized, 0 and 6,000,000 shares subject to possible redemption, actual and as adjusted, respectively(3) | 51,713,333 | |||||||
| Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted | - | - | ||||||
| Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 480,000,000 shares authorized, 0 and 191,750 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 0 and 6,000,000 shares subject to possible redemption), actual and as adjusted, respectively(4) | - | 19 | ||||||
| Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized, 2,957,143 and 2,571,429 shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted, respectively(5) | 296 | 257 | ||||||
| Additional paid-in capital | 24,704 | 8,328,991 | ||||||
| Accumulated deficit | (83,805 | ) | (83,805 | ) | ||||
| Total shareholders’ (deficit) equity | (58,805 | ) | 8,245,462 | |||||
| Total capitalization | $ | 8,245 | $ | 60,636,195 | ||||
| (1) | Includes $1,917,500 of proceeds we will receive from the sale of the private units, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. | |
| (2) | On August 27, 2025, we issued an unsecured promissory note to our sponsor with an aggregate principal amount of $300,000 which was amended on January 9, 2026, which is non-interest-bearing and payable on the earlier of (1) March 31, 2026 and (2) the date on which we consummate the initial public offering of our securities or the date on which we determine not to conduct an initial public offering of our securities. As of September 30, 2025, we had no borrowings under the promissory note, but $67,050 due to related party (i.e., sponsor). | |
| (3) | Represents net proceeds allocated to the 6,000,000 Class A ordinary shares (net of the fair value of rights included in the units sold in this offering) less the allocated transaction costs related to this offering using the relative fair value method. All of the 6,000,000 Class A ordinary shares sold as part of the units in this offering contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such public shares in connection with our liquidation, if there is a shareholder vote or tender offer in connection with our initial business combination and in connection with certain amendments to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. In accordance with SEC guidance on redeemable equity instruments, which has been codified in ASC 480-10-S99, redemption provisions not solely within the control of a company require ordinary shares subject to redemption to be classified outside of permanent equity. Accordingly, all of the outstanding Class A ordinary shares are presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet. Accretion associated with the redeemable Class A ordinary shares will be excluded from earnings per share as the redemption value approximates fair value. Subsequent changes to the redemption value of $60,000,000 will be accreted over 18 months from the closing of this offering to our anticipated time frame to consummate an initial business combination using the effective interest method. | |
| (4) | As adjusted number assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and an aggregate of 191,750 ordinary shares have been included as a result thereof, consisting of private shares underlying the private units purchased by our sponsor concurrent with this offering. | |
| (5) | Actual share amount is prior to any forfeiture of initial shares by our sponsor and as adjusted share amount assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and forfeiture of an aggregate of 385,714 initial shares by our sponsor. |
83
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
We are a blank check company incorporated in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability (meaning our public shareholders have no liability, as shareholders of the company, for the liabilities of the company over and above the amount paid for their shares) to serve as a vehicle to effect a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more target businesses. Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic location. We intend to utilize cash derived from the proceeds of this offering, our securities, debt or a combination of cash, securities and debt, in effecting a business combination. The issuance of additional ordinary shares or preference shares:
| ● | may significantly reduce the equity interest of our shareholders; |
| ● | may subordinate the rights of holders of ordinary shares if we issue preference shares with rights senior to those afforded to our ordinary shares; |
| ● | will likely cause a change in control if a substantial number of our ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and most likely will also result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; |
| ● | may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and |
| ● | may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our securities. |
Similarly, if we issue debt securities, it could result in:
| ● | default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after a business combination are insufficient to pay our debt obligations; |
| ● | acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we have made all principal and interest payments when due if the debt security contains covenants that required the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves and we breach any such covenant without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant; |
| ● | our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand; |
| ● | our inability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain additional financing while such security is outstanding; |
| ● | our inability to pay dividends on our ordinary shares; |
| ● | using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes; |
| ● | limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate; |
| ● | increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and |
| ● | limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt. |
84
Results of Operations and Known Trends or Future Events
We have neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities since inception have been organizational activities and those necessary to prepare for this offering. Following this offering, we will not generate any operating revenues until after completion of our initial business combination. We will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on cash and cash equivalents after this offering. There has been no significant change in our financial or trading position and no material adverse change has occurred since the date of our audited financial statements. After this offering, we expect to incur increased expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses. We expect our expenses to increase substantially after the closing of this offering.
For the three months ended September 30, 2025, we had a net loss of $77,140, all of which consisted of general and administrative costs. For the period from June 25, 2025 (inception) through June 30, 2025, we had a net loss of $6,665, all of which consisted of formation costs.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As indicated in the accompanying financial statements, as of September 30, 2025, we had $0 in cash and a working capital deficit of $169,638. Further, we expect to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of our financing and acquisition plans following the completion of this offering. Management plans to address this uncertainty through this offering, as discussed above. Our plans to raise capital or to consummate our initial business combination may not be successful. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
Our liquidity needs will be satisfied through the receipt of $25,000 from the sale of the initial shares and a promissory note with our sponsor with a principal amount of $300,000 that is more fully described below. Furthermore, we estimate that the net proceeds from (1) the sale of the units in this offering of $60,000,000 (or $69,000,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), deducting offering expenses of approximately $622,500 and underwriting discounts and commissions of $600,000 (or $690,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) and (2) the sale of the private units for a purchase price of up to $10 will be $1,917,500 (or $2,007,500 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of this amount, $60,000,000 (or $69,000,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be held in the trust account. The remaining $695,000 (whether or not the over-allotment option is exercised in full) will not be held in the trust account.
We intend to use substantially all of the net proceeds of this offering, including the funds held in the trust account, to acquire a target business or businesses and to pay our expenses relating thereto. To the extent that our share capital is used in whole or in part as consideration to effect our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account, as well as any other net proceeds not expended, will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business. Such working capital funds could be used in a variety of ways including continuing or expanding the target business’ operations, for strategic acquisitions and for marketing, research and development of existing or new products. Such funds could also be used to repay any operating expenses or finders’ fees that we had incurred prior to the completion of our initial business combination if the funds available to us outside of the trust account were insufficient to cover such expenses.
Over the next 18 months, we will be using the funds held outside of the trust account for identifying and evaluating prospective acquisition candidates, performing business due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, selecting the target business to acquire and structuring, negotiating and consummating the business combination. Out of the funds available outside the trust account, we anticipate that we will incur approximately:
| ● | $250,000 of expenses for legal, accounting, due diligence, travelling and others related to any business combination; |
| ● | $150,000 of expenses for legal and accounting related to regulatory reporting obligations; |
85
| ● | $80,000 of NASDAQ continued listing fees; |
| ● | $90,000 to sponsor for administrative fee; and |
| ● | $125,000 for other miscellaneous expenses. |
If our estimates of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating our initial business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, or the amount of interest available to us from the trust account is less than we expect as a result of the current interest rate environment, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing either to consummate our initial business combination or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon consummation of our initial business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only consummate such financing simultaneously with the consummation of our initial business combination. Following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.
Related Party Transactions
On July 22, 2025, an aggregate of 2,957,143 initial shares were issued to our initial shareholder, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.008 per share. The 2,957,143 initial shares held by our initial shareholder include an aggregate of up to 385,714 shares subject to forfeiture by our sponsor to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that our initial shareholder will collectively own 30.0% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (without giving effect to the sale of the private units and assuming our initial shareholders do not purchase units in this offering).
Our sponsor has committed to purchasing from us an aggregate of 191,750 private units at $10.00 per private unit (for a total purchase price of $1,917,500. Our sponsor has also agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters, it will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per private unit an additional number of private units (up to a maximum of 200,750 private units) pro rata with the amount of the over-allotment option exercised so that at least $10.00 per share sold to the public (or 100.0% of the gross proceeds from the offering) in this offering is held in trust regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full or in part. These additional private units will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the purchase of units resulting from the exercise of the over-allotment option.
On August 27, 2025, we issued an unsecured promissory note to our sponsor with an aggregate principal amount of up to $300,000, which is non-interest-bearing. The promissory note was amended on January 9, 2026 to extend the maturity. The principal of this note may be drawn down from time to time upon a written request from us to our sponsor. The principal under the note is payable on the earlier of (1) March 31, 2026 and (2) the date on which we consummate the initial public offering of our securities or the date on which we determine not to conduct an initial public offering of our securities.
The sponsor paid certain formation, operating or deferred offering costs on behalf of the Company. These amounts are due on demand and non-interest bearing. During the period from June 25, 2025 (inception) through September 30, 2025, the Sponsor paid $92,050 on behalf of the Company, of which $25,000 was paid in exchange for the issuance of the Founder Shares. As of September 30, 2025, the amount due to the related party was $67,050.
Our sponsor has agreed, commencing from the date that our securities are first listed on Nasdaq through the earlier of the consummation of our initial business combination and our liquidation, to make available to us certain general and administrative services, including office space, administrative and support services, as we may require from time to time. We have agreed to pay our sponsor $5,000 per month for these services. No administrative service expense had been paid for the period from June 25, 2025 (inception) through September 30, 2025.
86
If needed to finance transaction costs in connection with searching for a target business or consummating an intended initial business combination, our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts, but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Such loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of the working capital loans may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. We believe the purchase price of these units will approximate the fair value of such units when issued. However, if it is determined, at the time of issuance, that the fair value of such units exceeds the purchase price, we would record compensation expense for the excess of the fair value of the units on the day of issuance over the purchase price in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 718 - Compensation - Stock Compensation.
Controls and Procedures
We are not currently required to certify the effectiveness of our internal controls as defined by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2026. Only in the event that we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement.
As of the date of this prospectus, we have not completed an assessment, nor have our auditors tested our systems, of internal controls. We expect to assess the internal controls of our target business or businesses prior to the completion of our initial business combination and, if necessary, to implement and test additional controls as we may determine are necessary in order to state that we maintain an effective system of internal controls. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of internal controls. Target businesses we may consider for our initial business combination may have internal controls that need improvement in areas such as:
| ● | staffing for financial, accounting and external reporting areas, including segregation of duties; |
| ● | reconciliation of accounts; |
| ● | proper recording of expenses and liabilities in the period to which they relate; |
| ● | evidence of internal review and approval of accounting transactions; |
| ● | documentation of processes, assumptions and conclusions underlying significant estimates; and |
| ● | documentation of accounting policies and procedures. |
Because it will take time, management involvement and perhaps outside resources to determine what internal control improvements are necessary for us to meet regulatory requirements and market expectations for our operation of a target business, we may incur significant expense in meeting our public reporting responsibilities, particularly in the areas of designing, enhancing, or remediating internal and disclosure controls. Doing so effectively may also take longer than we expect, thus increasing our exposure to financial fraud or erroneous financing reporting.
Once our management’s report on internal controls is complete, we will retain our independent auditors to audit and render an opinion on such report when, or if, required by Section 404. The independent auditors may identify additional issues concerning a target business’s internal controls while performing their audit of internal control over financial reporting.
87
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
The net proceeds of this offering, including amounts in the trust account, will be invested in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes having a maturity of 185 days or less, or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act and that invest solely in U.S. treasuries. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements; Commitments and Contractual Obligations; Quarterly Results
As of the date of this prospectus, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K and do not have any commitments or contractual obligations. No unaudited quarterly operating data is included in this prospectus as we have conducted no operations to date.
JOBS Act
We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will be allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As such, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.
Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company”, we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (1) provide an independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (2) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (3) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (4) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of this offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.
88
Introduction
We are a newly incorporated blank check company formed in the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability. We were formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to as a “target business.”
Our efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic location although we intend to focus our search for a target business on companies engaged in health and wellness, hospitality, media and entertainment, shipping infrastructure and waterways tourism sectors. Currently, we do not have any specific business combination under consideration or contemplation, and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, contacted any prospective target business or had any discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. We do not have any specific business combination under consideration and we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf), directly or indirectly, contacted any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. Additionally, we have not engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate, conduct any research, or take any measures, directly or indirectly, to locate or contact a target business. We are confident that we will be able to find a target business that will meet expectations. We intend to capitalize on the strengths and experiences of our management team to select, acquire and form a business combination that has a competitive advantage in their core business and is positioned to bring in high returns and long-term sustainable growth.
Competitive Strengths
We believe we are well positioned to identify, evaluate, and execute a successful business combination within the identified sector which includes amongst others hospitality, healthcare and wellness, and media and entertainment industries. Our competitive strengths include:
| 1. | Deep Sector Expertise Across Target Industries. Our management team and board of directors bring extensive experience across hospitality, healthcare and wellness, and media & entertainment. We believe this sector-specific expertise enables us to source and assess opportunities with a nuanced understanding of operational challenges, consumer trends, regulatory environments, and digital transformation in these industries. |
| 2. | Proven Track Record in Value Creation. Our board of directors has extensive access to a network of people who have successfully built, scaled, and exited companies in our target sectors. They have a track record of driving revenue growth, improving operating efficiency, and creating shareholder value provides a strong foundation for identifying a high-quality business combination and supporting its long-term success. |
| 3. | Extensive Industry and Investment Networks. We have cultivated strong relationships with founders, executives, private equity and venture capital firms, and strategic investors across our focus industries. These relationships will give us access to a proprietary pipeline of potential targets and partnership opportunities, including those not broadly marketed or accessible through traditional channels. |
| 4. | Consumer and Digital Insight Orientation. Our team has a strong understanding of the evolving behaviors and digital consumption patterns driving change in hospitality, wellness, and entertainment. This insight positions us to identify companies that are well aligned with emerging consumer demands, such as experiential travel, personalized healthcare, and immersive or streaming content. |
| 5. | Strategic Flexibility Across High-Growth Sectors. By focusing on a combination of interrelated and fast-growing sectors, we have the flexibility to pursue opportunities in businesses that are converging across wellness, lifestyle, media, and travel. This approach allows us to consider hybrid models (e.g., wellness resorts, digital health platforms, content-driven wellness brands) that may offer diversified growth and differentiated market positioning. |
89
| 6. | Disciplined Transaction Approach. We intend to leverage our team’s transactional expertise and operational diligence to evaluate opportunities with a disciplined investment philosophy. We will focus on companies with sustainable business models, strong management teams, and scalable operations, while maintaining a rigorous focus on risk management and long-term value creation. |
| 7. | Alignment with Shareholder Interests. Our sponsor and management team are strongly aligned with shareholders through meaningful equity ownership which creates a financial incentive tied to long-term performance as strong performance will likely result in a higher stock price thereby increasing the value of their investment. We intend to structure our initial business combination in a way that emphasizes transparency, accountability, and value creation for all stakeholders. |
Our management team is led by Anuj Goyal, our Chief Executive Officer, and Arvind Gokhool, our Chief Financial Officer. The breadth and depth of our management team’s experience empower us to adeptly identify, thoroughly assess, and strategically structure transactions to the advantage of all shareholders. Additionally, we are positioned to source deals through our sponsor or their affiliates, enhancing our capacity to realize our strategic objectives. We believe we have the following key competitive strengths.
While we believe our team has unique competitive advantages, none of our members are contractually obligated to remain with the company following a business combination. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee their continued involvement post-transaction. Despite this, we are confident that our network, experience, and strategic positioning provide a strong foundation for identifying and executing a compelling acquisition.
Acquisition Strategy and Investment Criteria
We are not limited to any specific industry or geographic region in pursuing an initial business combination; however, we intend to focus our efforts on identifying high-quality businesses in the health and wellness, hospitality, media and entertainment, shipping infrastructure and waterways tourism sectors globally. These industries are experiencing rapid transformation and long-term structural growth, driven by technological innovation, rising demand for sustainable infrastructure, and evolving consumer preferences. We believe our team’s deep industry knowledge, global network, and transactional expertise will enable us to efficiently source and execute compelling opportunities. In addition, we expect to bring strategic value to a potential target through enhanced corporate strategy, improved governance, and access to capital and industry relationships. While our primary focus remains on the aforementioned sectors, we may consider opportunities in other industries if we determine they offer an attractive risk-reward profile and align with our long-term value creation objectives.
We have identified the following general criteria that we believe are important in evaluating candidates for our initial business combination.
General Criteria and Guidelines for Evaluating Prospective Target Businesses
Consistent with our business strategy and focus on the hospitality, healthcare and wellness, and media & entertainment sectors, we have established a set of general criteria and guidelines that will serve as a framework in evaluating potential target businesses. While we may consider a business that does not meet all of these criteria, we believe that the following characteristics are generally indicative of an attractive target for our initial business combination:
| 1. | Strong Market Position and Brand Equity |
We intend to seek companies with a defensible competitive position, well-recognized brand, and a loyal customer base. Businesses with differentiated offerings and strong positioning within their respective sectors are more likely to thrive in competitive and evolving markets.
90
| 2. | Attractive Industry Dynamics |
We will target companies operating in sectors that benefit from favorable macroeconomic trends, including the growth of wellness-focused consumer behavior, the resurgence of global travel and lifestyle experiences, and the digitalization of content consumption and delivery. Industries with scalable, long-term tailwinds are a priority.
| 3. | Scalable Business Model with Growth Potential |
We are focused on identifying businesses with a scalable platform and a clear path to sustainable growth—whether through geographic expansion, new revenue streams, product innovation, or digital transformation. Businesses should exhibit a strong foundation with the potential to increase margins and profitability as they grow.
| 4. | Technology Integration and Innovation Readiness |
We favor businesses that effectively leverage technology to enhance customer engagement, improve operational efficiency, and unlock new revenue opportunities. In sectors such as healthcare & wellness and media, we are particularly interested in digital-native platforms, data-driven personalization, and content monetization models.
| 5. | Experienced and Visionary Management Team |
We place a high value on strong leadership. Ideally, the target company will have a seasoned management team with a history of value creation, a clear strategic vision, and a willingness to continue leading the business post-combination.
| 6. | Compelling Financial Profile |
We expect to target companies with stable historical financial performance and clear potential for long-term profitability. Ideal candidates will have attractive unit economics, healthy margins, and a robust growth trajectory, or a credible path to profitability in the near term.
| 7. | Public Company Readiness |
The target should have (or be able to develop) the operational, financial, and compliance infrastructure necessary. We will assess the company’s corporate governance, reporting capabilities, and ability to meet the expectations of public market investors.
| 8. | Opportunity for Value Creation |
We intend to identify businesses where we can create value beyond capital infusion. This may include operational improvements, strategic partnerships, digital acceleration, brand development, international expansion, or restructuring initiatives. Our management team’s industry relationships and experience can be a catalyst for long-term growth.
These criteria are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management may deem relevant.
91
Status as a Public Company
We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to prospective target businesses. As a publicly traded company, we will offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering. We believe that target businesses will favor this alternative, which we believe is less expensive, while offering greater certainty of execution than a traditional initial public offering. During an initial public offering, there are typically expenses incurred in marketing, which would be costlier than a business combination with us. Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is approved by our shareholders (if applicable) and the transaction is consummated, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions that could prevent the offering from occurring. Once public, we believe the target business would have greater access to capital and additional means of creating management incentives that are better aligned with shareholders’ interests than it would as a private company. It can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented management.
Strong Financial Position and Flexibility
With the funds held in our trust account, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to complete our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third-party financing, and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.
Effecting a Business Combination
We will either (1) seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination or abstain from voting, into their pro rata portion of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable) or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata portion of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of our proposed business combination or allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. If we so choose and we are legally permitted to do so, we will have the flexibility to avoid a shareholder vote and allow our shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules.
We will have until 18 months from the closing of this initial public offering to consummate our initial business combination. If we anticipate that we may be unable to consummate our initial business combination within such period, we may seek shareholder approval to amend our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to extend the date by which we must consummate our initial business combination. If we seek shareholder approval for an extension, our public shareholders will be offered an opportunity to redeem their shares at a per share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to applicable laws. There is no limit on the number or length of extensions that we may seek; however, we do not expect to extend the time period to consummate our initial business combination beyond 36 months from the closing of this offering. If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within the 18-month period or such period that may be extended, we will, (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of taxes payable and less interest to pay dissolution expenses up to $100,000) divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve. However, we may not be able to distribute such amounts as a result of claims of creditors which may take priority over the claims of our public shareholders. In the event of our liquidation and subsequent dissolution, the rights will expire and will be worthless.
92
If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within this time period, we will liquidate the trust account and distribute the proceeds held therein to our public shareholders by way of redeeming their shares, and then seek to liquidate and dissolve. If we are forced to liquidate, we anticipate that we would distribute to our public shareholders the amount in the trust account calculated as of the date that is two (2) days prior to the distribution date (including any accrued interest net of taxes payable). Prior to such distribution, we would be required to assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as an unlawful payment in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation. In the event of our liquidation and subsequent dissolution, the rights will expire and will be worthless.
Pursuant to the Nasdaq Listing Rules, our initial business combination must be with a target business or businesses whose collective fair market value is at least equal to 80% of the balance in the trust account (excluding any taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for such business combination, although this may entail simultaneous acquisitions of several target businesses. The fair market value of the target business will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). Our board of directors will have broad discretion in choosing the standard used to establish the fair market value of any prospective target business. The target business or businesses that we acquire may have a collective fair market value substantially in excess of 80% of the trust account balance. We will not be required to comply with the 80% fair market value requirement if we are delisted from Nasdaq.
We are not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party that the target business we select has a fair market value in excess of at least 80% of the balance of the trust account unless our board of directors cannot make such determination on its own. We are also not required to obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated third party indicating that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view unless the target is affiliated with our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates.
We currently anticipate structuring our initial business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination where we merge directly with the target business or where we acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we could acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target; however, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, only the portion of such target business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% fair market value test.
93
Fair market value of target business
Pursuant to the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules, the target business or businesses that we acquire must collectively have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance of the funds in the trust account (excluding any taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination, although we may acquire a target business whose fair market value significantly exceeds 80% of the trust account balance. We currently anticipate structuring a business combination to acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure a business combination where we merge directly with the target business or where we acquire less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital of a target. In this case, we could acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our issued and outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, only the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test, assuming that we obtain and maintain a listing for our securities on Nasdaq. In order to consummate such an acquisition, we may issue a significant amount of our debt or equity securities to the sellers of such businesses and/or seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities. Since we have no specific business combination under consideration, we have not entered into any such fund-raising arrangement and have no current intention of doing so. The fair market value of the target business will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community (such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and/or book value). If our board is not able to independently determine that the target business has a sufficient fair market value, we will obtain an opinion from an unaffiliated, independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire, with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. We will not be required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm, or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions on the type of target business we are seeking to acquire, as to the fair market value if our board of directors independently determines that the target business complies with the 80% threshold.
We will not be required to comply with the 80% fair market value requirement if we are delisted from Nasdaq. If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchange after this offering, we would not be required to satisfy the fair market value requirement described above and could complete a business combination with a target business having a fair market value substantially below 80% of the balance in the trust account.
Lack of business diversification
Our business combination must be with a target business or businesses that collectively satisfy the minimum valuation standard at the time of such acquisition, as discussed above, although this process may entail the simultaneous acquisitions of several operating businesses at the same time. Therefore, at least initially, the prospects for our success may be entirely dependent upon the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations of entities operating in multiple industries or multiple areas of a single industry, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses. By consummating a business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:
| ● | subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to a business combination, and |
| ● | result in our dependency upon the performance of a single operating business or the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services. |
94
If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses and such businesses are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other acquisitions, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete the business combination. With multiple acquisitions, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business.
Limited ability to evaluate the target business’ management
Although we intend to scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting a business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of the target business’ management will prove to be correct. In addition, we cannot assure you that the future management will have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of our officers and directors, if any, in the target business following a business combination cannot presently be stated with any certainty. While it is possible that some of our key personnel will remain associated in senior management or advisory positions with us following a business combination, it is unlikely that they will devote their full-time efforts to our affairs subsequent to a business combination. Moreover, they would only be able to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for them to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to the company after the consummation of the business combination. While the personal and financial interests of our key personnel may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, their ability to remain with the company after the consummation of a business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. Additionally, our officers and directors may not have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.
Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that any such additional managers we do recruit will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.
Shareholders may not have the ability to approve an initial business combination
In connection with any proposed business combination, we will either (1) seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination at a meeting called for such purpose at which public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination or abstain from voting, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable) or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us by means of a tender offer (and thereby avoid the need for a shareholder vote) for an amount equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account (net of taxes payable), in each case subject to the limitations described herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. If we determine to engage in a tender offer, such tender offer will be structured so that each shareholder may tender any or all of his, her or its public shares rather than some pro rata portion of his, her or its shares. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction, or whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. If we so choose and we are legally permitted to do so, we have the flexibility to avoid a shareholder vote and allow our shareholders to sell their shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act which regulate issuer tender offers. In that case, we will file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules.
95
Our initial shareholders and our officers and directors have agreed (1) vote any initial shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction) in favor of our initial business combination, (2) not to convert any ordinary shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination, and (3) not sell any ordinary shares in any tender in connection with a proposed initial business combination.
As a result, if we sought shareholder approval of a proposed transaction, which would require a simple majority of votes (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option), we could need as little as 1,618,411 of our public shares (or approximately 26.97% of our public shares) to be voted in favor of the transaction in order to have such transaction approved (assuming that all issued and outstanding shares are voted, that the over-allotment option is not exercised, and that the insiders do not purchase any units in this offering or units or shares in the after-market). Assuming that only the holders of one-third of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares, representing a quorum under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association vote their shares at a general meeting of the company, we will not need any public shares in addition to our initial shares to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to approve an initial business combination. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or vote against the proposed transaction, or whether they do not vote or abstain from voting on the proposed transaction, or whether they were a public shareholder on the record date for the general meeting held to approve the proposed transaction.
None of our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates has indicated any intention to purchase units or ordinary shares in this offering or from persons in the open market or in private transactions (other than the private units). However, if we hold a meeting to approve a proposed business combination and a significant number of shareholders vote, or indicate an intention to vote, against such proposed business combination, our officers, directors, initial shareholders or their affiliates could make such purchases in the open market or in private transactions in order to influence the vote. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our officers, directors, initial shareholders and their affiliates will not make purchases of ordinary shares if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 promulgated under the Exchange Act, which are rules designed to stop potential manipulation of a company’s share. In addition, our officers, directors, initial shareholders and their affiliates would structure such purchases to be in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, including, in pertinent part, through adherence to the following:
| ● | our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would disclose the possibility that our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares from public shareholders outside the redemption process, along with the purpose of such purchases; |
| ● | if our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates were to purchase shares from public shareholders, they would do so at a price no higher than the price offered through our redemption process; |
| ● | our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would include a representation that any of our securities purchased by our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction; |
| ● | our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates would not possess any redemption rights with respect to our securities or, if they do acquire and possess redemption rights, they would waive such rights; and |
| ● | we would disclose in a Form 8-K, before our security holder meeting to approve the business combination transaction, the following material items: |
| ○ | the amount of our securities purchased outside of the redemption offer by our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates, along with the purchase price; |
96
| ○ | the purpose of the purchases by our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates; |
| ○ | the impact, if any, of the purchases by our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates on the likelihood that the business combination transaction will be approved; |
| ○ | the identities of company security holders who sold to our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates (if not purchased on the open market) or the nature of company security holders (e.g., 5% security holders) who sold to our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates; and |
| ○ | the number of company securities for which we received redemption requests pursuant to its redemption offer. |
Conversion and tender rights
At any meeting called to approve an initial business combination, public shareholders may seek to convert their public shares, regardless of whether they vote for or against the proposed business combination or abstain from voting, into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, less any taxes then due but not yet paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, our initial shareholders have agreed, pursuant to written letter agreements with us, not to convert any public shares held by them into their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account. The redemption rights will be effected under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and Cayman Islands law as redemptions. If we hold a meeting to approve an initial business combination, a holder will always have the ability to vote against a proposed business combination and not seek conversion of its shares.
Alternatively, if we engage in a tender offer, each public shareholder will be provided the opportunity to sell his public shares to us in such tender offer. The tender offer rules require us to hold the tender offer open for at least 20 business days. Accordingly, this is the minimum amount of time we would need to provide holders to determine whether they want to sell their public shares to us in the tender offer or remain an investor in our company.
Our initial shareholders, officers and directors will not have redemption rights with respect to any ordinary shares owned by them, directly or indirectly, whether acquired prior to this offering or purchased by them in this offering or in the aftermarket.
We may also require public shareholders, whether they are a record holder or hold their shares in “street name,” to either tender their certificates (if any) to our transfer agent or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, at any time at or prior to the vote on the business combination. Once the shares are converted by the holder, and effectively redeemed by us under Cayman Islands law, the share registrar in the Cayman Islands will then update our register of members to reflect all conversions. The proxy solicitation materials that we will furnish to shareholders in connection with the vote for any proposed business combination will indicate whether we are requiring shareholders to satisfy such delivery requirements. Accordingly, a shareholder would have from the time our proxy statement is mailed through the vote on the business combination to deliver his shares if he wishes to seek to exercise his redemption rights. Under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we will be required to provide at least five clear days’ advance notice of any shareholder meeting, which would be the minimum amount of time a shareholder would have to determine whether to exercise redemption rights. As a result, if we require public shareholders who wish to convert their ordinary shares into the right to receive a pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account to comply with the foregoing delivery requirements, holders may not have sufficient time to receive the notice and deliver their shares for conversion. Accordingly, investors may not be able to exercise their redemption rights and may be forced to retain our securities when they otherwise would not want to.
97
There is a nominal cost associated with this tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $45 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the converting holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated. However, in the event we require shareholders seeking to exercise redemption rights to deliver their shares prior to the consummation of the proposed business combination and the proposed business combination is not consummated, this may result in an increased cost to shareholders.
Any request to convert or tender such shares once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the vote on the proposed business combination or expiration of the tender offer. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of their conversion or tender and subsequently decides prior to the vote on the business combination or the expiration of the tender offer not to elect to exercise such rights, it may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically).
If the initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public shareholders who elected to exercise their conversion or tender rights would not be entitled to convert their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any shares delivered by public holders.
Permitted Purchases of Our Securities
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may purchase public shares or units in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation or duty to do so. Such a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgment that such shareholder, although still the record holder of our shares is no longer the beneficial owner thereof and therefore agrees not to exercise its redemption rights. In the event that our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. It is intended that, if Rule 10b-18 would apply to purchases by sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates, then such purchases will comply with Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act, to the extent it applies, which provides a safe harbor for purchases made under certain conditions, including with respect to timing, pricing and volume of purchases.
Additionally, at any time at or prior to our initial business combination, subject to applicable securities laws (including with respect to material nonpublic information), our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may enter into transactions with investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire public shares, vote their public shares in favor of our initial business combination or not redeem their public shares. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase public shares, rights or units in such transactions.
The purpose of any such transactions could be to (1) reduce the number of public units outstanding and/or increase the likelihood of approval on any matters submitted to the public shareholders for approval in connection with our initial business combination or (2) satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.
98
In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our securities may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.
Our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the shareholders with whom our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated transactions by either the shareholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by shareholders (in the case of Class A ordinary shares) following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates enter into a private transaction, they would identify and contact only potential selling or redeeming shareholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the trust account or vote against our initial business combination, whether or not such shareholder has already submitted a proxy with respect to our initial business combination but only if such shares have not already been voted at the general meeting related to our initial business combination. Our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates will select which shareholders to purchase shares from based on the negotiated price and number of shares and any other factors that they may deem relevant, and will be restricted from purchasing shares if such purchases do not comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.
Our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates will be restricted from making purchases of shares if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. Additionally, in the event our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates were to purchase public shares or units from public shareholders, such purchases would be structured in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act including, in pertinent part, through adherence to the following:
| ● | our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would disclose the possibility that our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may purchase public shares or units from public shareholders outside the redemption process, along with the purpose of such purchases; | |
| ● | if our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates were to purchase public shares or units from public shareholders, they would do so at a price no higher than the price offered through our redemption process; | |
| ● | our registration statement/proxy statement filed for our business combination transaction would include a representation that any of our securities purchased by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction; | |
| ● | our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates would not possess any redemption rights with respect to our securities or, if they do acquire and possess redemption rights, they would waive such rights; and | |
| ● | we would disclose in a Form 8-K, before our security holder meeting to approve the business combination transaction, the following material items: | |
| ● | the amount of our securities purchased outside of the redemption offer by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates, along with the purchase price; | |
| ● | the purpose of the purchases by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates; | |
| ● | the impact, if any, of the purchases by our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates on the likelihood that the business combination transaction will be approved; |
99
| ● | the identities of our security holders who sold to our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates (if not purchased on the open market) or the nature of our security holders (e.g., 5% security holders) who sold to our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates; and | |
| ● | the number of our securities for which we have received redemption requests pursuant to our redemption offer. |
Please see “Risk Factors — If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, initial shareholders, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase shares or public units from public shareholders, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares or public units.”
Redemption of public shares and liquidation of trust account if no business combination
If we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this initial public offering, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provides that we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible, but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.
If we are unable to consummate our initial business combination within such time period, we will, (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of taxes payable and less interest to pay dissolution expenses up to $100,000) divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve. However, we may not be able to distribute such amounts as a result of claims of creditors which may take priority over the claims of our public shareholders. In the event of our liquidation and subsequent dissolution, the rights will expire and will be worthless.
The amount in the trust account will be treated as funds distributable under the Companies Act provided that immediately following the date on which the proposed distribution is proposed to be made, we are able to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. If we are forced to liquidate the trust account, we anticipate that we would distribute to our public shareholders the amount in the trust account calculated as of the date that is two (2) days prior to the distribution date (including any accrued interest net of taxes payable). Prior to such distribution, we would be required to assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us by our creditors for amounts they are actually owed and make provision for such amounts, as creditors take priority over our public shareholders with respect to amounts that are owed to them. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our shareholders could potentially be liable for any claims of creditors to the extent of distributions received by them as an unlawful payment in the event we enter an insolvent liquidation. Furthermore, while we will seek to have all vendors and service providers (which would include any third parties we engaged to assist us in any way in connection with our search for a target business) and prospective target businesses execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in or to any monies held in the trust account, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements. Nor is there any guarantee that, even if such entities execute such agreements with us, they will not seek recourse against the trust account or that a court would conclude that such agreements are legally enforceable.
100
Each of our initial shareholders and our officers and directors have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (a) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window or (b) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their initial shares and private shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame; and (iv) vote any initial shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions) in favor of our initial business combination. There will be no distribution from the trust account with respect to our rights, which will expire worthless.
If we are unable to complete an initial business combination and expend all of the net proceeds of this offering, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the initial per-share redemption price from the trust account would be $10.00.
The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would be prior to the claims of our public shareholders. Although we will seek to have all vendors, including lenders for money borrowed, prospective target businesses or other entities we engage execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refused to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, we would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to us if we chose not to engage such third party and evaluate if such engagement would be in the best interest of our shareholders if such third party refused to waive such claims. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refused to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a provider of required services willing to provide the waiver. In any event, our management would perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and would only enter into an agreement with a third party that did not execute a waiver if management believed that such third party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason.
Our sponsor has agreed that, if we liquidate the trust account prior to the consummation of a business combination, it will be liable to pay debts and obligations to target businesses or vendors or other entities that are owed money by us for services rendered or contracted for or products sold to us in excess of the net proceeds of this offering not held in the trust account, but only to the extent necessary to ensure that such debts or obligations do not reduce the amounts in the trust account and only if such parties have not executed a waiver agreement. However, we cannot assure you that it will be able to satisfy those obligations if it is required to do so. Accordingly, the actual per-share redemption price could be less than $10.00 due to claims of creditors. Additionally, if we are forced to file a bankruptcy case or an involuntary bankruptcy case is filed against us which is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return to our public shareholders at least $10.00 per share.
101
Competition
In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources than us and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there may be numerous potential target businesses that we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering, our ability to compete in acquiring certain sizable target businesses may be limited by our available financial resources.
The following also may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses:
| ● | our obligation to seek shareholder approval of a business combination or obtain the necessary financial information to be sent to shareholders in connection with such business combination may delay or prevent the completion of a transaction; |
| ● | our obligation to redeem public shares held by our public shareholders may reduce the resources available to us for a business combination; |
| ● | Nasdaq may require us to file a new listing application and meet its initial listing requirements to maintain the listing of our securities following a business combination; |
| ● | our outstanding rights and the potential future dilution they represent; |
| ● | our obligation to either repay or issue units upon conversion of up to $1,500,000 of working capital loans that may be made to us by our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates; |
| ● | our obligation to register the resale of the initial shares, as well as the private units (and underlying securities) and any securities issued to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates upon conversion of working capital loans; and |
| ● | the impact on the target business’ assets as a result of unknown liabilities under the securities laws or otherwise depending on developments involving us prior to the consummation of a business combination. |
Any of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. Our management believes, however, that our status as a public entity and potential access to the United States public equity markets may give us a competitive advantage over privately held entities having a similar business objective as ours in acquiring a target business with significant growth potential on favorable terms.
If we succeed in effecting a business combination, there will be, in all likelihood, intense competition from competitors of the target business. We cannot assure you that, subsequent to a business combination, we will have the resources or ability to compete effectively.
Facilities
We maintain our principal executive office at c/o First Island Trust Company Ltd, Suite 308, St James Court, St Denis Street, Port Louis, Mauritius.
102
Employees
We have two executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters and intend to devote only as much time as they deem necessary to our affairs. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for the business combination and the stage of the business combination process the company is in. Accordingly, once management locates a suitable target business to acquire, they will spend more time investigating such target business and negotiating and processing the business combination (and consequently spend more time to our affairs) than they would prior to locating a suitable target business. We presently expect our executive officers to devote such amount of time as they reasonably believe is necessary to our business (which could range from only a few hours a week while we are trying to locate a potential target business to a majority of their time as we move into serious negotiations with a target business for a business combination). We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the consummation of a business combination.
Periodic Reporting and Audited Financial Statements
We will register our units, ordinary shares and rights under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual report will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.
We will provide shareholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of any proxy solicitation sent to shareholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, the financial information included in the proxy solicitation materials will need to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. The financial statements may also be required to be prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for Form 8-K announcing the closing of an initial business combination, which would need to be filed within four business days thereafter. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have the necessary financial information. To the extent that this requirement cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business.
We will be required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act beginning for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2026. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.
We are an emerging growth company as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile. We will remain such for up to five years. However, if within a three-year period, we issue non-convertible debt exceeding $1.0 billion or generate revenues exceeding $1.235 billion, or if we have been a public company for at least 12 months and the market value of our ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million on the last day of the second fiscal quarter of any given fiscal year, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following fiscal year. As an emerging growth company, we have elected, under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, to take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards.
Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is equal to or exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30, or (2) our annual revenues equaled or exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates is equal to or exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30.
103
In addition, after completion of this offering and prior to the consummation of a business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the appointment or removal of directors. As a result, Nasdaq will consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq corporate governance standards. Under Nasdaq corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the appointment of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. We currently do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, but may do so in the future. Accordingly, if we choose to do so, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.
Legal Proceedings
There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any of our officers or directors in their capacity as such, and we and our officers and directors have not been subject to any such proceeding in the 12 months preceding the date of this prospectus.
Comparison to Offerings of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419
The following table compares and contrasts the terms of our offering and the terms of an offering of blank check companies under Rule 419 promulgated by the SEC assuming that the gross proceeds, underwriting discounts and underwriting expenses for the Rule 419 offering are the same as this offering and that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. None of the terms of a Rule 419 offering will apply to this offering because we will be listed on a national securities exchange.
| Terms of the Offering | Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering | |||
| Escrow of offering proceeds | $60,000,000 (or $69,000,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of the net offering proceeds and proceeds from the sale of the private units will be deposited into a trust account in the United States established by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, our transfer agent, acting as Trustee. | Approximately $52,920,000 of the offering proceeds would be required to be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker-dealer in which the broker-dealer acts as trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account. | ||
| Investment of net proceeds | $60,000,000 (or $69,000,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of the net offering proceeds and proceeds from the sale of the private units held in trust will only be invested in United States government treasury bills, bonds or notes with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting the applicable conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act and that invest solely in United States government treasury securities. | Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act or in securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States. | ||
| Limitation on fair value or net assets of target business | The initial target business that we acquire must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in our trust account (excluding any taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the execution of a definitive agreement for our initial business combination. We will not be required to comply with the 80% fair market value requirement if we are delisted from Nasdaq. | We would be restricted from acquiring a target business unless the fair value of such business or net assets to be acquired represent at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds. |
104
| Terms of the Offering | Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering | |||
| Trading of securities issued | The units may commence trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. The ordinary shares and rights comprising the units will begin to trade separately on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless the underwriters informs us of their decision to allow earlier separate trading (based upon its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization and blank check companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular), provided we have filed with the SEC a Current Report on Form 8-K, which includes an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the proceeds of this offering. | No trading of the units or the underlying securities would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or trust account. | ||
| Election to remain an investor | We will either (1) give our shareholders the opportunity to vote on the business combination or (2) provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to sell their public shares to us in a tender offer for cash equal to their pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account less taxes payable. If we hold a meeting to approve a proposed business combination, we will send each shareholder a proxy statement containing information required by the SEC. Under our post-offering amended and memorandum and articles of association, we must provide at least five days’ advance notice of any meeting of shareholders. Accordingly, this is the minimum amount of time we would need to provide holders to determine whether to exercise their rights to convert their shares into cash at such a meeting or to remain an investor in our company. Alternatively, if we do not hold a meeting and instead conduct a tender offer, we will conduct such tender offer in accordance with the tender offer rules of the SEC and file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination as we would have included in a proxy statement. The tender offer rules require us to hold the tender offer open for at least 20 business days. Accordingly, this is the minimum amount of time we would need to provide holders to determine whether they want to sell their shares to us in the tender offer or remain an investor in our company. | A prospectus containing information required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be given the opportunity to notify the company, in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of the post-effective amendment, to decide whether he or she elects to remain a shareholder of the company or require the return of his or her investment. If the company has not received the notification by the end of the 45th business day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or escrow account would automatically be returned to the shareholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all of the deposited funds in the escrow account must be returned to all investors and none of the securities will be issued. |
105
| Terms of the Offering | Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering | |||
| Business combination deadline | Pursuant to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, if we do not complete an initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this initial public offering or such later date as the shareholders may approve by special resolution, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. | If an acquisition has not been consummated within 18 months after the effective date of the company’s registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account would be returned to investors. | ||
| Interest earned on the funds in the trust account | There can be released to us, from time to time any interest earned on the funds in the trust account that we may need to pay our tax obligations. The remaining interest earned on the funds in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our entry into liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time. | All interest earned on the funds in the trust account will be held in trust for the benefit of public shareholders until the earlier of the completion of a business combination and our liquidation upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time. | ||
| Release of funds | Except for interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our tax obligations, the proceeds held in the trust account will not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination (in which case, the proceeds released to us will be net of the funds used to pay converting or tendering shareholders, as the trustee will directly send the appropriate portion of the amount held in trust to the converting or tendering shareholders at the time of the business combination) and the liquidation of our trust account upon failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time. | The proceeds held in the escrow account would not be released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time. |
106
| Limitation on redemption rights of shareholders holding more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering if we hold a shareholder vote | If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to Excess Shares without our prior consent. However, we would not restrict our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. |
Many blank check companies provide no restrictions on the ability of shareholders to redeem shares based on the number of shares held by such shareholders in connection with an initial business combination. |
Potential Additional Financings
We may need to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination, either because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our trust account or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of the business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. If we raise additional funds through equity or convertible debt issuances, our public shareholders may suffer significant dilution and these securities could have rights that rank senior to our public shares. If we raise additional funds through the incurrence of indebtedness, such indebtedness would have rights that are senior to our equity securities and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. Further, as described above, due to the anti-dilution rights of our initial shares, our public shareholders may incur material dilution. In addition, we intend to target businesses with enterprise values that are greater than we could acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement units, and, as a result, if the cash portion of the purchase price exceeds the amount available from the trust account, net of amounts needed to satisfy any redemptions by public shareholders, we may be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial business combination. We may also obtain financing prior to the closing of our initial business combination to fund our working capital needs and transaction costs in connection with our search for and completion of our initial business combination. These financing transactions are typically designed to ensure a return on investment to the investor in exchange for assisting the company in completing the business combination or providing sufficient liquidity to the post-combination company. The price of the shares we issue may therefore be lesser, and potentially significantly lesser, than the market price for our shares at such time. Any such issuances of equity securities could dilute the interests of our existing shareholders. These financing transactions may be significantly dilutive to the post-combination company, and represent the type of financing risk that is not associated with traditional initial public offerings. Any such additional financing, including issuance of equity or convertible securities, may result in our public shareholders suffering a significant dilution There is no limitation on our ability to raise funds through the issuance of equity or equity-linked securities or through loans, advances or other indebtedness in connection with our initial business combination, including pursuant to forward purchase agreements or backstop agreements we may enter into following consummation of this offering. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would only complete such financing simultaneously with the completion of our initial business combination. If we are unable to complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to liquidate the trust account. In addition, following our initial business combination, if cash on hand is insufficient, we may need to obtain additional financing in order to meet our obligations.
107
Sponsor Information
Our sponsor is a Mauritius limited liability company. Although our sponsor is permitted to undertake any activities permitted under Mauritius law and other applicable law, our sponsor’s business is focused on investing in our company. Mind Growth Matrix Private Limited, an Indian entity, which holds all of the shareholding interests in the sponsor, is the sole managing member of Thews (Mauritius) Limited and holds voting and investment discretion with respect to the ordinary shares held of record by the sponsor. Anuj Goyal owns 99.9% of the outstanding securities of Mind Growth Matrix Private Limited and thereby controls Mind Growth Matrix Private Limited and has direct or indirect material interest in the sponsor.
The following table sets forth the payments to be received by our sponsor and its affiliates from us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and the securities issued and to be issued by us to our sponsor or its affiliates:
| Entity/Individual | Amount of Compensation to be Received or Securities Issued or to be Issued |
Consideration Paid or to be Paid | ||
| Thews (Mauritius) Limited | $5,000 per month | Office space, administrative and shared personnel support services | ||
| 2,957,143 Class B Ordinary Shares | $25,000 | |||
| Thews (Mauritius) Limited | Anti-dilution protection upon conversion into Class A ordinary shares at a greater than one-to-one ratio | Issuance of the Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the founder shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion | ||
| 191,750 (or up to 200,750 units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) Private Units to be purchased simultaneously with the closing of this offering | $1,917,500 (or $2,007,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) | |||
| Up to $300,000 | Repayment of loans made to us to cover offering related and organizational expenses. | |||
| Up to $1,500,000 in working capital loans, which loans may be convertible into units of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per units | Working capital loans to finance transaction costs in connection with an initial business combination. Such units would be identical to the private placement units. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. | |||
| Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination | Services in connection with identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination |
Because our sponsor acquired the Class B ordinary shares at a nominal price, our public shareholders will incur immediate and substantial dilution upon the closing of this offering, assuming no value is ascribed to the rights included in the units. Further, the Class A ordinary shares issuable in connection with the conversion of the initial shares may result in material dilution to our public shareholders due to the anti-dilution rights of our initial shares that may result in an issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion. See the sections titled “Risk Factors — “The nominal purchase price paid by our sponsor for the initial shares may result in significant dilution to the implied value of your public shares upon the consummation of our initial business combination, and our sponsor is likely to make a substantial profit on its investment in us in the event we consummate an initial business combination, even if the business combination causes the trading price of our ordinary shares to materially decline” and “Dilution.” Additionally, we will reimburse an affiliate of our sponsor in an amount equal to $5,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support made available to us, as described elsewhere in this prospectus. If our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates make any working capital loans, they may choose to convert up to $1.5 million of such loans into up to an additional 150,000 private placement units, at the price of $10.00 per unit upon consummation of our business combination. To the extent any working capital loans are converted into units, the issuance of additional Class A ordinary shares underlying these units could result in a material dilution to the equity interests of our public shareholders. Any such issuance will increase the number of issued and outstanding Class A ordinary shares and reduce the value of the Class A ordinary shares issued to complete the business combination.
108
The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or any other equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to or in connection with the closing of the initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, 30% of the sum of (i) the total number of all Class A ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering (including any Class A ordinary shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option and excluding the Class A ordinary shares underlying the private units issued to the sponsor), plus (ii) all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued, in connection with the closing of the initial business combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement-equivalent units issued to our sponsor or any of its affiliates or to our officers or directors upon conversion of working capital loans) minus (iii) any redemptions of Class A ordinary shares by public shareholders in connection with an initial business combination; provided that such conversion of initial shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis.
Pursuant to a letter agreement to be entered with us, each of our sponsor, directors and officers has agreed to restrictions on its ability to transfer, assign, or sell the initial shares and private units, as summarized in the table below.
| Subject Securities | Expiration Date |
Natural Persons and |
Exceptions to Transfer Restrictions | |||
| Class B Ordinary Shares | The earlier of (1) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination; or (2) the date following the consummation of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property (the “Lock-Up”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the initial shares will be released from the Lock-Up if (1) the reported closing price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 90 days after our initial business combination or (2) we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property. |
Thews (Mauritius) Limited;
Directors and executive officers |
Transfers permitted (a) to our officers, directors, advisors or consultants, any affiliate or family member of any of our officers, directors, advisors or consultants, any members or partners of the sponsor or their affiliates and funds and accounts advised by such members or partners, any affiliates of the sponsor, or any employees of such affiliates, (b) in the case of an individual, as a gift to such person’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of such person’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of such person; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with any forward purchase agreement or similar arrangement, |
109
| Subject Securities | Expiration Date |
Natural Persons and |
Exceptions to Transfer Restrictions | |||
| in connection with an extension of the completion window or in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares or units were originally purchased; (f) pro rata distributions from our sponsor to its respective members, partners or shareholders pursuant to our sponsor’s or limited liability company agreement or other charter documents; (g) by virtue of the laws of the Cayman Islands or our sponsor’s limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of our sponsor., (h) in the event of our liquidation prior to our consummation of our initial business combination; (i) in the event that, subsequent to our consummation of an initial business combination, we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property or (j) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a transfer would be permissible under clauses (a) through (g); provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (g) and clause (j) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions and the other restrictions contained in the letter agreements. | ||||||
| Units in private placement | 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination | Thews (Mauritius) Limited | Same as above |
In addition, in order to facilitate our initial business combination or for any other reason determined by our sponsor in its sole discretion, our sponsor may surrender or forfeit, transfer or exchange our initial shares, private units or any of our other securities, including for no consideration, as well as subject any such securities to earn-outs or other restrictions, or otherwise amend the terms of any such securities or enter into any other arrangements with respect to any such securities.
Corporate Information
Our principal executive office is located at _ c/o First Island Trust Company Ltd, Suite 308, St James Court, St Denis Street, Port Louis, Mauritius, and our telephone number is (230) 211-6242.
110
Directors and Executive Officers
The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors, executive officers and director appointees as of the date of this prospectus.
| Name | Age | Position | ||
| Anuj Goyal | 41 | Chief Executive Officer; Director | ||
| Arvindsingh Kiran Gokhool | 47 | Chief Financial Officer | ||
| Mahendra Mayaram | 64 | Director | ||
| Sanjeev Sharma | 49 | Independent Director Nominee | ||
| Sagar Ravi Bhavsar | 33 | Independent Director Nominee | ||
| Andre Chung Shui | 60 | Independent Director Nominee |
Below is a summary of the business experience of each of our executive officers, directors and director appointees:
Anuj Goyal is our Chief Executive Officer. Anuj Goyal is a dynamic investor and business strategist, best known for acquiring and turning around distressed companies into debt-free, profitable ventures. As the founder since 2014 of Mudraksh Investfin Pvt. Ltd., a Reserve Bank of India (RBI)-registered Non-Banking Financial Company, he has led numerous successful debt acquisitions from institutions like Bank of India, DBS Bank, SBI Global Factors, and Aditya Birla Finance. His expertise lies in navigating complex resolution processes, where he has played a key role in several high-value insolvency matters — including the ₹8,000 crore case of Frost International Ltd. and the fast-tracked approval of Haldiram Snacks Ltd.’s resolution plan for Haryana Steel & Alloys Ltd. With a track record rooted in financial acumen, legal insight, and execution speed, Anuj Goyal continues to identify value in distressed markets and convert risk into opportunity. We believe Mr. Goyal’s extensive turnaround experience make him well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Arvindsingh Kiran Gokhool is our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Gokhool has over 20 years of extensive experience across diversified economic sectors and international markets, Arvind has built a solid reputation as a results-driven finance and advisory professional. His career spans public practice and industry, encompassing external and internal audit, corporate governance, regulatory compliance, insolvency, restructuring, and financial investigations. Arvind began his professional journey in 2003, spending over a decade with leading firms such as KPMG, Deloitte, and Grant Thornton. He built a solid foundation in International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), International Auditing Standards (ISA), and internal control systems, managing audit engagements for major banks, manufacturing firms, global business companies, and public sector institutions. His clients included South East Asian Bank Ltd (now MauBank), First City Bank Ltd, Abu Dhabi Commercial Bank PJSC, Central Bank of Burundi, and several others. After a brief stint as Group Financial Controller in the private sector in 2015, Arvind returned to Grant Thornton to focus on advisory and restructuring services. He went on to serve as Director of the Taxation and Advisory department, overseeing complex mandates in insolvency, liquidations, administration, and restructuring. With deep cross-sector experience and trusted by regulators, banks, and corporate boards, Arvind continues to be a key figure in Mauritius’ financial and advisory landscape.
Mahendra Mayaram is a member of our board of directors. He is an accomplished financial consultant with over 30 years of experience in international banking, corporate finance, and business development. Since February 2015, he has served as Business Development Manager at First Island Group, a diversified financial services company. He acts as a Non-Executive Director of First Island Trust Co. Ltd and advises various Global Business Companies under the group. His responsibilities include identifying new business opportunities, advising clients on banking strategies, and supporting the group’s overall financial development. He began his academic journey at Lycée Labourdonnais, where he earned a Baccalauréat in Commerce and Finance. He later pursued higher education in France, obtaining a Bachelor’s and Master’s equivalent in Economics and Finance from the University Paul Cezanne in Aix-en-Provence. Mr. Mayaram’s core expertise lies in structured finance, syndications, risk management, and international banking. He is widely recognized in both local and international financial circles for his strategic insight and professional integrity. We believe Mr. Mayaram’s extensive corporate finance experience make him well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
111
Sanjeev Sharma will become a member of our board of directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. A highly accomplished and seasoned finance professional, Sanjeev brings over 25 years of leadership experience in the global financial services industry. From May 2023 through December 2024, Mr. Sharma served as a member of the Tax Appeal Board of the Ministry of Finance, Mauritius. From October 2019 and April 2023, he was a regulator of the Mauritius Institute of Accountants. A qualified Chartered Accountant, Sanjeev holds multiple prestigious professional designations, including FCCA (Fellow of the Association of Chartered Certified Accountants), ICAEW (Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales), and FIPA (Fellow of the Institute of Public Accountants). His academic background is equally robust, with a Bachelor’s in Commerce (Accounting and Auditing), Master’s in Commerce (Corporate Finance and Financial Management), an MBA in International Business and Marketing, and a Postgraduate qualification in Law. We believe Mr. Sharma’s extensive corporate finance experience makes him well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Sagar Ravi Bhavsar will become a member of our board of directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. He is an experienced engineering leader and machine learning expert specializing in perception systems for autonomous vehicles. Currently, he is the Engineering Manager II at Cruise, leading the Perception ML Foundations team where he was responsible for building a large-scale synthetic data platform using diffusion models that reduced data costs by $2M annually and improved model coverage by 40%. He also designed a scalable training and evaluation platform
Prior to joining Cruise, he led tracking and sensor fusion efforts at Voyage Auto and Mercedes-Benz R&D, where he was responsible for developing uncertainty models, panoptic segmentation systems, and multi-sensor fusion algorithms that significantly improved AV perception reliability and reduced disengagement rates. Early engineering experience includes real-time 3D object detection at Quanergy and core networking software at Juniper Networks. We believe Mr. Bhavsar’s engineering experience makes him well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Andre Chung Shui will become a member of our board of directors upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. Mr. Shui’s experience has been centered in investment management. Mr. Shui serves as Managing Director of PeaQ Advisors Ltd, a licensed investment advisor he founded in 2020. He also serves as a non-executive director of The Stock Exchange of Mauritius, a position he has held since 2010 as well as a non-executive director of Mauritius Investment Corporation, an investment fund owned by the Bank of Mauritius and on several private company boards. Mr. Shui earned his Bachelor of Science degree in economics from the London School of Economics. We believe Mr. Shui’s extensive investment advisory experience makes him well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors
Our board of directors consists of six members and is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being appointed in each year, and with each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual general meeting) serving a three-year term. The term of office of the first class of directors, which consists of Mahendra Mayaram and Sagar Ravi Bhavsar, will expire at our first annual general meeting. The term of office of the second class of directors, which consists of Anuj Goyal and Sanjeev Sharma will expire at the second annual general meeting. The term of office of the third class of directors, which consists of Andre Chung Shui, will expire at the third annual general meeting.
Prior to the closing of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to vote on the appointment and removal of directors. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on such matters during such time. These provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to these rights of holders of Class B ordinary shares may be amended by a special resolution passed by the affirmative vote of at least 90% of such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company, or by way of unanimous written resolution. In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq.
Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to vote to appoint officers as it deems appropriate pursuant to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.
112
Executive Officer and Director Compensation
No compensation was awarded to, earned by, or paid to our officers or directors for the last completed fiscal year. Commencing on the date that our securities are first listed on Nasdaq through the earlier of the consummation of our initial business combination and our liquidation, we will pay to our sponsor $5,000 per month for office space, utilities, secretarial and administrative support services provided to members of our management team. In addition, our sponsor, officers and directors, or any of their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. There is no limit on the amount of these out-of-pocket expenses, and there will be no review of the reasonableness of the expenses by anyone other than our board of directors and audit committee, which includes persons who may seek reimbursement, or a court of competent jurisdiction if such reimbursement is challenged.
After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company. All these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined by a compensation committee constituted solely of independent directors.
We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after the initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.
Director Independence
Nasdaq requires that a majority of our board must be composed of “independent directors.” Currently, Sanjeev Sharma, Sagar Ravi Bhavsar and Andre Chung Shui would each be considered an “independent director” under the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules, which is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship, which, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our Independent Directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.
We will only enter into a business combination if it is approved by a majority of our independent directors. Additionally, we will only enter into transactions with our officers and directors and their respective affiliates that are on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from independent parties. Any related-party transactions must also be approved by our audit committee and a majority of disinterested independent directors.
Committees of the Board of Directors
We will establish three committees under the board of directors immediately upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee. We will adopt a charter for each of the three committees. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.
113
Audit committee
Under the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent. Our audit committee will consist of Sanjeev Sharma, Sagar Ravi Bhavsar and Andre Chung Shui, each of whom satisfies the “independence” requirements of Rule 5605(a)(2) of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules and meet the independence standards under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Andre Chung Shui will be the Chairperson of the audit committee. The audit committee’s duties, which are specified in our Audit Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:
| ● | reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditor the annual audited financial statements, and recommending to the board whether the audited financial statements should be included in our Form 10-K; |
| ● | discussing with management and the independent auditor significant financial reporting issues and judgments made in connection with the preparation of our financial statements; |
| ● | discussing with management major risk assessment and risk management policies; |
| ● | monitoring the independence of the independent auditor; |
| ● | verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law; |
| ● | inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations; |
| ● | pre-approving all audit services and permitted non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor, including the fees and terms of the services to be performed; |
| ● | appointing or replacing the independent auditor; |
| ● | determining the compensation and oversight of the work of the independent auditor (including resolution of disagreements between management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work; and |
| ● | establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies. |
Financial experts on audit committee
The audit committee will at all times be composed exclusively of independent directors who are “financially literate” as defined under the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules as being able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a company’s balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement.
In addition, we must certify to Nasdaq that the committee has, and will continue to have, at least one member who has past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or other comparable experience or background that results in the individual’s financial sophistication. The board of directors has determined that Sanjeev Sharma is qualified as an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the rules and regulations of the SEC.
114
Corporate governance and nominating committee
Effective as of the date of this prospectus, we will establish a corporate governance and nominating committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Sanjeev Sharma, Sagar Ravi Bhavsar and Andre Chung Shui, each of whom is an independent director under the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules. Sagar Ravi Bhavsar will be the Chairperson of the corporate governance and nominating committee. The corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible for overseeing the selection of persons to be nominated to serve on our board of directors. The corporate governance and nominating committee considers persons identified by its members, management, shareholders, investment bankers and others.
Guidelines for selecting director nominees
The guidelines for selecting nominees, which are specified in the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Charter, generally provide that persons to be nominated:
| ● | should have demonstrated notable or significant achievements in business, education or public service; |
| ● | should possess the requisite intelligence, education and experience to make a significant contribution to the board of directors and bring a range of skills, diverse perspectives and backgrounds to its deliberations; and |
| ● | should have the highest ethical standards, a strong sense of professionalism and intense dedication to serving the interests of the shareholders. |
The corporate governance and nominating committee will consider a number of qualifications relating to management and leadership experience, background and integrity and professionalism in evaluating a person’s candidacy for membership on the board of directors. The corporate governance and nominating committee may require certain skills or attributes, such as financial or accounting experience, to meet specific board needs that arise from time to time and will also consider the overall experience and makeup of its members to obtain a broad and diverse mix of board members. The board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our shareholders at the annual meeting of shareholders, if any (or, if applicable, a special meeting of shareholders). Our shareholders that wish to nominate a director for election to the board of directors should follow the procedures set forth in our memorandum and articles of association. The corporate governance and nominating committee does not distinguish among nominees recommended by shareholders and other persons.
Compensation committee
Effective as of the date of this prospectus, we will establish a compensation committee of the board of directors, which will consist of Sanjeev Sharma, Sagar Ravi Bhavsar and Andre Chung Shui, each of whom is an independent director under the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules. Sanjeev Sharma will be the Chairperson of the compensation committee. The compensation committee’s duties, which are specified in our Compensation Committee Charter, include, but are not limited to:
| ● | reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer’s performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation; |
| ● | reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other executive officers; |
| ● | reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans; |
| ● | implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans; |
| ● | reviewing and approving the compensation disclosure and analysis prepared by Company management to be included in our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements; |
115
| ● | approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees; and |
| ● | reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors. |
Notwithstanding the foregoing, as indicated above, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our existing shareholders, including our directors or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination. Accordingly, it is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.
Code of Conduct and Ethics
Upon consummation of this offering, we will adopt a code of conduct and ethics that applies to all of our executive officers, directors and employees. The code of conduct and ethics codifies the business and ethical principles that govern all aspects of our business.
Conflicts of Interest
Potential investors should be aware of the following potential conflicts of interest:
| ● | None of our officers and directors is required to commit their full time to our affairs and, accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities. |
| ● | In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to our company as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management has pre-existing fiduciary duties and contractual obligations and may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. |
| ● | Our officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with entities, including other blank check companies, engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by our company. |
| ● | Our officers and directors undertake to vote any initial shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction) in favor of our initial business combination. Additionally, our officers and directors will not receive distributions from the trust account with respect to any of their initial shares if we do not complete a business combination. Furthermore, our initial shareholders have agreed that the private units will not be sold or transferred by them until after we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our officers and directors may loan funds to us after this offering and may be owed reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with certain activities on our behalf which would only be repaid if we complete an initial business combination. For the foregoing reasons, the personal and financial interests of our directors and executive officers may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business, completing a business combination in a timely manner and securing the release of their shares. |
Under Cayman Islands law, directors owe the following fiduciary duties:
| ● | duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole; |
| ● | duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose; |
116
| ● | duty to not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion; |
| ● | duty to exercise authority for the purpose for which it is conferred and a duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders; |
| ● | duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and |
| ● | duty to exercise independent judgment. |
In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge, skill and experience of that director.
Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. In addition, conflicts of interest may arise when our board evaluates a particular business opportunity with respect to the above-listed criteria. We cannot assure you that any of the above-mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor. Furthermore, most of our officers and directors have pre-existing fiduciary obligations to other businesses of which they are officers or directors. To the extent they identify business opportunities which may be suitable for the entities to which they owe pre-existing fiduciary obligations, our officers and directors will honor those fiduciary obligations. Accordingly, it is possible they may not present opportunities to us that otherwise may be attractive to us unless the entities to which they owe pre-existing fiduciary obligations and any successors to such entities have declined to accept such opportunities.
In order to minimize potential conflicts of interest which may arise from multiple corporate affiliations, each of our officers and directors has contractually agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, until the earliest of a business combination, our liquidation or such time as he ceases to be an officer or director, to present to our company for our consideration, prior to presentation to any other entity, any suitable business opportunity which may reasonably be required to be presented to us, subject to any pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations he might have.
The following table summarizes the other relevant pre-existing fiduciary or contractual obligations of our officers and directors:
| Name of Individual(1) | Name of Affiliated Company | Industry | Affiliation(2) | |||
| Anuj Goyal | ||||||
| Arvindsingh Kirian Gokhool | ||||||
| Mahendra Mayaram | ||||||
| Sanjeev Sharma | ||||||
| Sagar Ravi Bhavsar | ||||||
| Andre Chung Shui |
| (1) | Each of the entities listed in this table has priority and preference relative to our company with respect to the performance by each individual listed in this table of his obligations and the presentation by each such individual of business opportunities. |
| (2) | Our directors and officers owe fiduciary duties to each of the entities that they are affiliated with in accordance with the fiduciary duties owed by persons in such capacity to the entity. |
117
Prior SPAC Experience
None of the members of our executive team or board of directors has participated in a special purpose acquisition transaction prior to this transaction. However, our sponsor and our officers and directors may sponsor or form other special purpose acquisition companies similar to ours or may pursue other business or investment ventures during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. As a result, our sponsor, officers and directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other special purpose acquisition company with which they may become involved. Any such companies, businesses or investments may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an initial business combination target which could materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.
In addition to the above, potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:
| ● | We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination. Each of our officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. |
| ● | Our initial shareholders purchased initial shares prior to the date of this prospectus and will purchase private placement units in a transaction that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (a) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window or (b) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their initial shares and private shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame; and (iv) vote any initial shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction) in favor of our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, the private placement units will expire worthless. Furthermore, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their initial shares and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion thereof until the earlier to occur of: (1) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination; or (2) the date following the consummation of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property (the “Lock-Up”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the initial shares will be released from the Lock-Up if (1) the reported closing price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 90 days after our initial business combination or (2) we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property. |
| ● | our sponsor and members of our management team will directly or indirectly own our securities following this offering, and accordingly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Upon the closing of this offering, our sponsor will have invested in us an aggregate of $1,942,500 comprised of the $25,000 purchase price for the initial shares (or approximately $0.008 per share) and the $1,917,500 purchase price for the private placement units (or $10.00 per units). Accordingly, our management team, which owns interests in our sponsor, may be more willing to pursue a business combination with a riskier or less-established target business than would be the case if our sponsor had paid the same per share price for the initial shares as our public shareholders paid for their public shares. |
118
| ● | certain members of our management team may receive compensation upon consummation of our initial business combination, and accordingly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination as such compensation will not be received unless we consummate such business combination. |
| ● | Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination. |
| ● | In the event our sponsor or members of our management team provide loans to us to finance transaction costs and/or incur expenses on our behalf in connection with an initial business combination, such persons may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination as such loans may not be repaid and/or such expenses may not be reimbursed unless we consummate such business combination. |
| ● | Similarly, if we agree to pay our sponsor or a member of our management team a finder’s fee, advisory fee, consulting fee or success fee in order to effectuate the completion of our initial business combination, such persons may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination as any such fee may not be paid unless we consummate such business combination. |
| ● | We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, or completing the business combination through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors; accordingly, such affiliated person(s) may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination as such affiliated person(s) would have interests different from our public shareholders and would likely not receive any financial benefit unless we consummated such business combination. |
Upon consummation of this offering or thereafter, we will repay up to $300,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses, and we will begin paying an affiliate of our sponsor $5,000 per month for office space and administrative and personnel services. In the event that following this offering we obtain working capital loans from our sponsor to finance transaction costs related to our initial business combination, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into units of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per units at the option of our sponsor. Additionally, following consummation of a business combination, members of our management team will be entitled to reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination. As a result, there may be actual or potential material conflicts of interest between members of our management team, our sponsor and its affiliates on one hand, and purchasers in this offering on the other. See the sections titled “Summary — Sponsor Information”, “Summary — Conflicts of Interest”, “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination — Since our sponsor, officers and directors, any other holder of our initial shares may lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire during or after this offering), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.”
We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors or completing the business combination through a joint venture or other form of shared ownership with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated (as defined in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association) with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, stating that the consideration to be paid by us in such an initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.
119
Prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, there may be payment by the company to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, of a finder’s fee, advisory fee, consulting fee or success fee for any services they render in order to effectuate the completion of our initial business, which, if made prior to the completion of our initial business combination, will be paid from funds held outside the trust account.
We cannot assure you that any of the above mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.
In the event that we submit our initial business combination to our public shareholders for a vote, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote their initial shares, and they and the other members of our management team have agreed to vote their initial shares and any shares purchased during or after the offering in favor of our initial business combination, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that every director (including any alternate director), secretary, assistant secretary, or other officer for the time being and from time to time of our company (but not including our company’s auditor) and the personal representatives of the same (each an “Indemnified Person”) shall be indemnified and secured harmless against all actions, proceedings, costs, charges, expenses, losses, damages or liabilities incurred or sustained by such Indemnified Person, other than by reason of such Indemnified Person’s own actual fraud, willful neglect or willful deceit, in or about the conduct of our company’s business or affairs (including as a result of any mistake of judgment) or in the execution or discharge of his duties, powers, authorities or discretions, including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any costs, expenses, losses or liabilities incurred by such Indemnified Person in defending (whether successfully or otherwise) any civil proceedings concerning our company or its affairs in any court whether in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere.
We will enter into agreements with our officers and directors to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association also will permit us to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any officer or director who at the request of the company is or was serving as a director or officer of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity, whether or not the company has or would have had the power to indemnify the person against the liability as provided in the post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. We will purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.
These provisions may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is theretofore unenforceable.
120
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our ordinary shares included in the units offered by this prospectus (assuming none of the individuals listed purchase units in this offering), by:
| ● | each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares; |
| ● | each of our officers and directors; and |
| ● | all of our officers and directors as a group. |
Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares beneficially owned by them. The following table does not reflect record of beneficial ownership of any ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of rights as the rights are not convertible within sixty days of the date of this prospectus.
The below assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option, that our sponsor forfeits 385,714 initial shares, and that there are ordinary shares issued and outstanding after this offering.
| Prior to Offering | After Offering(2) | |||||||||||||||
| Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1) | Amount |
Approximate Percentage
of |
Amount |
Approximate |
||||||||||||
| Thews (Mauritius) Limited(3) | 2,957,143 | 100.00 | % | 2,763,179 | 31.5 | % | ||||||||||
| Anuj Goyal(3) | 2,957,143 | 100.00 | 2,763,179 | 31.5 | ||||||||||||
| Arvindsingh Kiran Gokhool | - | * | - | - | ||||||||||||
| Mahendra Mayaram | - | * | - | - | ||||||||||||
| Sanjeev Sharma | - | * | - | - | ||||||||||||
| Sagar Ravi Bhavsar | - | * | - | - | ||||||||||||
| Andre Chung Shui | - | * | - | - | ||||||||||||
| All executive officers, directors and director nominees (6 individuals) as a group | 2,957,143 | 100.00 | 2,763,179 | 31.5 | % | |||||||||||
| * | Less than 1%. |
| (1) |
Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals is c/o Shreya Acquisition Group, c/o First Island Trust Company Ltd, Suite 308, St James Court, St Denis Street, Port Louis, Mauritius. |
| (2) | Assumes no exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, forfeiture of an aggregate of 385,714 ordinary shares held by our sponsor, and includes 191,750 ordinary shares included in the private units to be purchased by the sponsor. |
| (3) | Represents shares held of record by our sponsor. Our sponsor is governed by its sole managing member, Mind Growth Matrix Private Limited. As such, Mind Growth Matrix Private Limited has voting and investment discretion with respect to the ordinary shares held of record by our sponsor and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares held directly by our sponsor. Mind Growth Matrix Private Limited is controlled by Anuj Goyal. The address for our sponsor is c/o First Island Trust Company Ltd, Suite 308, St James Court, St Denis Street, Port Louis, Mauritius. |
121
Immediately upon the completion of this offering, the sponsor will beneficially own approximately 31.5% of the then issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming the sponsor does not purchase any units offered by this prospectus). None of our initial shareholders, officers and directors has indicated to us that he or she intends to purchase securities in this offering. Because of the ownership block held by our initial shareholders, such individuals may be able to effectively exercise control over all matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions other than approval of our initial business combination.
If the underwriters do not exercise all or a portion of the over-allotment option, our sponsor will have up to an aggregate of 385,714 ordinary shares subject to forfeiture as required by Cayman Islands law. Our initial shareholders will be required to have redeemed by us only a number of shares necessary to maintain their collective 30.0% ownership interest in our ordinary shares (excluding the private units) after giving effect to the offering and the exercise, if any, of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
Our initial shareholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the initial shares (except to certain permitted transferees), respectively, until the earlier of (1) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination; or (2) the date following the consummation of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property (the “Lock-Up”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the initial shares will be released from the Lock-Up if (1) the reported closing price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 90 days after our initial business combination or (2) we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property. Additionally, our insiders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of private units (including the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the private units) until at least 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination (except with respect to permitted transferees as described herein under “Principal Shareholders”). Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our initial shareholders with respect to any initial shares and the private units, as applicable. However, if after our initial business combination, there is a transaction whereby all the outstanding shares are exchanged or redeemed for cash (as would be the case in a post-asset sale liquidation) or another issuer’s shares, then the initial shares or the private units (or any ordinary shares thereunder) shall be permitted to participate.
Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our initial shareholders with respect to any initial shares and the private units, as applicable. The permitted transferees shall mean (i) among the initial shareholders or to the initial shareholders’, or our officers, directors or their respective affiliates (including for transfers to an entity’s members upon its liquidation), (ii) to a holder’s shareholders or members upon the holder’s liquidation, in each case if the holder is an entity, (iii) by bona fide gift to a member of the holder’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is the holder or a member of the holder’s immediate family, in each case for estate planning purposes, (iv) by virtue of the laws of descent and distribution upon death, (v) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order, (vi) to us for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination, (vii) in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares were originally purchased, (viii) in the event of our liquidation prior to its consummation of an initial business combination or (ix) in the event that, subsequent to the consummation of an initial business combination, we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, in each case (except for clauses (vi), (viii) or (ix) or with our prior written consent) on the condition that prior to such registration for transfer, the transfer agent shall be presented with written documentation pursuant to which each transferee or the trustee or legal guardian for such transferee agrees to be bound by the transfer restrictions contained in this paragraph and any other applicable agreement the transferor is bound by.
122
Our sponsor has committed to purchasing from us an aggregate of 191,750 private units at $10.00 per private unit (for a total purchase price of $1,917,500). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. All of the proceeds we receive from these purchases will be placed in the trust account described below. Our sponsor has also agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters, it will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per private unit an additional number of private units (up to a maximum of 200,750 private units) pro rata with the amount of the over-allotment option exercised so that at least $10.00 per share sold to the public (or 100.0% of the gross proceeds) in this offering is held in trust regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full or in part. These additional private units will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the purchase of units resulting from the exercise of the over-allotment option. The private units are identical to the units sold in this offering. Furthermore, our sponsor has agreed (A) to vote any initial shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction) in favor of our initial business combination, (B) not to propose, or vote in favor of, an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would stop our public shareholders from converting or selling their shares to us in connection with a business combination or affect the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete a business combination within 18 months from the closing of this initial public offering, unless we provide public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares from the trust account in connection with any such vote, (C) not to convert any private shares for cash from the trust account in connection with a shareholder vote to approve our proposed initial business combination or a vote to amend the provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, and (D) that the private shares shall not participate in any liquidating distribution upon winding up if a business combination is not consummated. The purchasers of the private units have also agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private units or underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as the initial shares) until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.
In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering, our initial shareholders, officers and directors or their affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of the loans may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. Our board of directors has approved the issuance of the units and underlying securities upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. If we do not complete a business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the trust account, and only to the extent available.
Our sponsor and our executive officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters,” as that term is defined under the Federal securities laws.
123
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
On July 22, 2025, an aggregate of 2,957,143 initial shares were issued to our initial shareholder, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.008 per share.
If the underwriters do not exercise all or a portion of their over-allotment option, our sponsor has agreed that up to an aggregate of 385,714 ordinary shares in proportion to the portion of the over-allotment option that was not exercised are subject to forfeiture and would be immediately cancelled.
If the underwriters determine the size of the offering should be increased (including pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act) or decreased, a share capitalization or a contribution back to capital, as applicable, would be effectuated in order to maintain our initial shareholder’s ownership at a percentage of the number of shares to be sold in this offering.
Our sponsor has committed to purchasing from us an aggregate of 191,750 private units at $10.00 per private unit (for a total purchase price of $1,917,500). These purchases will take place on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. Our sponsor has also agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters, it will purchase from us at a price of $10.00 per private unit an additional number of private units (up to a maximum of 200,750 private units) pro rata with the amount of the over-allotment option exercised so that at least $10.00 per share sold to the public (or 100.0% of the gross proceeds) in this offering is held in trust regardless of whether the over-allotment option is exercised in full or in part. These additional private units will be purchased in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the purchase of units resulting from the exercise of the over-allotment option. The private units are identical to the units sold in this offering except as otherwise described in this prospectus. The sponsor has agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of the private units or the underlying securities (except to the same permitted transferees as the initial shares) until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination.
On August 27, 2025, we issued an unsecured promissory note to our sponsor with an aggregate principal amount of up to $300,000, which is non-interest-bearing. On January 9, 2026, we amended the promissory note to extend the maturity. The principal of this note may be drawn down from time to time upon a written request from us to our sponsor. The principal under the note is payable on the earlier of (1) March 31, 2026 and (2) the date on which we consummate the initial public offering of our securities or the date on which we determine not to conduct an initial public offering of our securities.
In order to meet our working capital needs following the consummation of this offering, our initial shareholders, officers and directors and their respective affiliates may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of our initial business combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of the notes may be converted upon consummation of our business combination into private units at a price of $10.00 per unit. Our board of directors has approved the issuance of the units and underlying securities upon conversion of such notes, to the extent the holder wishes to so convert them at the time of the consummation of our initial business combination. If we do not complete a business combination, the loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the trust account, and only to the extent available.
The holders of our initial shares issued and outstanding on the date of this prospectus, as well as the holders of the private units (and all underlying securities) and any securities our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates may be issued in payment of working capital loans, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that we register such securities. The holders of the majority of the initial shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the end of the Lock-up period. The holders of a majority of the private units or securities issued in payment of working capital loans can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after we consummate a business combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.
Other than the fees described above, no compensation or fees of any kind, including finder’s fees, consulting fees or other similar compensation, will be paid to any of our initial shareholders, officers or directors who owned our ordinary shares prior to this offering, or to any of their respective affiliates, prior to or with respect to the business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is).
124
We will reimburse our officers and directors for any reasonable out-of-pocket business expenses incurred by them in connection with certain activities on our behalf such as identifying and investigating possible target businesses and business combinations. There is no limit on the amount of out-of-pocket expenses reimbursable by us; provided, however, that to the extent such expenses exceed the available proceeds not deposited in the trust account, such expenses would not be reimbursed by us unless we consummate an initial business combination. Our audit committee will review and approve all reimbursements and payments made to any initial shareholder or member of our management team, or our or their respective affiliates, and any reimbursements and payments made to members of our audit committee will be reviewed and approved by our board of directors, with any interested director abstaining from such review and approval.
All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions, including the payment of any compensation, will require prior approval by a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors (to the extent we have any) or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our disinterested “independent” directors (or, if there are no “independent” directors, our disinterested directors) determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties.
Related Party Policy
Our Code of Conduct and Ethics, which we will adopt upon consummation of this offering, will require us to avoid, wherever possible, all related party transactions that could result in actual or potential conflicts of interests, except under guidelines approved by the board of directors (or the audit committee). Related-party transactions are defined as transactions in which (1) the aggregate amount involved will or may be expected to exceed $120,000 in any calendar year, (2) we or any of our subsidiaries is a participant, and (3) any (a) executive officer, director or nominee for election as a director, (b) greater than 5% beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, or (c) immediate family member, of the persons referred to in clauses (a) and (b), has or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than solely as a result of being a director or a less than 10% beneficial owner of another entity). A conflict-of-interest situation can arise when a person takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise if a person, or a member of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position.
We also require each of our directors and executive officers to annually complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.
Our audit committee, pursuant to its written charter, will be responsible for reviewing and approving related-party transactions to the extent we enter into such transactions. All ongoing and future transactions between us and any of our officers and directors or their respective affiliates will be on terms believed by us to be no less favorable to us than are available from unaffiliated third parties. Such transactions will require prior approval by our audit committee and a majority of our uninterested “independent” directors, or the members of our board who do not have an interest in the transaction, in either case who had access, at our expense, to our attorneys or independent legal counsel. We will not enter into any such transaction unless our audit committee and a majority of our disinterested independent directors determine that the terms of such transaction are no less favorable to us than those that would be available to us with respect to such a transaction from unaffiliated third parties. Additionally, we require each of our directors and executive officers to complete a directors’ and officers’ questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.
These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.
To further minimize potential conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate a business combination with an entity which is affiliated with any of our initial shareholders unless we obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that the business combination is fair to our unaffiliated shareholders from a financial point of view. Furthermore, in no event will any of our existing officers, directors or initial shareholders, or any entity with which they are affiliated, be paid any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the consummation of a business combination.
125
General
We are a Cayman Islands exempted company (company number 422873) and our affairs will be governed by our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, the Companies Act and common law of the Cayman Islands. Pursuant to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, our share capital will be $50,000 divided into 480,000,000 Class A ordinary shares of a par value of $0.0001 each, 10,000,000 Class B ordinary shares of a par value of $0.0001 each and 10,000,000 preference shares of a par value of $0.0001 each. The following description summarizes the material terms of our shares as set out more particularly in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and the form of warrant agreement, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and to the applicable provisions of the Cayman Islands law.
Units
Each unit consists of one ordinary share and one right to receive one-eighth (1/8th) of one ordinary share upon the consummation of an initial business combination. Each right entitles the holder thereof to receive one-eighth (1/8th) of an ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination. In addition, we will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will either be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Cayman Islands Law. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of eight in order to receive shares for all of your rights upon closing of a business combination.
The ordinary shares and rights will begin to trade separately on the 52nd day after the date of this prospectus unless the underwriters determine that an earlier date is acceptable (based upon, among other things, its assessment of the relative strengths of the securities markets and small capitalization companies in general, and the trading pattern of, and demand for, our securities in particular). In no event will the underwriters allow separate trading of the ordinary shares and rights until we file an audited balance sheet reflecting our receipt of the gross proceeds of this offering.
We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K which includes an audited balance sheet promptly upon the consummation of this offering. The audited balance sheet will reflect proceeds we receive from the exercise of the over-allotment option if the over-allotment option is exercised on the date of this prospectus. If the over-allotment option is exercised after the date of this prospectus, we will file an amendment to the Form 8-K, or a new Form 8-K, to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option. We will also include in this Form 8-K, an amendment thereto, or in a subsequent Form 8-K information indicating when separate trading of the ordinary shares and rights has commenced.
Ordinary Shares
Prior to the date of this prospectus, there were 2,957,143 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding, all of which were held of record by our initial shareholders, so that our initial shareholders will beneficially own 30% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (assuming our initial shareholders do not purchase any units in this offering and without giving effect to the private units). Up to 385,714 of the initial shares will be surrendered for no consideration depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment is exercised. Upon the closing of this offering, 8,763,179 of our ordinary shares will be outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and the corresponding surrender for no consideration of 385,714 initial shares) comprising:
| ● | 6,000,000 Class A ordinary shares included in the units issued as part of this offering; | |
| ● | 191,750 Class A ordinary shares included in the private units; | |
| ● | 2,571,429 Class B ordinary shares held by our initial shareholders; |
126
If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or share repurchase or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of the offering in such amount as to maintain the ownership of initial shares by our initial shareholders at 30.0% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares upon the consummation of this offering.
Ordinary shareholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. However, only holders of Class B ordinary shares will have the right to (i) appoint or remove directors in any election held prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, meaning that holders of Class A ordinary shares will not have the right to vote to appoint any directors until after the completion of our initial business combination and (ii) continue the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our memorandum and articles of association or to adopt an amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, in each case, as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). The provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing these matters prior to our initial business combination may only be amended by a special resolution passed by the affirmative vote of at least 90% (or, where such amendment is proposed in respect of the consummation of our initial business combination, two-thirds) of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. On any other matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, holders of Class A ordinary shares and holders of Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders except as required by law. Unless otherwise specified in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or as required by applicable provisions of the Companies Act or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of our ordinary shares that are represented in person or by proxy and are voted is required to approve any such matter voted on by our shareholders. Approval of certain actions will require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, which (except as outlined above) requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company, and pursuant to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association; such actions include amending our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (other than the provisions referred to above) and approving a statutory merger or consolidation with another company. Our board of directors is divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being appointed in each year. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the appointment of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares entitled to vote and voted for the appointment of directors can appoint all of the directors. Our shareholders are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor.
Because our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize the issuance of up to four hundred and eight million (480,000,000) Class A ordinary shares, if we were to enter into a business combination, we may (depending on the terms of such a business combination) be required to increase the number of Class A ordinary shares which we are authorized to issue at the same time as our shareholders vote on the business combination to the extent we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination. Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being appointed in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual general meeting) serving a three-year term.
In accordance with NASDAQ corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on NASDAQ. There is no requirement under the Companies Act for us to hold annual or general meetings or appoint directors other than to ensure that the company has at least one director at all times. We may not hold an annual general meeting to appoint new directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination.
127
We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares, regardless of whether they abstain, vote for, or vote against, our initial business combination, upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (less taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations and on the conditions described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (a) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window or (b) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their initial shares and private shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame; and (iv) vote any initial shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction) in favor of our initial business combination. Unlike many special purpose acquisition companies that hold shareholder votes and conduct proxy solicitations in conjunction with their initial business combinations and provide for related redemptions of public shares for cash upon completion of such initial business combinations even when a vote is not required by law, if a shareholder vote is not required by law and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require these tender offer documents to contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. If, however, a shareholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, we will, like many special purpose acquisition companies, offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules.
If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we receive an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law and our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which requires the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. However, if our initial business combination is structured as a statutory merger or consolidation with another company under Cayman Islands law, the approval of our initial business combination will require a special resolution, which requires the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. However, the participation of our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates in privately-negotiated transactions (as described in this prospectus), if any, could result in the approval of our initial business combination even if a majority of our public shareholders vote, or indicate their intention to vote, against such initial business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of an ordinary resolution, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require that at least five clear days’ notice will be given of any general meeting.
128
If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Our shareholders’ inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce their influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination, and such shareholders could suffer a material loss in their investment if they sell such Excess Shares on the open market. Additionally, such shareholders will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And, as a result, such shareholders will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose such shares would be required to sell their shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.
If we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote their initial shares and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction) in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, if we sought shareholder approval of a proposed transaction, which would require a simple majority of votes (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option), we could need as little as 1,618,411 of our public shares (or approximately 26.97% of our public shares) to be voted in favor of the transaction in order to have such transaction approved (assuming that all issued and outstanding shares are voted, that the over-allotment option is not exercised, and that the insiders do not purchase any units in this offering or units or shares in the after-market). Assuming that only the holders of one-third of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares, representing a quorum under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association vote their shares at a general meeting of the company, we will not need any public shares in addition to our initial shares to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to approve an initial business combination. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or vote against the proposed transaction, or whether they do not vote or abstain from voting on the proposed transaction, or whether they were a public shareholder on the record date for the general meeting held to approve the proposed transaction.
Pursuant to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if we have not completed our initial business combination within the completion window, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter (and subject to lawfully available funds therefor), redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (which interest shall be net of taxes and less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (a) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window or (b) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their initial shares and private shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame; and (iv) vote any initial shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction) in favor of our initial business combination.
129
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company after a business combination, our shareholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of shares, if any, having preference over the ordinary shares. Our shareholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the ordinary shares, except that we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash at a per share price equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account (less taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, upon the completion of our initial business combination, subject to the limitations and on the conditions described herein.
Initial Shares
The initial shares are designated as Class B ordinary shares and, except as described below, are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the units being sold in this offering, and holders of initial shares have the same shareholder rights as public shareholders, except that (i) the initial shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below, (ii) the initial shares are entitled to registration rights; (iii) our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to (A) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with the completion of our initial business combination; (B) waive their redemption rights with respect to their initial shares, private shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (a) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to allow redemption in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within the completion window or (b) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combination activity; (C) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to their initial shares and private shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the completion window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame; and (D) vote any initial shares and private shares held by them and any public shares purchased during or after this offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the business combination transaction) in favor of our initial business combination, (iv) the initial shares are automatically convertible into Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as described herein and in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, and (v) prior to the closing of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to vote on the appointment and removal of directors or continuing the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents, in each case, as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands).
The initial shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holder on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like, and subject to further adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional Class A ordinary shares, or any other equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts sold in this offering and related to or in connection with the closing of the initial business combination, the ratio at which Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding Class B ordinary shares agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B ordinary shares will equal, in the aggregate, 30% of the sum of (i) the total number of all Class A ordinary shares outstanding upon the completion of this offering (including any Class A ordinary shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option and excluding the Class A ordinary shares underlying the private placement units issued to the sponsor), plus (ii) all Class A ordinary shares and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued, in connection with the closing of the initial business combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination minus (iii) any redemptions of Class A ordinary shares by public shareholders in connection with an initial business combination; provided that such conversion of initial shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis.
130
With certain limited exceptions, the initial shares are not transferable, assignable or saleable (except to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our sponsor, each of whom will be subject to the same transfer restrictions) until the earlier of (1) 180 days after the completion of our initial business combination; or (2) the date following the consummation of our initial business combination on which we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property (the “Lock-Up”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the initial shares will be released from the Lock-Up if (1) the reported closing price of our ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share splits, share capitalizations, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 90 days after our initial business combination or (2) we complete a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction after our initial business combination that results in all of our shareholders having the right to exchange their shares for cash, securities or other property. Up to 385,714 initial shares will be surrendered to us for no consideration depending on the exercise of the over-allotment option.
Except in certain limited circumstances, no member of the sponsor may Transfer all or any portion of its shareholding interests in the sponsor. For more information, see “Principal Shareholders — Restrictions on Transfers of Initial Shares and Private Placement Units”.
Register of Members
Under the Companies Act, we must keep a register of members and there will be entered therein:
| ● | the names and addresses of the members of the company, a statement of the shares held by each member, which: |
| ● | distinguishes each share by its number (so long as the share has a number); |
| ● | confirms the amount paid, or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each member and the voting rights of shares of each member; |
| ● | confirms the number and category of shares held by each member; and |
| ● | confirms whether each relevant category of shares held by a member carries voting rights under the Articles, and if so, whether such voting rights are conditional; |
| ● | the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and |
| ● | the date on which any person ceased to be a member. |
For these purposes, “voting rights” means rights conferred on shareholders, including the right to appoint directors, in respect of their shares to vote at general meetings of the company on all or substantially all matters. A voting right is conditional where the voting right arises only in certain circumstances.
Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members of our company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (i.e. the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a member registered in the register of members will be deemed as a matter of Cayman Islands law to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon the closing of this public offering, the register of members will be immediately updated to reflect the issue of shares by us. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members will be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name. However, there are certain limited circumstances where an application may be made to a Cayman Islands court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Further, the Cayman Islands court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company should be rectified where it considers that the register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. If an application for an order for rectification of the register of members were made in respect of our ordinary shares, then the validity of such shares may be subject to re-examination by a Cayman Islands court.
131
Rights
Except in cases where we are not the surviving company in a business combination, each holder of eight rights will automatically receive one ordinary share upon consummation of our initial business combination, even if the holder of a public right converted all ordinary shares held by him, her or it in connection with the initial business combination or an amendment to our memorandum and articles of association with respect to our pre-business combination activities. In the event we will not be the surviving company upon completion of our initial business combination, each holder of eight rights will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its rights in order to receive the shares underlying the rights upon consummation of the business combination. No additional consideration will be required to be paid by a holder of rights in order to receive his, her or its additional ordinary shares upon consummation of an initial business combination. The shares issuable upon exchange of the rights will be freely tradable (except to the extent held by affiliates of ours). If we enter into a definitive agreement for a business combination in which we will not be the surviving entity, the definitive agreement will provide for the holders of rights to receive the same per share consideration the holders of the ordinary shares will receive in the transaction on an as-converted into ordinary shares basis.
We will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Cayman Islands Law. As a result, you must hold rights in multiples of eight in order to receive shares for all of your rights upon closing of a business combination. If we are unable to complete an initial business combination within the required time period and we liquidate the funds held in the trust account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds with respect to their rights, nor will they receive any distribution from our assets held outside of the trust account with respect to such rights, and the rights will expire worthless. Further, there are no contractual penalties for failure to deliver securities to the holders of the rights upon consummation of an initial business combination. Additionally, in no event will we be required to net cash settle the rights. Accordingly, the rights may expire worthless.
Dividends
We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of a business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of a business combination. The payment of any dividends subsequent to a business combination will be within the discretion of our then board of directors. It is the present intention of our board of directors to retain all earnings, if any, for use in our business operations and, accordingly, our board does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future.
Our Transfer Agent and Rights Agent
The transfer agent for our ordinary shares and rights agent for our rights is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company.
We have also agreed that, subject to applicable law, any action, proceeding or claim against us arising out of or relating in any way to the rights agreement will be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and we irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction will be the exclusive forum for any such action, proceeding or claim. See “Risk Factors — Our right agreement will designate the courts of the State of New York or the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by holders of our rights, which could limit the ability of right holders to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with our company.” on page 42 of this prospectus. This provision applies to claims under the Securities Act but does not apply to claims under the Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are the sole and exclusive forum.
132
Listing of our Securities
There is presently no public market for our units, ordinary shares, or rights. We have reserved the following trading symbols for the units, as well as the ordinary shares and rights once they begin separate trading: “SAGUU,” “SAGU,” and “SAGUR,” respectively. Although, after giving effect to this offering, we meet on a pro forma basis the minimum initial listing standards of Nasdaq, which generally only requires that we meet certain requirements relating to shareholders’ equity, market capitalization, aggregate market value of publicly held shares and distribution requirements, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on Nasdaq as we might not meet certain continued listing standards.
Certain Differences in Corporate Law
Cayman Islands companies are governed by the Companies Act. The Companies Act is modeled on English law but does not follow recent English law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the material differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.
Mergers and Similar Arrangements. In certain circumstances, the Companies Act allows for mergers or consolidations between two Cayman Islands companies, or between a Cayman Islands exempted company and a company incorporated in another jurisdiction (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction) so as to form a single surviving company.
Where the merger or consolidation is between two Cayman Islands companies, the directors of each company must approve and enter into a written plan of merger or consolidation containing certain prescribed information. That plan or merger or consolidation must then be authorized by either (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of each company; and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. No shareholder resolution is required for a merger between a parent company (i.e., a company that holds issued shares that together represent 90% of the votes at a general meeting of the subsidiary company) and its subsidiary company, provided the parent company is the surviving entity and a copy of the plan of merger is given to every member of each subsidiary company to be merged unless that member agrees otherwise. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest of a constituent company must be obtained, unless the court waives such requirement. If the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Act (which includes certain other formalities) have been complied with, the Registrar of Companies will register the plan of merger or consolidation.
Where the merger or consolidation involves a foreign company, the procedure is similar, save that with respect to the foreign company, the directors of the Cayman Islands exempted company are also required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, they are of the opinion that the certain requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the merger or consolidation is permitted or not prohibited by the constitutional documents of the foreign company and by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the foreign company is incorporated, and that those laws and any requirements of those constitutional documents have been or will be complied with; (ii) that no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding or order made or resolution adopted to wind up or liquidate the foreign company in any applicable jurisdictions; (iii) that no receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the foreign company, its affairs or its property or any part thereof; (iv) that no scheme, order, compromise or other similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction whereby the rights of creditors of the foreign company are and continue to be suspended or restricted; and (v) there is no other reason why it would be against the public interest to permit the merger or consolidation.
133
Where the surviving company is the Cayman Islands exempted company, the directors of the Cayman Islands exempted company are further required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, they are of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the foreign company is able to pay its debts as they fall due and that the merger or consolidation is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the foreign company; (ii) that in respect of the transfer of any security interest granted by the foreign company to the surviving or consolidated company (a) consent or approval to the transfer has been obtained, released or waived; (b) the transfer is permitted by and has been approved in accordance with the constitutional documents of the foreign company; and (c) the laws of the jurisdiction of the foreign company with respect to the transfer have been or will be complied with; (iii) that the foreign company will, upon the merger or consolidation becoming effective, cease to be incorporated, registered or exist under the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction; and (iv) that there is no other reason why it would be against the public interest to permit the merger or consolidation.
The Companies Act provides for a right of dissenting shareholders to be paid the fair value of his shares upon their dissenting to the merger or consolidation in certain circumstances if they follow a prescribed procedure. In essence, where such rights apply, that procedure is as follows: (a) the shareholder must give his written objection to the merger or consolidation to the constituent company before the vote on the merger or consolidation, including a statement that the shareholder proposes to demand payment for his shares if the merger or consolidation is authorized by the vote; (b) within 20 days following the date on which the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the constituent company must give written notice to each shareholder who made a written objection; (c) a shareholder must within 20 days following receipt of such notice from the constituent company, give the constituent company a written notice of his intention to dissent including, among other details, a demand for payment of the fair value of his shares; (d) within seven days following the date of the expiration of the period set out in paragraph (b) above or seven days following the date on which the plan of merger or consolidation is filed, whichever is later, the constituent company, the surviving company or the consolidated company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a price that the company determines is the fair value and if the company and the shareholder agree the price within 30 days following the date on which the offer was made, the company must pay the shareholder such amount; and (e) if the company and the shareholder fail to agree a price within such 30 day period, within 20 days following the date on which such 30 day period expires, the company must (and any dissenting shareholder may) file a petition with the Grand Court of the Cayman Islan ds to determine the fair value of all dissenting shares and such petition must be accompanied by a list of the names and addresses of the dissenting shareholders with whom agreements as to the fair value of their shares have not been reached by the company. At the hearing of that petition, the court has the power to determine the fair value of the shares together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid by the company upon the amount determined to be the fair value. Any dissenting shareholder whose name appears on the list filed by the company may participate fully in all proceedings until the determination of fair value is reached. A shareholder who dissents must do so in respect of all shares that such person holds in the constituent company. Upon the giving of a notice of dissent under paragraph (c) above, the shareholder to whom the notice relates shall cease to have any of the rights of a shareholder except the right to be paid the fair value of that person’s shares and certain rights specified in the Companies Act. These rights of a dissenting shareholder are not available in certain circumstances, for example, to dissenters holding shares of any class in respect of which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchange or recognized interdealer quotation system at the relevant date or where the consideration for such shares to be contributed are shares of any company listed on a national securities exchange or shares of the surviving or consolidated company.
Moreover, Cayman Islands law has separate statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction or amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, schemes of arrangement will generally be more suited for complex mergers or other transactions involving widely held companies, commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as a “scheme of arrangement” which may be tantamount to a merger. In the event that a merger was sought pursuant to a scheme of arrangement (the procedures for which are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States), the arrangement in question must be approved by (i) in relation to a compromise or arrangement between a company and its creditors or any class of them, a majority in number of such creditors or class of creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of such creditors of class of creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting summoned for that purpose; and (ii) in relation to a compromise or arrangement between a company and its shareholders or any class of them, shareholders who represent 75% in value of the company’s shareholders or class of shareholders, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting summoned for that purpose.
134
The convening of the meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:
| ● | we are not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of our corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with; |
| ● | the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question; |
| ● | the arrangement is such as a businessman would reasonably approve; and |
| ● | the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.” |
If a scheme of arrangement or takeover offer (as described below) is approved, any dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to dissenters’ rights or appraisal rights (providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares), which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations.
Squeeze-out Provisions. When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% in value of the shares to whom the offer relates within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period after the expiration of the initial four-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.
Further, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through means other than these statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, or through contractual arrangements of an operating business.
Shareholders’ Suits. Our Cayman Islands counsel is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed the availability for such actions. In most cases, we will be the proper plaintiff in any claim based on a breach of duty owed to us, and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based both on Cayman Islands authorities and on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:
| ● | a company is acting, or proposing to act, illegally or ultra vires (beyond the scope of its authority); |
| ● | the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or |
| ● | those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.” |
A shareholder may have a direct right of action against us where the individual rights of that shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.
Enforcement of Civil Liabilities. The Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides less protection to investors. Additionally, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the Federal courts of the United States.
135
We have been advised by our Cayman Islands legal counsel that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States obtained against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us or our directors or officers predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is currently no statutory enforcement or treaty between the United States and the Cayman Islands providing for enforcement of judgments obtained in the United States. The courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive given by a court of competent jurisdiction (the courts of the Cayman Islands will apply the rules of Cayman Islands private international law to determine whether the foreign court is a court of competent jurisdiction), and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, and or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands. Furthermore, it is uncertain that Cayman Islands courts would enforce: (1) judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or other persons that are predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws; or (2) original actions brought against us or other persons predicated upon the Securities Act. Forbes Hare has informed us that there is uncertainty with regard to Cayman Islands law relating to whether a judgment obtained from the U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of the securities laws will be determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands as penal, punitive in nature. A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.
Special Considerations for Exempted Companies. We are an exempted company with limited liability incorporated under the Companies Act. The Companies Act distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary resident company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:
| ● | annual reporting requirements are minimal and consist mainly of a statement that the company has conducted its operations mainly outside of the Cayman Islands and has complied with the provisions of the Companies Act; |
| ● | an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection and can be kept outside of the Cayman Islands; |
| ● | an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting; |
| ● | an exempted company may issue shares with no nominal or par value in which case the memorandum of association of the exempted company must contain the amount of the aggregate consideration for which such shares may be issued provided further that no exempted company shall divide its capital into both shares of a fixed amount and shares without nominal or par value; |
| ● | an exempted company may, provided the articles of association of the exempted company so provide, obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 30 years in the first instance); |
| ● | an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands; |
| ● | an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and |
| ● | an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company. |
“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstance in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).
136
Our Post-offering Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association
Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will contain certain requirements and restrictions relating to this offering that will apply to us until the completion of our initial business combination. These provisions cannot be amended without a special resolution. As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a resolution is deemed to be a special resolution where it has been approved by either (i) at least two-thirds (or any higher threshold specified in a company’s articles of association) of a company’s shareholders who, being entitled to do so, attend and vote at a general meeting for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been given; or (ii) if so authorized by a company’s articles of association, by a unanimous written resolution of all of the company’s shareholders. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that special resolutions must be approved either by at least two-thirds of our shareholders who, being entitled to do so, attend and vote at a general meeting for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been given (i.e., the lowest threshold permissible under Cayman Islands law), or by a unanimous written resolution of all of our shareholders.
Our sponsor, who will beneficially own approximately 30% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (assuming they do not purchase any units in this offering and no over-allotment option is exercised), will participate in any vote to amend our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and will have the discretion to vote in any manner it chooses. Specifically, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide, among other things, that:
| ● | if we are unable to complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this offering , or such later date as the shareholders may approve by special resolution, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (net of taxes payable and less interest to pay dissolution expenses up to $100,000) divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve; |
| ● | prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional Class A ordinary shares that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination; |
| ● | although we do not intend to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or our officers, we are not prohibited from doing so. In the event we enter into such a transaction, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from (i) an independent investment banking firm or another independent firm that commonly renders valuation opinions for the type of company we are seeking to acquire or an independent accounting firm, that such a business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view; and (ii) the approval of a majority of disinterested and independent directors (as the case may be at relevant time); |
| ● | if a shareholder vote on our initial business combination is not required by law and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will offer to redeem our public shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, and will file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act; |
137
| ● | so long as we obtain and maintain a listing for our securities on Nasdaq and the approval by a majority of our board, including a majority of the independent directors, our initial business combination must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of our assets held in the trust account (excluding taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination; |
| ● | if our shareholders approve an amendment to our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that would (i) modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 18 months from the closing of this initial public offering, or (ii) with respect to the other provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-business combination activity, we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their ordinary shares upon such approval at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable) divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares; |
| ● | we will not effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations; and |
| ● | unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Cayman Islands shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or otherwise related in any way to each shareholder’s shareholding in us, including but not limited to (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of any fiduciary or other duty owed by any of our current or former director, officer or other employee to us or our shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Companies Act or our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine (as such concept is recognized under the laws of the United States of America) and that each shareholder irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Cayman Islands over all such claims or disputes. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association also provide that, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that we may have, each of our shareholders acknowledges that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum and that accordingly we shall be entitled, without proof of special damages, to the remedies of injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief for any threatened or actual breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum. The forum selection provision in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will not apply to actions or suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Act, Exchange Act or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are, as a matter of the laws of the United States of America, the sole and exclusive forum for determination of such a claim. |
The Companies Act permits a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands to amend its memorandum and articles of association with the approval of a special resolution which requires the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of such company’s shareholders who, being entitled to do so, attend and vote at a general meeting or by way of unanimous written resolution. A company’s articles of association may specify that the approval of a higher majority is required; however, provided that the approval of the required majority is obtained, any Cayman Islands exempted company may amend its memorandum and articles of association regardless of whether its memorandum and articles of association provides otherwise. Accordingly, although we could amend any of the provisions relating to our proposed offering, structure and business plan which are contained in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we view all of these provisions as binding obligations to our shareholders and neither we, nor our officers or directors, will take any action to amend or waive any of these provisions unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares.
138
Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of our Post-offering Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors. In addition, prior to the closing of our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to appoint and remove directors prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination. As a result, in most circumstances, a person can gain control of our board only by successfully engaging in a proxy contest at two or more annual general meetings and obtaining the support of our sponsor. In addition, prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to vote on continuing our company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents, in each case, as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands). Our authorized but unissued ordinary shares and preference shares are available for future issuances without shareholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved ordinary shares and preference shares could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Extraordinary General Meetings
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that extraordinary general meetings may be called only by a majority vote of our board of directors, by our Chief Executive Officer or by our Chairman and, for the avoidance of doubt, the shareholders will not have the ability to call general meetings.
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder Proposals and Director Nominations
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that shareholders seeking to bring business before our annual general meeting, or to nominate candidates for appointment as directors at our annual general meeting must provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be timely, a shareholder’s notice will need to be received by the company secretary at our principal executive offices not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 150th day prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual general meeting. Pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act, proposals seeking inclusion in our annual proxy statement must comply with the notice periods contained therein. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a shareholders’ meeting. These provisions may preclude our shareholders from bringing matters before our annual general meeting or from making nominations for directors at our annual general meeting. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will allow the chairman of the meeting at a meeting of the shareholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to influence or obtain control of us.
Written Resolutions
Subsequent to the consummation of the offering, any action required or permitted to be taken by our shareholders may be effected by a duly called annual general meeting or extraordinary general meeting or by a written resolution passed in accordance with the Companies Act and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.
Classified Board of Directors
Our board of directors will initially be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with members of each class serving staggered three-year terms. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the shareholders at a general meeting. Subject to the terms of any preference shares, any or all of the directors may be removed from office at any time by an ordinary resolution, which required the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by such shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at the applicable general meeting of the company. Prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the appointment and removal of directors. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled by a vote of a majority of our directors then in office.
139
Redomestication
Prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to vote on continuing our company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (including any special resolution required to amend our constitutional documents or to adopt new constitutional documents, in each case, as a result of our approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands).
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, willful neglect and fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. We expect to purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.
Our officers and directors have agreed, and any persons who may become officers or directors prior to the initial business combination will agree, to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account, and have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.
Our indemnification obligations may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.
Anti-Money Laundering — Cayman Islands
If any person resident in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects, or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting, that another person is engaged in criminal conduct, is involved with terrorism or terrorist property or proliferation financing or is the business combination partner of a financial sanction and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course of business in the regulated sector or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct, money laundering or proliferation financing or is the business combination partner of a financial sanction; or (ii) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report will not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise. We reserve the right to refuse to make any payment to a shareholder if our directors or officers suspect or are advised that the payment to such shareholder might result in a breach of applicable anti-money laundering, counter-terrorist financing, prevention of proliferation financing and financial sanctions or other laws or regulations by any person in any relevant jurisdiction, or if such refusal is considered necessary or appropriate to ensure our compliance with any such laws or regulations in any applicable jurisdiction.
140
Should a shareholder or its duly authorized delegates or agents be, or become (or is believed by the Company or its affiliates (“Agents”) to be or become) at any time while it owns or holds an interest in the Company, (a) an individual or entity named on any sanctions list maintained by the United Kingdom (including as extended to the Cayman Islands by Orders in Council) or the Cayman Islands or any similar list maintained under applicable law or is otherwise subject to applicable sanctions in the Cayman Islands (a “Sanctions Subject”) or (b) an entity owned or controlled directly or indirectly by a Sanctions Subject, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion, then (i) the Company or its Agents may immediately and without notice to the shareholder cease any further dealings with the shareholder or freeze any dealings with the interests or accounts of the shareholder (e.g., by prohibiting payments by or to the shareholder or restricting or suspending dealings with the interests or accounts) or freeze the assets of the company (including interests or accounts of other shareholders who are not Sanctions Subjects), until the relevant person ceases to be a Sanctions Subject or a license is obtained under applicable law to continue such dealings (a “Sanctioned Persons Event”), (ii) the Company and its Agents may be required to report such action or failure to comply with information requests and to disclose the shareholder’s identity (and/or the identity of the shareholder’s beneficial owners and control persons) to the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority, the Cayman Islands Financial Reporting Authority, or other applicable governmental or regulatory authorities (without notifying the Subscriber that such information has been so provided) and (iii) the Company and its Agents have no liability whatsoever for any liabilities, costs, expenses, damages and/or losses (including but not limited to any direct, indirect or consequential losses, loss of profit, loss of revenue, loss of reputation and all interest, penalties and legal costs and all other professional costs and expenses) incurred by the shareholder as a result of a Sanctioned Persons Event.
Data Protection — Cayman Islands
We have certain duties under the Data Protection Act (Revised) of the Cayman Islands, as amended from time to time and any regulations, codes of practice, or orders promulgated pursuant thereto (the “DPL”) based on internationally accepted principles of data privacy.
Privacy Notice
Introduction
This privacy notice puts our shareholders on notice that through your investment in the Company you will provide us with certain personal information which constitutes personal data within the meaning of the DPL (“personal data”). In the following discussion, the “Company” refers to us and our affiliates and/or delegates, except where the context requires otherwise.
We are committed to processing personal data in accordance with the DPL. In our use of personal data, we will be characterized under the DPL as a “data controller,” whilst certain of our service providers, affiliates, and delegates may act as “data processors” under the DPL. These service providers may process personal data for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to us. For the purposes of this Privacy Notice, “you” or “your” shall mean the subscriber and shall also include any individual connected to the subscriber.
By virtue of your investment in the Company, we and certain of our service providers may collect, record, store, transfer, and otherwise process personal data by which individuals may be directly or indirectly identified. We may combine personal data that you provide to use with personal data that we collect from, or about you. This may include personal data collected in an online or offline context including from credit reference agencies and other available public databases or data sources, such as news outlines, websites and other media sources and international sanctions lists.
Your personal data will be processed fairly and for lawful purposes, including (a) where the processing is necessary for us to perform a contract to which you are a party or for taking pre-contractual steps at your request, (b) where the processing is necessary for compliance with any legal, tax, or regulatory obligation to which we are subject, (c) where the processing is for the purposes of legitimate interests pursued by us or by a service provider to whom the data are disclosed, or (d) where you otherwise consent to the processing of personal data for any other specific purpose. As a data controller, we will only use your personal data for the purposes for which we collected it. If we need to use your personal data for an unrelated purpose, we will contact you.
141
We anticipate that we will share your personal data with our service providers for the purposes set out in this privacy notice. We may also share relevant personal data where it is lawful to do so and necessary to comply with our contractual obligations or your instructions or where it is necessary or desirable to do so in connection with any regulatory reporting obligations. In exceptional circumstances, we will share your personal data with regulatory, prosecuting, and other governmental agencies or departments, and parties to litigation (whether pending or threatened), in any country or territory including to any other person where we have a public or legal duty to do so (e.g. to assist with detecting and preventing fraud, tax evasion, and financial crime or compliance with a court order).
Your personal data shall not be held by the Company for longer than necessary with regard to the purposes of the data processing.
We will not sell your personal data. Any transfer of personal data outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the DPL. Where necessary, we will ensure that separate and appropriate legal agreements are put in place with the recipient of that data.
We will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the DPL, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction, or damage to the personal data.
Investor Data
We will collect, use, disclose, retain and secure personal data to the extent reasonably required only and within the parameters that could be reasonably expected during the normal course of business. We will only process, disclose, transfer or retain personal data to the extent legitimately required to conduct our activities of on an ongoing basis or to comply with legal and regulatory obligations to which we are subject. We will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the DPL, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction or damage to the personal data.
In our use of this personal data, we will be characterized as a “data controller” for the purposes of the DPL, while our affiliates and service providers who may receive this personal data from us in the conduct of our activities may either act as our “data processors” for the purposes of the DPL or may process personal information for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to us.
We may also obtain personal data from other public sources. Personal data includes, without limitation, the following information relating to a shareholder and/or any individuals connected with a shareholder as an investor: name, residential address, email address, contact details, corporate contact information, signature, nationality, place of birth, date of birth, tax identification, credit history, correspondence records, passport number, bank account details, source of funds details and details relating to the shareholder’s investment activity.
Who this Affects
If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides us with personal data on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation to your investment in the Company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should transmit the content of this Privacy Notice to such individuals or otherwise advise them of its content.
How the Company May Use a Shareholder’s Personal Data
The Company, as the data controller, may collect, store and use personal data for lawful purposes, including, in particular:
| ● | where this is necessary for the performance of our rights and obligations under any purchase agreements; |
142
| ● | where this is necessary for compliance with a legal and regulatory obligation to which we are subject (such as compliance with anti-money laundering, counter terrorist financing, prevention of proliferation financing, financial sanctions and FATCA/CRS requirements); and/or | |
| ● | where this is necessary for the purposes of our legitimate interests and such interests are not overridden by your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms. |
Should we wish to use personal data for other specific purposes (including, if applicable, any purpose that requires your consent), we will contact you.
Why We May Transfer Your Personal Data
In certain circumstances we may be legally obliged to share personal data and other information with respect to your shareholding with the relevant regulatory authorities such as the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority or the Tax Information Authority. They, in turn, may exchange this information with foreign authorities, including tax authorities.
We anticipate disclosing personal data to persons who provide services to us and their respective affiliates (which may include certain entities located outside the United States, the Cayman Islands or the European Economic Area), who will process your personal data on our behalf.
The Data Protection Measures We Take
Any transfer of personal data by us or our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the DPL.
We and our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates shall apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of personal data, and against accidental loss or destruction of, or damage to, personal data.
We shall notify you of any personal data breach that is reasonably likely to result in a risk to your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms or those data subjects to whom the relevant personal data relates.
Rights of Individual Data Subjects
Individual data subjects have certain data protection rights, including the right to:
| ● | be informed about the purposes for which your personal data are processed; | |
| ● | access your personal data; | |
| ● | stop direct marketing; | |
| ● | restrict the processing of your personal data; | |
| ● | have incomplete or inaccurate personal data corrected; |
143
| ● | ask us to stop processing your personal data; | |
| ● | be informed of a personal data breach (unless the breach is unlikely to be prejudicial to you); | |
| ● | complain to the Data Protection Ombudsman; and | |
| ● | require us to delete your personal data in some limited circumstances. |
If you consider that your personal data has not been handled correctly, or you are not satisfied with our responses to any requests you have made regarding the use of your personal data, you have the right to complain to the Cayman Islands’ Ombudsman. The Ombudsman can be contacted by email at info@ombudsman.ky or by accessing their website here: ombudsman.ky.
144
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Immediately after this offering, we will have 8,763,179 ordinary shares issued and outstanding, or 10,057,893 shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, including the ordinary shares included as part of the units. Of these shares, the 6,000,000 ordinary shares (or 6,900,000 ordinary shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) included as part of the units sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the remaining shares are restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. All of those shares will not be transferable except in limited circumstances described elsewhere in this prospectus.
Rule 144
Pursuant to Rule 144, a person who has beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted ordinary shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
| ● | 1% of the number of ordinary shares then issued and outstanding, which will equal 87,631 shares immediately after this offering (or 100,578 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full); and |
| ● | the average weekly trading volume of the ordinary shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale. |
Sales under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies
Historically, the SEC staff had taken the position that Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by companies that are, or previously were, blank check companies, like us. The SEC has codified and expanded this position in the amendments discussed above by prohibiting the use of Rule 144 for resale of securities issued by any shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or any issuer that has been at any time previously a shell company.
The SEC has provided an important exception to this prohibition, however, if the following conditions are met:
| ● | the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company; |
| ● | the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; |
| ● | the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports; and |
| ● | at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell company. |
As a result, it is likely that pursuant to Rule 144, our initial shareholders will be able to sell their initial shares freely without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination assuming they are not an affiliate of ours at that time.
145
Registration Rights
The holders of our initial shares issued and outstanding on the date of this prospectus, as well as the holders of the private units (and underlying securities) and any securities issued to our initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates in payment of working capital loans made to us, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of this offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands that we register such securities. The holders of the majority of the initial shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the end of the Lock-up period. The holders of a majority of the private units (and underlying securities) and securities issued in payment of working capital loans (or underlying securities) can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after we consummate a business combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our consummation of a business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.
146
The following summary of the material Cayman Islands and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our units, ordinary shares and rights to acquire our ordinary shares, sometimes referred to, individually or collectively, in this summary as our “securities,” is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our securities, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.
Cayman Islands Tax Considerations
The following is a discussion on certain Cayman Islands income tax consequences of an investment in the securities of the Company. The discussion is a general summary of present law, which is subject to prospective and retroactive change. It is not intended as tax advice, does not consider any investor’s particular circumstances, and does not consider tax consequences other than those arising under Cayman Islands law.
Under Existing Cayman Islands Laws
The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains, or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax, gift tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the Government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or, after execution, brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. No stamp duty is payable in the Cayman Islands on the issue of shares by, or any transfers of shares of, Cayman Islands companies (except those which hold interests in land in the Cayman Islands). There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.
Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our securities will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of the securities, as the case may be, nor will gains derived from the disposal of the securities be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporate tax. The Cayman Islands currently has no income, corporate or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax.
No stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue of the rights. An instrument of transfer in respect of a right is stampable if executed in or brought into the Cayman Islands.
No stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue of our Class A ordinary shares or on an instrument of transfer in respect of such shares.
The Company has been incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability and, as such, has applied for and has obtained an undertaking from the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands in substantively the following form on June 25, 2025:
The Tax Concessions Act (Revised)
Undertaking as to Tax Concessions
In accordance with the Tax Concessions Act (Revised), the following undertaking is hereby given to the Company:
| 1. | That no Law which is hereafter enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to the Company or its operations; and |
147
| 2. | In addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable: |
| 2.1 | On or in respect of the shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company; or |
| 2.2 | by way of the withholding in whole or in part, of any relevant payment as defined in the Tax Concessions Act (Revised). |
These concessions shall be for a period of twenty years from the 8th day of July, 2025.
U.S. Federal Income Taxation
The following discussion summarizes certain United States federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our units (each consisting of one Class A ordinary share and one right to receive one-eighth (1/8th) of one Class A ordinary share) that are purchased in this offering, which we refer to collectively as our securities, by U.S. Holders (as defined below) and Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below).
Because the components of a unit are generally separable at the option of the holder, the holder of a unit generally should be treated, for United States federal income tax purposes, as the owner of the underlying Class A ordinary share or rights components of the unit. As a result, the discussion below with respect to holders of Class A ordinary shares and rights should also apply to holders of units (as the deemed owners of the underlying Class A ordinary shares and rights that constitute the units).
This discussion is limited to certain United States federal income tax considerations to beneficial owners of our securities who are initial purchasers of a unit pursuant to this offering and hold the unit and each component of the unit as a capital asset under the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This discussion assumes that the Class A ordinary shares and rights will trade separately and that any distributions made (or deemed made) by us on our Class A ordinary shares and any consideration received (or deemed received) by a holder in consideration for the sale or other disposition of our securities will be in U.S. dollars. This discussion is a summary only and does not consider all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be relevant to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of a unit by a prospective investor in light of its particular circumstances, including:
| ● | our founders, the sponsor, officers or directors; | |
| ● | financial institutions or financial services entities; | |
| ● | broker-dealers; | |
| ● | taxpayers that are subject to the mark-to-market tax accounting rules; | |
| ● | S Corporations; | |
| ● | tax-exempt entities; | |
| ● | individual retirement accounts or other tax deferred accounts; | |
| ● | governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof; | |
| ● | insurance companies; |
148
| ● | regulated investment companies; | |
| ● | real estate investment trusts; | |
| ● | expatriates or former long-term residents of the United States; | |
| ● | persons that actually or constructively own five percent or more of our voting shares or five percent or more of the total value of our shares; | |
| ● | persons that acquired our securities pursuant to an exercise of employee share options, in connection with employee share incentive plans or otherwise as compensation or in connection with services; | |
| ● | persons that hold our securities as part of a straddle, constructive sale, hedging, conversion or other integrated or similar transaction; | |
| ● | persons required to accelerate the recognition of any item of gross income with respect to Class A ordinary shares or rights as a result of such income being recognized on an applicable financial statement; | |
| ● | U.S. Holders whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar; | |
| ● | controlled foreign corporations; or | |
| ● | passive foreign investment companies. |
Moreover, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof, and such provisions may be repealed, revoked, modified or subject to differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis, so as to result in United States federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. Furthermore, this discussion does not address any aspect of United States federal non-income tax laws, such as alternative minimum gift, estate or Medicare contribution tax laws, or state, local or non-U.S. tax laws.
We have not sought, and will not seek, a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) as to any United States federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with the discussion herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court. Moreover, there can be no assurance that future legislation, regulations, administrative rulings or court decisions will not change the accuracy of the statements in this discussion.
As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of units, Class A ordinary shares or rights who or that is, for United States federal income tax purposes:
| ● | an individual citizen or resident of the United States; | |
| ● | a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia; | |
| ● | an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or | |
| ● | a trust if (A) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (B) it has in effect a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person. |
149
This discussion does not consider the tax treatment of entities or arrangements treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities or persons who hold our securities through such entities or arrangements. If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) is the beneficial owner of our securities, the United States federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and certain determinations made at the partner level. Partnerships holding our securities and partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their own tax advisors.
THIS DISCUSSION IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES. THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX TREATMENT OF THE PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IN OUR SECURITIES MAY BE AFFECTED BY MATTERS NOT DISCUSSED HEREIN AND DEPENDS IN SOME INSTANCES ON DETERMINATION OF FACT AND INTERPRETATIONS OF COMPLEX PROVISIONS OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW FOR WHICH NO CLEAR PRECEDENT OR AUTHORITY MAY BE AVAILABLE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IN OUR SECURITIES IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH INVESTOR OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL NON-INCOME, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX LAWS AS WELL AS UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.
Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit
No statutory, administrative or judicial authority directly addresses the treatment of a unit or instruments similar to a unit for United States federal income tax purposes, and therefore, that treatment is not entirely clear. The acquisition of a unit should be treated for United States federal income tax purposes as the acquisition of one Class A ordinary share and one right to receive one-eighth of one Class A ordinary share, subject to adjustment as described in this prospectus. We intend to treat the acquisition of a unit in this manner and, by purchasing a unit, you must adopt such treatment for United States federal income tax purposes. For United States federal income and other applicable tax purposes, each holder of a unit must allocate the purchase price paid by such holder for such unit between the one Class A ordinary share and the one right to receive one-eighth of one Class A ordinary share based on the relative fair market value of each at the time of issuance. Under United States federal income tax law, each investor must make its own determination of such value based on all the facts and circumstances. Therefore, we strongly urge each investor to consult its tax advisor regarding the determination of value for these purposes. The price allocated to each Class A ordinary share and one right to receive one-eighth of one Class A ordinary share should be the shareholder’s tax basis in such share or right. Any disposition of a unit should be treated for United States federal income tax purposes as a disposition of the Class A ordinary share or one right to receive one-eighth of one Class A ordinary share comprising the unit, and the amount realized on the disposition should be allocated between the Class A ordinary share or one right to receive one-eighth of one Class A ordinary share based on their relative fair market values at the time of disposition (as determined by each such holder based on all the facts and circumstances).
The foregoing treatment of the units, Class A ordinary shares and rights and a holder’s purchase price allocation are not binding on the IRS or the courts. Because there are no authorities that directly address instruments that are similar to the units, no assurance can be given that the IRS or the courts will agree with the characterization described above or the discussion below. If the IRS or a court were to determine that, contrary to the characterization described above, a unit is a single instrument for United States federal income tax purposes, the tax consequences to an investor could be materially different than those described below. Accordingly, each prospective investor is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an investment in a unit (including alternative characterizations of a unit). The balance of this discussion assumes that the characterization of the units (and the components thereof) and any allocation of purchase price of a unit as described above is respected for United States federal income tax purposes.
150
U.S. Holders
Taxation of Distributions
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in gross income, in accordance with such U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for United States federal income tax purposes, as dividends the amount of any distribution of cash or other property paid on our Class A ordinary shares to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under United States federal income tax principles). Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, distributions in excess of such earnings and profits generally will be applied against and reduce the U.S. Holder’s basis in its Class A ordinary shares (but not below zero) and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such Class A ordinary shares. In the event that we do not maintain calculations of our earnings and profits under United States federal income tax principles, a U.S. Holder should expect that all distributions will be reported as dividends for United States federal income tax purposes.
Dividends paid by us out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as described above generally will be taxable to a corporate U.S. Holder at regular rates and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations. With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, under tax laws currently in effect and subject to certain exceptions (including, but not limited to, dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), dividends generally will be treated as “qualified dividend income” and taxed at the lower applicable long-term capital gains rate (see “— Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights” below) only if our Class A ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, the Company is not treated as a PFIC at the time the dividend was paid or in the preceding year and certain other requirements are met (including with respect to holding period). It is unclear, however, whether certain redemption rights described in this prospectus may suspend the running of the applicable holding period for this purpose. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of such lower rate for any dividends paid with respect to our Class A ordinary shares.
Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or rights (including on our dissolution and liquidation if we do not consummate an initial business combination within the required time period). Any such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for such Class A ordinary shares or rights exceeds one year. It is unclear, however, whether certain redemption rights described in this prospectus may suspend the running of the applicable holding period for this purpose. If the running of the holding period is suspended, then non-corporate U.S. Holders may not be able to satisfy the one-year holding period requirement for long-term capital gain treatment, in which case any gain on a sale or taxable disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or rights would be subject to short-term capital gain treatment and would be taxed at ordinary income rates.
The amount of gain or loss recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition generally will be equal to the difference between (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition (or, if the Class A ordinary shares or rights are held as part of units at the time of the disposition, the portion of the amount realized on such disposition that is allocated to the Class A ordinary shares or rights based upon the then fair market values of the Class A ordinary shares and rights included in the units) and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares or rights so disposed of. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares or rights generally will equal the U.S. Holder’s acquisition cost (that is, the portion of the purchase price of a unit allocated to an Class A ordinary share or one right to receive one-eighth of one Class A ordinary share, as described above under “— Allocation of Purchase Price and Characterization of a Unit”) reduced, in the case of an Class A ordinary share by any prior distributions treated as a return of capital. Long-term capital gain realized by a non-corporate U.S. Holder is currently eligible to be taxed at reduced rates. The deduction of capital losses is subject to certain limitations. U.S. Holders who recognize losses with respect to a disposition of our securities should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax treatment of such losses.
151
Redemption of Class A Ordinary Shares
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, in the event that a U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares are redeemed pursuant to the redemption provisions described in this prospectus under “Description of Securities — Class A Ordinary Shares” or if we purchase a U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares in an open market transaction, the treatment of the transaction for United States federal income tax purposes will depend on whether the redemption or purchase by us qualifies as a sale or exchange of the Class A ordinary shares under Section 302 of the Code. If the redemption or purchase by us qualifies as a sale or exchange of Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder will be treated as described under “— Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares and Rights” above. If the redemption or purchase by us does not qualify as a sale of Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder will be treated as receiving a corporate distribution with the tax consequences described above under “— Taxation of Distributions.” Whether a redemption or purchase by us qualifies for treatment as a sale or exchange will depend largely on the total number of our shares treated as held by the U.S. Holder (including any Class A ordinary shares constructively owned by the U.S. Holder described in the following paragraph) relative to all of our shares issued and outstanding both before and after such redemption or purchase. The redemption or purchase by us of Class A ordinary shares generally will be treated as a sale or exchange of the Class A ordinary shares (rather than as a corporate distribution) if such redemption or purchase by us (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the U.S. Holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of the U.S. Holder’s interest in us or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the U.S. Holder. These tests are explained more fully below.
In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. Holder takes into account not only our shares actually owned by the U.S. Holder, but also our shares that are constructively owned by such holder. A U.S. Holder may constructively own, in addition to shares owned directly, shares owned by certain related individuals and entities in which the U.S. Holder has an interest or that have an interest in such U.S. Holder, as well as any shares the U.S. Holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option, which would generally include Class A ordinary shares which could be acquired pursuant to the exercise of the rights. In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of our issued and outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder immediately following the redemption or purchase by us of Class A ordinary shares must, among other requirements, be less than 80 percent of the percentage of our issued and outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder immediately before the redemption or purchase by us. Prior to our initial business combination, the Class A ordinary shares may not be treated as voting shares for this purpose and, consequently, this substantially disproportionate test may not be applicable. There will be a complete termination of a U.S. Holder’s interest if either (i) all of our shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder are redeemed or (ii) all of our shares actually owned by the U.S. Holder are redeemed and the U.S. Holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of shares owned by certain family members and the U.S. Holder does not constructively own any other of our shares and otherwise complies with specific conditions. Whether the redemption or purchase by us of the Class A ordinary shares will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend if such redemption or purchase by us results in a “meaningful reduction” of the U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us. Whether the redemption or purchase by us will result in a meaningful reduction in a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us generally will depend on the particular facts and circumstances applicable to such holder. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority shareholder in a publicly held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.” A U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of a redemption or purchase by us of any Class A ordinary shares.
If none of the foregoing tests are satisfied, then the redemption or purchase by us of any Class A ordinary shares will be treated as a corporate distribution and the tax effects will be as described under “— Taxation of Distributions” above. After the application of those rules, any remaining tax basis of the U.S. Holder in the redeemed Class A ordinary shares will be added to the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its remaining shares. If there are no remaining shares, a U.S. Holder is urged to consult its tax advisor as to the allocation of any remaining tax basis. U.S. Holders who actually or constructively own five percent (5%) (or, if the Class A ordinary shares are not then publicly traded, one percent (1%)) or more of the Class A ordinary shares (by vote or value) may be subject to special reporting requirements with respect to a redemption of Class A ordinary shares, and such holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisers with respect to their reporting requirements.
152
Acquisition of Class A Ordinary Shares Pursuant to Rights
The treatment of the rights to acquire Class A ordinary shares is uncertain. The right may be viewed as a forward contract, derivative security or similar interest in our company (analogous to an option with no exercise price), and thus the holder of the right would not be viewed as owning the Class A ordinary shares issuable pursuant to the rights until such Class A ordinary shares are actually issued. There may be other alternative characterizations of the rights that the IRS may successfully assert, including that the rights are treated as equity in our company at the time the rights are issued.
The tax consequences of an acquisition of our Class A ordinary shares pursuant to rights are unclear and will depend on the treatment of any initial business combination. Accordingly, U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an acquisition of Class A ordinary shares pursuant to rights and the consequences of any initial business combination.
Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules
A non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year (ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year), including its pro rata share of the assets of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of assets giving rise to passive income.
Because we are a blank check company, with no current active operating business, we believe that it is likely that we will meet the PFIC asset or income test for our current taxable year. However, pursuant to a startup exception, a corporation will not be a PFIC for the first taxable year the corporation has gross income (the “startup year”), if (i) no predecessor of the corporation was a PFIC; (ii) the corporation satisfies the IRS that it will not be a PFIC for either of the first two taxable years following the startup year; and (iii) the corporation is not in fact a PFIC for either of those years. The applicability of the startup exception to us will not be known until after the close of our current taxable year and, perhaps, until the end of our two taxable years following our startup year (within the meaning of the startup exception). Further, after the acquisition of a company or assets in a business combination, we may still meet one of the PFIC tests depending on the timing of the acquisition and the amount of our passive income and assets as well as the passive income and assets of the acquired business. If the company that we acquire in a business combination is a PFIC (or we do not complete a business acquisition by the end of the first taxable year after the taxable year of our formation), then we will likely not qualify for the startup exception and will be a PFIC for our current taxable year.
Our actual PFIC status for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year (and, in the case of the startup exception to our current taxable year, perhaps not until after the end of our two taxable years following our startup year). Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year. In addition, our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion with respect to our PFIC status for any taxable year.
Although our PFIC status is determined annually, an initial determination that our company is a PFIC will generally apply for subsequent years to a U.S. Holder who held (or is deemed to have held) Class A ordinary shares or rights while we were a PFIC, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those subsequent years. If we are determined to be a PFIC and, in the case of our Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder did not make either a mark-to-market election, a timely qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares, or a QEF election together with a purging election, each as described below, such U.S. Holder generally will be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of its Class A ordinary shares or rights and (ii) any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. Holder during a taxable year of the U.S. Holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. Holder in respect of the Class A ordinary shares during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. Holder or, if shorter, such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares).
153
Under these rules:
| ● | the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares or rights; | |
| ● | the amount allocated to the U.S. Holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in the U.S. Holder’s holding period before the first day of our first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income; | |
| ● | the amount allocated to other taxable years (or portions thereof) of the U.S. Holder and included in its holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. Holder; and | |
| ● | an additional amount equal to the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the U.S. Holder with respect to the tax attributable to each such other taxable year of the U.S. Holder. |
In general, if we are determined to be a PFIC, a U.S. Holder may be able to avoid certain PFIC tax consequences described above in respect to our Class A ordinary shares (but not our rights) by making and maintaining a timely and valid QEF election (if eligible to do so) to include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which or with which our taxable year ends. A U.S. Holder generally may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge.
If a U.S. Holder makes a QEF election with respect to its Class A ordinary shares in a year after our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares, then notwithstanding such QEF election, the excess distribution rules discussed above, adjusted to take into account the current income inclusions resulting from the QEF election, will continue to apply with respect to such U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares, unless the U.S. Holder makes a purging election under the PFIC rules. Under one type of purging election, the U.S. Holder will be deemed to have sold such Class A ordinary shares at their fair market value and any gain recognized on such deemed sale will be treated as an excess distribution, as described above. As a result of such purging election, the U.S. Holder will have additional basis (to the extent of any gain recognized on the deemed sale) and, solely for purposes of the PFIC rules, a new holding period in the Class A ordinary shares.
The treatment of the rights to acquire our Class A ordinary shares is unclear. For example, the rights may be viewed as a forward contract, derivative security or similar interest in our company (analogous to an option with no exercise price), and thus the holder of the right would not be viewed as owning the Class A ordinary shares issuable pursuant to the rights until such Class A ordinary shares are actually issued. There may be other alternative characterizations of the rights that the IRS may successfully assert, including that the rights are treated as equity in our company at the time the rights are issued, that would reach different conclusions regarding the tax treatment of the rights under the PFIC rules. In any case, depending on which characterization is successfully applied to the rights, different PFIC consequences may result for U.S. Holders of the rights. It is also likely that a U.S. Holder of rights would not be able to make a QEF or mark-to-market election (discussed below) with respect to such U.S. Holder’s rights. Due to the uncertainty of the application of the PFIC rules to the rights, all potential investors are strongly urged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding an investment in the rights offered hereunder as part of the units offering and the subsequent consequences to holders of such rights in any initial business combination.
154
The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. Holder generally makes a QEF election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), including the information provided in a PFIC annual information statement, to a timely filed United States federal income tax return for the tax year to which the election relates. Retroactive QEF elections generally may be made only by filing a protective statement with such return and if certain other conditions are met or with the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a retroactive QEF election under their particular circumstances. Under current law, a QEF election may not be made with respect to our rights.
In order to comply with the requirements of a QEF election, a U.S. Holder must receive a PFIC annual information statement from us. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, upon written request, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the IRS may require, including a PFIC annual information statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a QEF election, but there is no assurance that we will timely provide such required information. There is also no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of our status as a PFIC in the future or of the required information to be provided.
If a U.S. Holder has made a QEF election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares, and the excess distribution rules discussed above do not apply to such shares (because of a timely QEF election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) such shares or a purge of the PFIC taint pursuant to a purging election, as described above), any gain recognized on the sale of our Class A ordinary shares generally will be taxable as capital gain and no additional interest charge will be imposed under the PFIC rules. As discussed above, if we are a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder of our Class A ordinary shares that has made a QEF election will be currently taxed on its pro rata share of our earnings and profits, whether or not distributed for such year. A subsequent distribution of such earnings and profits that were previously included in income generally should not be taxable when distributed to such U.S. Holder. The tax basis of a U.S. Holder’s shares in a QEF will be increased by amounts that are included in income, and decreased by amounts distributed but not taxed as dividends, under the above rules. In addition, if we are not a PFIC for any taxable year, such U.S. Holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to our Class A ordinary shares for such a taxable year.
Alternatively, if a U.S. Holder, at the close of its taxable year, owns shares in a PFIC that are treated as marketable stock, the U.S. Holder may make a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for such taxable year. If the U.S. Holder makes a valid mark-to-market election for the first taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares in us and for which we are determined to be a PFIC, such U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to the PFIC rules described above in respect of its Class A ordinary shares. Instead, in general, the U.S. Holder will include for each of its taxable years as ordinary income the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its Class A ordinary shares at the end of such year over its adjusted basis in its Class A ordinary shares. These amounts of ordinary income would not be eligible for the favorable tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income or long-term capital gains. The U.S. Holder also will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis of its Class A ordinary shares over the fair market value of its Class A ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. Holder’s basis in its Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts, and any further gain recognized on a sale or other taxable disposition of its Class A ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income. Currently, a mark-to-market election may not be made with respect to rights.
The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” generally, stock that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Nasdaq (on which we intend to list the Class A ordinary shares), or on a foreign exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value. In general, the Class A ordinary shares will be treated as regularly traded in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of Class A ordinary shares are traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter. There can be no assurance that trading in our Class A ordinary shares will be sufficient to treat such shares as “marketable stock” for these purposes in any given calendar year.
155
If made, a mark-to-market election would be effective for the taxable year for which the election was made and for all subsequent taxable years unless the Class A ordinary shares ceased to qualify as “marketable stock” for purposes of the PFIC rules or the IRS consented to the revocation of the election. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election in respect to our Class A ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.
If we are a PFIC and, at any time, have a foreign subsidiary that is classified as a PFIC, U.S. Holders generally would be deemed to own a portion of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liability for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or dispose of all or part of our interest in, the lower-tier PFIC or the U.S. Holders otherwise were deemed to have disposed of an interest in the lower-tier PFIC. Upon written request we will endeavor to cause any lower-tier PFIC to provide to a U.S. Holder the information that may be required to make or maintain a QEF election with respect to the lower-tier PFIC. There can be no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of the status of any such lower-tier PFIC. In addition, we may not hold a controlling interest in any such lower-tier PFIC and thus there can be no assurance we will be able to cause the lower-tier PFIC to provide such required information. A mark-to-market election generally would not be available with respect to such lower-tier PFIC. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax issues raised by lower-tier PFICs.
A U.S. Holder that owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC during any taxable year of the U.S. Holder, may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (whether or not a QEF or mark-to-market election is made) and such other information as may be required by the Treasury. Failure to do so, if required, will extend the statute of limitations until such required information is furnished to the IRS.
The rules dealing with PFICs and with the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. Holders of our Class A ordinary shares or rights should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the PFIC rules to our securities under their particular circumstances.
Tax Reporting
Certain U.S. Holders may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferor of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transfer of property (including cash) to us. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement, and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply. Furthermore, certain U.S. Holders who are individuals and certain entities will be required to report information with respect to such U.S. Holder’s investment in “specified foreign financial assets” on IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets), subject to certain exceptions. Specified foreign financial assets generally include any financial account maintained with a non-U.S. financial institution and should also include the Class A ordinary shares and rights if they are not held in an account maintained with a U.S. financial institution. Persons who are required to report specified foreign financial assets and fail to do so may be subject to substantial penalties, and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes will generally be extended in the event of a failure to comply. Potential investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the foreign financial asset and other reporting obligations and their application to an investment in our Class A ordinary shares and rights.
Non-U.S. Holders
This section applies to you if you are a “Non-U.S. Holder.” As used herein, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our units, Class A ordinary shares or rights (other than a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes) who or that is for United States federal income tax purposes:
| ● | a non-resident alien individual (other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States subject to U.S. tax as expatriates); | |
| ● | a foreign corporation; or | |
| ● | an estate or trust that is not a U.S. Holder; |
but generally does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition. If you are such an individual, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the United States federal income tax consequences of the sale or other disposition of our securities.
156
Dividends (including constructive distributions treated as dividends) paid or deemed paid to a Non-U.S. Holder in respect of our Class A ordinary shares generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax, unless the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such Non-U.S. Holder maintains in the United States). If the dividend, despite being paid by a foreign corporation, is deemed to be U.S. source under the Code and Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, then withholding at a 30% rate applies, unless such tax rate is lowered by an applicable income tax treaty. In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain attributable to a sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or rights unless such gain is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States).
Dividends (including constructive distributions treated as dividends) and gains that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States) generally will be subject to United States federal income tax at the same regular United States federal income tax rates applicable to a comparable U.S. Holder and, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.
As described under “U.S. Holders—Acquisition of Class A Ordinary Shares Pursuant to Rights,” the tax consequences of an acquisition of our Class A ordinary shares pursuant to rights are unclear and will depend on the tax treatment of any initial business combination. In addition, the tax treatment of a right that expires worthless is unclear. Accordingly, Non-U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of an acquisition of Class A ordinary shares pursuant to rights and the consequences of any initial business combination and the tax treatment of any losses that result if the rights expire worthless.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Dividend payments with respect to our Class A ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange, redemption or other taxable disposition of our Class A ordinary shares or rights may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible United States backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes other required certifications, or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding and establishes such exempt status. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status may be required to provide such certification on IRS Form W-9. A Non-U.S. Holder generally will eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a holder’s United States federal income tax liability, and a holder generally may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of backup withholding and the availability of and procedure for obtaining an exemption from backup withholding in their particular circumstances.
The U.S. federal income tax discussion set forth above is included for general information only and may not be applicable depending upon a holder’s particular situation. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences to them of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary shares and warrants, including the tax consequences under U.S. federal, state and local, estate, non-U.S. and other tax laws and tax treaties and the possible effects of changes in U.S. or other tax laws.
157
We are offering the units described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. D. Boral Capital LLC is acting as the representative of the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, the underwriters named below have agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, the following number of units set forth opposite the underwriter’s name.
| Underwriter |
Number of Units |
|||
| D. Boral Capital LLC | ||||
| Total | 6,000,000 | |||
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the units included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all of the units (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the units.
Units sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any units sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount from the initial public offering price not to exceed $0.10 per unit. If all of the units are not sold at the initial offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The underwriters have advised us that they do not intend to make sales to discretionary accounts.
If the underwriters sell more units than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the effective date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 900,000 additional units at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. Any units issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other units that are the subject of this offering.
We have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from our initial business combination, we will not, without the prior written consent of D. Boral Capital, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the company; (ii) file or caused to be filed any registration statement with the SEC relating to the primary offering of any shares of capital stock of the company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the company, in each case, issued after the completion of the Business Combination; (iii) complete any offering of debt securities of the company, other than entering into a line of credit with a traditional bank or (iv) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of capital stock of the company, whether any such transaction described in clause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above is to be settled by delivery of shares of capital stock of the company or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
Prior to this offering, there was no public market for our securities. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the units was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies, prior offerings of those companies, our management, our capital structure, and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the units, ordinary shares or rights will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our units, ordinary shares or rights will develop and continue after this offering.
We have applied to have our units listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “SAGUU” on or promptly after the date of this prospectus.
158
The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
| Per Unit | Total | |||||||
| Public offering price | $ | 10.00 | $ | 60,000,000 | ||||
| Underwriting discounts and commissions(1) | $ | 0.20 | $ | 1,200,000 | ||||
| Proceeds, before expenses, to us | $ | 9.80 | $ | 58,800,000 | ||||
| (1) | Consists of (i) $0.10 per unit, or $600,000 (or $690,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) in the aggregate, payable to the underwriters in cash upon the consummation of this initial public offering, and (ii) deferred underwriting commissions of $0.10 per unit, or $600,000 (or $690,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) in the aggregate to be placed in a trust account located in the United States as described herein. The deferred commissions will be released to the underwriters only on completion of an initial business combination, in an amount equal to $0.10 multiplied by the number of public shares sold as part of the units in this offering. If no business combination is consummated, such deferred commissions will be forfeited by the underwriters. The underwriters will not be entitled to any interest accrued on the deferred commissions. Excludes certain fees and expenses payable to the underwriters in connection with this offering. |
We will bear all fees, disbursements and expenses in connection with the offering, subject to a maximum amount of $75,000 in the event the offering is closed (the “Expense Cap”) and $75,000 in the event there is no closing. Additionally, we have paid an expense advance (the “Advance”) to D. Boral Capital LLC of $25,000. The Advance shall be applied towards the Expense Cap set forth herein and any portion of the Advance shall be returned to the company to the extent not actually incurred. The remaining $50,000 shall be payable to D. Boral Capital LLC upon the closing of the offering.
No discounts or commissions will be paid on the sale of the private units.
Right of First Refusal
We have granted D. Boral Capital an irrevocable right of first refusal, for a period commencing from the consummation of this offering until the earlier of (i) one year after the consummation of our initial business combination or (ii) 36 months after the consummation of this offering in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(6)(A) to act as the sole investment banker, book-runner and/or placement agent at D. Boral’s sole discretion, for each public and/or private financing, including all equity-linked financings, forward purchase arrangements or similar equity line financings, on terms and conditions customary for D. Boral Capital in such transactions.
Stabilization
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell units in the open market. Purchases and sales in the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the over-allotment option and stabilizing purchases, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
| ● | Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters of a greater number of units than it is required to purchase in the offering. |
| ● | “Covered” short sales are sales of units in an amount up to the number of units represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option. |
| ● | “Naked” short sales are sales of units in an amount in excess of the number of units represented by the underwriters’ over-allotment option. |
| ● | Covering transactions involve purchases of units either pursuant to the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover short positions. |
| ● | To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase units in the open market after the distribution has been completed. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the units in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. |
159
| ● | To close a covered short position, the underwriters must purchase units in the open market after the distribution has been completed or must exercise the over-allotment option. In determining the source of units to close the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of units available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase units through the over-allotment option. |
| ● | Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase units so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum. |
Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own account, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the units. They may also cause the price of the units to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, it may discontinue them at any time.
We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering payable by us will be $560,000 excluding underwriting discounts and commissions. We have agreed to bear all fees, disbursements and expenses in connection with this offering, including, without limitation: the costs of preparing, printing, mailing and delivering the registration statement, the preliminary and final prospectus contained therein and amendments thereto, post-effective amendments and supplements thereto, the underwriting agreement and related documents (all in such quantities as D. Boral Capital may reasonably require); preparing and printing stock certificates and right certificates; the costs of any “due diligence” meetings; net roadshow; i-Deal system, filing fees (including SEC filing fees), costs and expenses (including third party expenses and disbursements) incurred in registering the Offering, Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) filing fees; preparation of leather bound volumes and Lucite cube mementos in such quantities as D. Boral Capital may reasonably request; transfer taxes; transfer and right agent and registrar fees; and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by D. Boral Capital in connection with its engagement, including, without limitation, any expenses and fees incurred by D. Boral Capital’s counsel, expenses incurred for background checks on the company’s senior management and board of directors, subject to the limitations set out above.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.
We are not under any contractual obligation to engage the underwriters to provide any services for us after this offering, and have no present intent to do so. However, the underwriters may introduce us to potential target businesses or assist us in raising additional capital in the future. If the underwriters provide services to us after this offering, we may pay the underwriters fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with the underwriters and no fees for such services will be paid to the underwriters prior to the date that is 60 days following the effective date of the offering, unless FINRA determines that such payment would not be deemed underwriters’ compensation in connection with this offering and we may pay the underwriters of this offering or any entity with which it is affiliated a finder’s fee or other compensation for services rendered to us in connection with the completion of an initial business combination.
The underwriters and their affiliates may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates, for which it may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for any such transactions.
The underwriters and their affiliates are financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include, among other things, securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, financing and brokerage activities. Such underwriters and their affiliates have in the past, in the ordinary course of business, provided certain of these services to affiliates of the sponsor, and have arrangements in place whereby they may currently or in the future provide such services to affiliates of the sponsor, for which they have received and may receive customary fees, interest, commissions and other compensation.
In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
160
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by e-mail or on the web sites or through online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters or their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of common shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriters’ web sites and any information contained in any other web site maintained by any of the underwriters is not part of this prospectus, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriters and should not be relied upon by investors.
Selling Restrictions
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the EEA (each a “Relevant State”), no units have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the units which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of units may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the EU Prospectus Regulation:
| a) | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the EU Prospectus Regulation; |
| b) | to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the EU Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or |
| c) | in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the EU Prospectus Regulation, |
provided that no such offer of units shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the EU Prospectus Regulation. Each person who initially acquires any units or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and their affiliates and us that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2 of the EU Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any units being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5 of the EU Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the units acquired by it in this offering have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any units to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives have been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the units in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any units to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any units, and the expression “EU Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
161
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
No units have been offered or will be offered pursuant to the offering to the public in the U.K. prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the units which has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority in accordance with the U.K. Prospectus Regulation (as defined below), except that the units may be offered to the public in the U.K. at any time:
| a) | to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation; |
| b) | to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or |
| c) | in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the FSMA; |
provided that no such offer of the units shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the U.K. Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the units in the U.K. means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any units to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any units, and the expression “U.K. Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018.
In addition, in the U.K., this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the U.K. Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended, or the Order, and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order, all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons,” or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the units in the U.K. within the meaning of the FSMA.
Any person in the U.K. that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the U.K., any investment or investment activity that this prospectus relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong
The units have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the units has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to units which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan
The units have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the units nor any interest therein may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.
162
Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the units were not offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not be offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the units, has not been circulated or distributed, nor will it be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act 2001 of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the units are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
| (a) | a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or |
| (b) | a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the units pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except: |
| (i) | to an institutional investor or to a relevant person, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA; |
| (ii) | where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer; |
| (iii) | where the transfer is by operation of law; or |
| (iv) | as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA. |
Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada
The units may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the units must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriters’ conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
163
Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (the “DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The units to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the units offered should conduct their own due diligence on the units. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
In relation to its use in the DIFC, this prospectus is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia
This prospectus:
| ● | does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”); |
| ● | has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”) as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and |
| ● | may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (“Exempt Investors”). |
The units may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the units may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any units may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the units, you represent and warrant to us and the selling shareholder that you are an Exempt Investor.
As any offer of units under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the units you undertake to us and the selling shareholder that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the units, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those units to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
The units may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the units or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of units will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of units has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of units.
164
Loeb & Loeb LLP, New York, New York is acting as United States counsel in connection with the registration of our securities under the Securities Act and will pass on the validity of the rights offered in the prospectus. Legal matters as to Cayman Islands law, as well as the validity of the issuance of the ordinary shares offered in this prospectus, will be passed upon for us by Forbes Hare LLP. Lucosky Brookman LLP, Woodbridge, New Jersey is acting as United States counsel for the underwriters in this offering.
The financial statements of Shreya Acquisition Group as of June 30, 2025, and for the period from June 25, 2025 (inception) through June 30, 2025, appearing in this prospectus have been audited by Kreit & Chiu CPA LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report, thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph relating to substantial doubt about the ability of Shreya Acquisition Group to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the financial statements), appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and are included in reliance on such report given on the authority of such firm as an experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, which includes exhibits, schedules and amendments, under the Securities Act, with respect to this offering of our securities. Although this prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, contains all material information included in the registration statement, parts of the registration statement have been omitted as permitted by rules and regulations of the SEC. We refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits for further information about us, our securities and this offering. The registration statement and its exhibits, as well as our other reports filed with the SEC, can be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The public may obtain information about the operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov which contains the Form S-1 and other reports, proxy and information statements and information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
165
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Board of Directors and Shareholders
Shreya Acquisition Group
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Shreya Acquisition Group (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2025, the related statement of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period from June 25, 2025 (inception) through June 30, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2025, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from June 25, 2025 (inception) through June 30, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).
Explanatory Paragraph - Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company is a Special Purpose Acquisition Company that was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses within an expected period of eighteen months from the closing of the proposed public offering or by such earlier liquidation date as the board of directors may approve. The Company lacks the capital resources it needs to fund its operations for a reasonable period of time, which is generally considered to be one year from the issuance of the financial statements. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans regarding these matters are also described in Note 1 to the financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the entity’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Kreit & Chiu CPA LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2025.
New York, New York
September 12, 2025
F-2
BALANCE SHEET
JUNE 30, 2025
| ASSETS | ||||
| Current Assets | ||||
| Prepaid expenses | $ | 1,150 | ||
| Total Current Assets | 1,150 | |||
| Non-Current Assets | ||||
| Deferred offering costs | 50,000 | |||
| Total Assets | $ | 51,150 | ||
| LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY | ||||
| Current Liabilities | ||||
| Due to related party | $ | 32,815 | ||
| Total Current Liabilities | 32,815 | |||
| Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6) | ||||
| Shareholder’s Equity | ||||
| Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding | - | |||
| Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 480,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding | - | |||
| Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 2,957,143 shares issued and outstanding(1)(2) | 296 | |||
| Additional paid-in capital | 24,704 | |||
| Accumulated deficit | (6,665 | ) | ||
| Total Shareholder’s Equity | 18,335 | |||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY | $ | 51,150 |
| (1) | This includes an aggregate of up to 385,714 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part (see Note 7). |
| (2) | Gives retroactive effect to the cancellation of the Initial Share and issuance of the Founder Shares on July 22, 2025 (see Note 7). |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-3
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE PERIOD FROM JUNE 25, 2025 (INCEPTION) THROUGH JUNE 30, 2025
| Formation, general and administrative costs | $ | 6,665 | ||
| Net loss | $ | (6,665 | ) | |
| Weighted average Class B ordinary shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)(2) | 2,571,429 | |||
| Basic and diluted net loss per Class B ordinary share | $ | (0.00 | ) |
| (1) | This excludes an aggregate of up to 385,714 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part (see Note 7). |
| (2) | Gives retroactive effect to the cancellation of the Initial Share and issuance of the Founder Shares on July 22, 2025 (see Note 7). |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-4
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
FOR THE PERIOD FROM JUNE 25, 2025 (INCEPTION) THROUGH JUNE 30, 2025
| Class A Ordinary Shares |
Class B Ordinary Shares |
Additional Paid-in |
Accumulated | Total Shareholder’s |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Deficit | Equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance – June 25, 2025 (inception) | - | $ | - | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||||||||
| Issuance of Founder Shares(1)(2) | - | - | 2,957,143 | 296 | 24,704 | - | 25,000 | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Net loss | - | - | - | - | - | (6,665 | ) | (6,665 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance – June 30, 2025 | - | $ | - | 2,957,143 | $ | 296 | $ | 24,704 | $ | (6,665 | ) | $ | 18,335 | |||||||||||||||
| (1) | This includes an aggregate of up to 385,714 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part (see Note 7). |
| (2) | Gives retroactive effect to the cancellation of the Initial Share and issuance of the Founder Shares on July 22, 2025 (see Note 7). |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-5
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW
FOR THE PERIOD FROM JUNE 25, 2025 (INCEPTION) THROUGH JUNE 30, 2025
| Cash flows from operating activities: | ||||
| Net loss | $ | (6,665 | ) | |
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||
| Prepaid expenses | (1,150 | ) | ||
| Due to related party | 7,815 | |||
| Net cash used in operating activities | - | |||
| Net change in cash | - | |||
| Cash - At June 25, 2025 (inception) | - | |||
| Cash - End of period | $ | - | ||
| Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities: | ||||
| Deferred offering costs paid by Sponsor in exchange for issuance of Founder Shares | $ | 25,000 | ||
| Deferred offering costs included in due to related party | $ | 25,000 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-6
SHREYA ACQUISITION GROUP
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE 1: ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS
Shreya Acquisition Group (the “Company”) is a blank check company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands on June 25, 2025. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to as a “target business” (the “Business Combination”).
The Company does not have any specific Business Combination under consideration and the Company has not (nor has anyone on its behalf), directly or indirectly, contacted any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. The Company’s efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic region.
As of June 30, 2025, the Company had not yet commenced any operations. All activity for the period from June 25, 2025 (inception) through June 30, 2025 relates to the Company’s formation and the Proposed Public Offering (the “Proposed Public Offering”), which is described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Proposed Public Offering. The Company has selected June 30 as its fiscal year end.
The Company’s founder and sponsor is Thews (Mauritius) Limited (the “Sponsor”). The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through the Proposed Public Offering (see Note 3) and a private placement to the initial shareholders (the “Private Placement”) (see Note 4).
The Company’s board of directors has broad discretion in determining the fair market value of a target business. While the Company generally must acquire a target with a fair market value of at least 80% of the Trust Account (defined below) assets, this requirement does not apply if the Company is delisted from Nasdaq. An independent third-party valuation is only required if the board cannot make this determination or if the target is affiliated with insiders. The Company expects to acquire 100% of a target’s equity or assets but may acquire less or merge directly with the target. The transaction must result in the Company owning at least 50% of the target’s voting securities or gaining control sufficient to avoid classification as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.
Upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering, management has agreed that $10.00 per unit sold in the Proposed Public Offering (“Unit”), including the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Units, will be held in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) and invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations, with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, until the earliest of (i) the completion of an initial Business Combination, (ii) the liquidation of the trust account if the Company is unable to complete an initial Business Combination within the completion window, subject to applicable law. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of Public Shareholders. The Company will provide its Class A ordinary shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares (defined below) upon the completion of the Business Combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer.
F-7
The Company has determined not to have a minimum net tangible asset requirement to consummate any Business Combination which could be subject to Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act (defined in Note 2). Moreover, if the Company seeks to consummate an initial Business Combination with a target business that imposes any type of working capital closing condition or requires us to have a minimum amount of funds available from the Trust Account upon consummation of such initial Business Combination, its net tangible asset threshold may limit the Company’s ability to consummate such initial Business Combination (as the Company may be required to have a lesser number of shares redeemed) and may force the Company to seek third party financing which may not be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all. As a result, the Company may not be able to consummate such an initial Business Combination and the Company may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all.
If the Company unable to consummate the initial Business Combination within 18 months (which can be extended) from the Closing of the Proposed Public Offering (the “Completion Window”), the Company will, (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem 100% of the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (net of taxes payable and less interest to pay dissolution expenses up to $100,000) divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining shareholders and the board of directors, liquidate and dissolve. However, the Company may not be able to distribute such amounts as a result of claims of creditors which may take priority over the claims of the Public Shareholders. In the event of liquidation and subsequent dissolution, the rights will expire and will be worthless.
Going Concern Consideration
As of June 30, 2025, the Company had a working capital deficit of $31,665. The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans. In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management concluded that the Company lacks the financial resources it needs to sustain operations for a reasonable period of time, which is considered to be one year from the date of the issuance of the financial statements. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management plans to address this uncertainty through the Proposed Public Offering, as discussed in Note 3. There is no assurance that the Company’s plans to raise capital or to consummate a Business Combination will be successful within the Completion Window. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Risks and Uncertainties
The U.S. and global markets are facing volatility due to the Russia-Ukraine war and the Israel-Hamas conflict. These events may disrupt supply chains, increase cyber threats, and cause commodity price swings. Sanctions and geopolitical tensions could destabilize financial markets. U.S. tariffs and trade uncertainties may raise business costs and reduce margins. The overall impact on operations, liquidity, and potential Business Combinations remains uncertain.
NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
F-8
Emerging Growth Company
The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with those of another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period.
Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company had cash and cash equivalents of $0 as of June 30, 2025.
Deferred Offering Costs
The Company complies with the requirements of ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A, “Expenses of Offering”. Deferred offering costs consist principally of professional and registration fees that are related to the Proposed Public Offering. FASB ASC 470-20, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options,” addresses the allocation of proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt into its equity and debt components. The Company applies this guidance to allocate Proposed Public Offering proceeds from the Units between Class A ordinary shares and Rights, using the residual method by allocating Proposed Public Offering proceeds first to assigned value of the Rights and then to the Class A ordinary shares. Offering costs allocated to the Class A ordinary shares (i.e., Public Shares) will be charged to temporary equity and offering costs allocated to the Public Rights and Private Placement Units will be charged to shareholder’s equity as the Public Rights and Private Placement Rights, after management’s evaluation, will be accounted for under equity treatment (as well as the Private Placement Shares). Should the Proposed Public Offering prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred costs, as well as additional expenses to be incurred, will be charged to operations. As of June 30, 2025, the Company had deferred offering costs of $50,000.
F-9
Net Loss Per Ordinary Share
The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Net loss per ordinary share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, excluding ordinary shares subject to forfeiture. As of June 30, 2025, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted loss per ordinary share is the same as basic loss per ordinary share for the period presented.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.
Income Taxes
The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that is included in the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of June 30, 2025. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals, or material deviation from its position.
There is currently no taxation imposed on income by the Government of the Cayman Islands. In accordance with Cayman income tax regulations, income taxes are not levied on the Company. Consequently, income taxes are not reflected in the Company’s financial statements.
Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption
The Public Shares will contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such Public Shares in connection with the Company’s liquidation, if there is a shareholder vote in connection with certain amendments to the Company’s post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or if there is a shareholder vote or tender offer in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination. In accordance with ASC 480-10-S99, the Company will classify Public Shares subject to redemption outside of permanent equity as the redemption provisions are not solely within the control of the Company. The Company will recognize changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of redeemable shares to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Immediately upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering, the Company will recognize the accretion from initial book value to redemption amount value. The change in the carrying value of redeemable shares will result in charges against additional paid-in capital (to the extent available) and accumulated deficit. Accordingly, upon completion of the Proposed Public Offering, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption will be presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholder’s deficit section of the Company’s balance sheet.
F-10
Rights
The Company will account for the Public Rights and Private Placement Rights (as defined in Notes 3 and 4) to be issued in connection with the Proposed Public Offering and the Private Placement, in accordance with the guidance contained in FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. Accordingly, the Company evaluated and will classify the Rights under equity treatment at their assigned values. There were no Public Rights or Private Placement Rights outstanding as of June 30, 2025.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
NOTE 3: PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING
Pursuant to the Proposed Public Offering, the Company intends to offer for sale up to 6,000,000 Units (or up to 6,900,000 Units if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full) at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit will consist of one Class A ordinary share (“Public Share”) and one right (“Public Right”) to receive one-eighth (1/8th) of one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of the initial Business Combination. No fractional rights will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole rights will trade. The underwriters have a 45-day option from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to 900,000 additional units to cover over-allotments, if any (see Note 6).
NOTE 4: PRIVATE PLACEMENT
The Sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 191,750 private placement units (or up to 200,750 private placement units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), at a price of $10.00 per unit (the “Private Placement Units”), for an aggregate purchase price of $1,917,500 (or up to $2,007,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. Each Private Placement Unit entitles the holder thereof to one Class A ordinary share and one right (“Private Placement Right”) to receive one-eighth of one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of the initial Business Combination.
Each Private Placement Unit will be identical to the Units sold in the Proposed Public Offering, except that it will not be redeemable, transferable, assignable or salable by the Sponsor or underwriter until 30 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination, except Transfers permitted (a) to officers, directors, advisors or consultants, any affiliate or family member of any of officers, directors, advisors or consultants, any members or partners of the Sponsor or their affiliates and funds and accounts advised by such members or partners, any affiliates of the Sponsor, or any employees of such affiliates, (b) in the case of an individual, as a gift to such person’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of such person’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of such person; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with any forward purchase agreement or similar arrangement, in connection with an extension of the completion window or in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares or units were originally purchased; (f) pro rata distributions from the Sponsor to its respective members, partners or shareholders pursuant to the Sponsor’s limited liability company agreement or other charter documents; (g) by virtue of the laws of the Cayman Islands or the Sponsor’s limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of the Sponsor, (h) in the event of liquidation prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination; (i) in the event that, subsequent to consummation of an initial Business Combination, the Company completes a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property or (j) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a transfer would be permissible under clauses (a) through (g); provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (g) and clause (j) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions and the other restrictions contained in the letter agreement.
F-11
NOTE 5: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Founder Shares
On July 22, 2025, the Sponsor purchased 2,957,143 Class B ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.008 per share, pursuant to a securities subscription agreement dated June 30, 2025 (see Note 7 regarding retroactive presentation). The Founder Shares include an aggregate of up to 385,714 shares subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment is not exercised in full or in part, so that the Sponsor will collectively own, on an as-converted basis, 30% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Public Shares and Founder Shares after the Proposed Public Offering (without giving effect to the sale of the Private Placement Units, and assuming the Sponsor does not purchase Units in the Proposed Public Offering).
The Founder Shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the Units being sold in the Proposed Public Offering, except that:
| ● | the Founder Shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions; and |
| ● | the Founder Shares are entitled to registration rights. |
The Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares, Private Placement Shares and Public Shares in connection with the completion of an initial Business Combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares, Private Placement Shares and Public Shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to a post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (a) to modify the substance or timing of the obligation to allow redemption in connection with an initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company have not consummated an initial Business Combination within the Completion Window or (b) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares if the Company fails to complete an initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Public Shares they hold if we fail to complete an initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame; and (iv) vote any Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares held by them and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Proposed Public Offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the Business Combination transaction) in favor of an initial Business Combination.
Administrative Services Agreement
The Company intends to enter into an agreement, commencing on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination or its liquidation, whereby the Sponsor will provide office space and administrative and support services for $5,000 per month.
Related Party Loans
On August 27, 2025, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note to the Sponsor (the “Promissory Note”) with an aggregate principal amount of up to $300,000, which is non-interest-bearing. The principal of this note may be drawn down from time to time upon a written request from sponsor. The principal under the note is payable on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2025 and (ii) the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering. As of June 30, 2025, $0 was outstanding under the Promissory Note. After borrowing under the Promissory Note, the loans will be repaid upon completion of the Proposed Public Offering out of the offering proceeds not held in the Trust Account. The value of the Sponsor’s interest in the loans corresponds to the principal amount outstanding under any such loans.
F-12
The Sponsor paid certain formation, operating or deferred offering costs on behalf of the Company. These amounts are due on demand and non-interest bearing. During the period from June 25, 2025 (inception) through June 30, 2025, the Sponsor paid $57,815 on behalf of the Company, of which $25,000 was paid in exchange for the issuance of the Founder Shares. As of June 30, 2025, the amount due to the related party was $32,815.
In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with initial Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor or certain officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion (“Working Capital Loans”). Up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into units at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender at the time of the Business Combination. The units would be identical to the Private Placement Units and include a right to receive one-tenth of one ordinary share upon consummation of the initial Business Combination (“Working Capital Right”). If the Company does not complete an initial Business Combination, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the Trust Account, and only to the extent available. The terms of such Working Capital Loans by the Sponsor or its affiliates, or officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. As of June 30, 2025, no Working Capital Loans were outstanding.
NOTE 6: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Registration Rights
The holders of the Founder Shares, as well as the holders of the private units (and underlying securities) and any securities issued to the initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates in payment of Working Capital Loans, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands to register such securities. The holders of the majority of the Founder Shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the end of the Lock-up period. The holders of a majority of the Private Placement Units (and underlying securities) and securities issued in payment of Working Capital Loans (or underlying securities) can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after consummation of an initial Business Combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to consummation of an initial Business Combination. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.
Underwriting Agreement
The Company will grant the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to 900,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments at the Proposed Public Offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.
The underwriters will be entitled to a cash underwriting discount of $0.10 per Unit, or $600,000 in the aggregate (or up to $690,000 depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised), payable upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. In addition, the underwriters will be entitled to a deferred fee of $0.10 per Unit, or $600,000 in the aggregate (or up to $690,000 depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised). The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.
NOTE 7: SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
Preference shares — The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 preference shares, $0.0001 par value each, with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of June 30, 2025, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.
F-13
Class A Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 480,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with $0.0001 par value each. As of June 30, 2025, there were no Class A ordinary shares issued or outstanding.
Class B Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with $0.0001 par value each. As of June 30, 2025, an aggregate of 2,957,143 Founder Shares were issued to the Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.008 per share. Of the 2,957,143 Class B ordinary shares outstanding, an aggregate of up to 385,714 shares are subject to forfeiture to the Company by the Sponsor for no consideration to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that the Sponsor will collectively own 30% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the Proposed Public Offering (assuming they do not purchase any Units in the Proposed Public Offering and excluding the Class A ordinary shares underlying the Private Placement Units).
Upon incorporation on June 25, 2025, the Company issued one Class B ordinary share (the “Initial Share”) with a par value of $0.0001 to Forbes Hare Trust Company Limited, which was immediately transferred to the Sponsor on June 25, 2025. On July 22, 2025, the Initial Share was cancelled upon the issuance of the Founder Shares to the Sponsor. All share amounts presented give retroactive effect from inception to the cancellation of the Initial Share and issuance of the Founder Shares.
Rights — Except in cases where the Company is not the surviving company in a Business Combination, each holder of a Public Right will automatically receive one-eighth (1/8th) of one share upon consummation of the initial Business Combination. In the event the Company will not be the surviving company upon completion of the initial Business Combination, each holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its rights in order to receive the one-eighth (1/8th) of one share underlying each right upon consummation of the Business Combination. The Company will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Cayman Islands law. As a result, holders must hold rights in multiples of eight in order to receive shares for all the rights upon closing of a Business Combination. If the Company is unable to complete an initial Business Combination within the required time period and the Company redeems the Public Shares for the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds for their rights and the rights will expire worthless.
The Company assessed the Public Rights, Private Placement Rights and Working Capital Rights to determine whether they should be classified as equity or liability instruments. This assessment was based on an evaluation of the specific terms of each instrument and applicable authoritative guidance in ASC 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity” (“ASC 480”) and ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815”). The assessment considers whether the instrument is freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480 meets the definition of a liability pursuant to ASC 480, and whether the instrument meets all of the requirements for equity classification under ASC 815, including whether the instrument is indexed to the Company’s own common stock, among other conditions for equity classification. Pursuant to such evaluation, the Public Rights, Private Placement Rights and Working Capital Rights will be classified in shareholder’s deficit.
NOTE 8: SEGMENT INFORMATION
ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting,” establishes standards for companies to report in their financial statement information about operating segments, products, services, geographic areas, and major customers. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), or group, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.
The Company’s CODM has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews the operating results for the Company as a whole to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing financial performance. Accordingly, management has determined that the Company only has one operating segment.
F-14
When evaluating the Company’s performance and making key decisions regarding resource allocation, the CODM reviews several key metrics, formation, general and administrative costs, and earnings on investments held in Trust Account (after consummation of the Proposed Public Offering), which include the accompanying statement of operations.
The key measures of segment profit or loss reviewed by the CODM are earnings on investments held in Trust Account (after consummation of the Proposed Public Offering) and formation, general and administrative costs. The CODM will review earnings on investments held in Trust Account to measure and monitor shareholder value and determine the most effective strategy of investment with the Trust Account funds while maintaining compliance with the trust agreement. Formation, general and administrative costs are reviewed and monitored by the CODM to manage and forecast cash to ensure enough capital is available to complete a Business Combination within the required completion window. The CODM also reviews formation, general and administrative costs to manage, maintain and enforce all contractual agreements to ensure costs are aligned with all agreements and the budget.
NOTE 9: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements, other than as disclosed below.
Founder Shares
On July 22, 2025, the Sponsor purchased 2,957,143 Class B ordinary shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.008 per share, pursuant to a securities subscription agreement dated June 30, 2025 (see Note 5 for details).
Related Party Loans
On August 27, 2025, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note to the Sponsor with an aggregate principal amount of up to $300,000 (see Note 5 for details).
During the period from July 1, 2025 through September 12, 2025, the Sponsor paid $21,885 on behalf of the Company, resulting in an amount due to the related party of $54,700.
F-15
BALANCE SHEETS
| September 30, 2025 |
June 30, 2025 |
|||||||
| (Unaudited) | ||||||||
| ASSETS | ||||||||
| Current Assets | ||||||||
| Prepaid expenses | $ | 575 | $ | 1,150 | ||||
| Total Current Assets | 575 | 1,150 | ||||||
| Non-Current Assets | ||||||||
| Deferred offering costs | 110,833 | 50,000 | ||||||
| Total Assets | $ | 111,408 | $ | 51,150 | ||||
| LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S (DEFICIT) EQUITY | ||||||||
| Current Liabilities | ||||||||
| Accrued expenses | $ | 66,565 | $ | - | ||||
| Accrued offering costs | 36,598 | - | ||||||
| Due to related party | 67,050 | 32,815 | ||||||
| Total Current Liabilities | 170,213 | 32,815 | ||||||
| Commitments and Contingencies (Note 6) | ||||||||
| Shareholder’s (Deficit) Equity | ||||||||
| Preferred shares, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding | - | - | ||||||
| Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 480,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding | - | - | ||||||
| Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 2,957,143 shares issued and outstanding(1)(2) | 296 | 296 | ||||||
| Additional paid-in capital | 24,704 | 24,704 | ||||||
| Accumulated deficit | (83,805 | ) | (6,665 | ) | ||||
| Total Shareholder’s (Deficit) Equity | (58,805 | ) | 18,335 | |||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S (DEFICIT) EQUITY | $ | 111,408 | $ | 51,150 | ||||
| (1) | This includes an aggregate of up to 385,714 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part (see Note 7). |
| (2) | Gives retroactive effect to the cancellation of the Initial Share and issuance of the Founder Shares on July 22, 2025 (see Note 7). |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited financial statements.
F-16
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025
(Unaudited)
| General and administrative costs | $ | 77,140 | ||
| Net loss | $ | (77,140 | ) | |
| Weighted average Class B ordinary shares outstanding, basic and diluted(1)(2) | 2,571,429 | |||
| Basic and diluted net loss per Class B ordinary share | $ | (0.03 | ) |
| (1) | This excludes an aggregate of up to 385,714 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part (see Note 7). |
| (2) | Gives retroactive effect to the cancellation of the Initial Share and issuance of the Founder Shares on July 22, 2025 (see Note 7). |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited financial statements.
F-17
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER’S (DEFICIT) EQUITY
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025
(Unaudited)
| Class A Ordinary Shares |
Class B Ordinary Shares(1)(2) |
Additional Paid-in |
Accumulated | Total Shareholder’s Equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Shares | Amount | Shares | Amount | Capital | Deficit | (Deficit) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
| Balance – July 1, 2025 | - | $ | - | 2,957,143 | $ | 296 | $ | 24,704 | $ | (6,665 | ) | $ | 18,335 | |||||||||||||||
| Net loss | - | - | - | - | - | (77,140 | ) | (77,140 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
| Balance – September 30, 2025 | - | $ | - | 2,957,143 | $ | 296 | $ | 24,704 | $ | (83,805 | ) | $ | (58,805 | ) | ||||||||||||||
| (1) | This includes an aggregate of up to 385,714 Class B ordinary shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part (see Note 7). |
| (2) | Gives retroactive effect to the cancellation of the Initial Share and issuance of the Founder Shares on July 22, 2025 (see Note 7). |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited financial statements.
F-18
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW
FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025
(Unaudited)
| Cash flows from operating activities: | ||||
| Net loss | $ | (77,140 | ) | |
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: | ||||
| Prepaid expenses | 575 | |||
| Accrued expenses | 66,565 | |||
| Due to related party | 10,000 | |||
| Net cash used in operating activities | - | |||
| Net change in cash | - | |||
| Cash - Beginning of period | - | |||
| Cash - End of period | $ | - | ||
| Supplemental disclosure of non-cash financing activities: | ||||
| Deferred offering costs included in accrued offering costs | $ | 36,598 | ||
| Deferred offering costs included in due to related party | $ | 24,235 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited financial statements.
F-19
SHREYA ACQUISITION GROUP
NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
NOTE 1: ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS
Shreya Acquisition Group (the “Company”) is a blank check company with limited liability incorporated in the Cayman Islands on June 25, 2025. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, recapitalization, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to as a “target business” (the “Business Combination”).
The Company does not have any specific Business Combination under consideration and the Company has not (nor has anyone on its behalf), directly or indirectly, contacted any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to such a transaction. The Company’s efforts to identify a prospective target business will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic region.
As of September 30, 2025, the Company had not yet commenced any operations. All activity for the period from June 25, 2025 (inception) through September 30, 2025 relates to the Company’s formation and the Proposed Public Offering (the “Proposed Public Offering”), which is described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Proposed Public Offering. The Company has selected June 30 as its fiscal year end.
The Company’s founder and sponsor is Thews (Mauritius) Limited (the “Sponsor”). The Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through the Proposed Public Offering (see Note 3) and a private placement to the initial shareholders (the “Private Placement”) (see Note 4).
The Company’s board of directors has broad discretion in determining the fair market value of a target business. While the Company generally must acquire a target with a fair market value of at least 80% of the Trust Account (defined below) assets, this requirement does not apply if the Company is delisted from Nasdaq. An independent third-party valuation is only required if the board cannot make this determination or if the target is affiliated with insiders. The Company expects to acquire 100% of a target’s equity or assets but may acquire less or merge directly with the target. The transaction must result in the Company owning at least 50% of the target’s voting securities or gaining control sufficient to avoid classification as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.
Upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering, management has agreed that $10.00 per unit sold in the Proposed Public Offering (“Unit”), including the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Units, will be held in a trust account (the “Trust Account”) and invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations, with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations, until the earliest of (i) the completion of an initial Business Combination, (ii) the liquidation of the trust account if the Company is unable to complete an initial Business Combination within the completion window, subject to applicable law. The proceeds deposited in the Trust Account could become subject to the claims of creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of Public Shareholders. The Company will provide its Class A ordinary shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares (defined below) upon the completion of the Business Combination either (i) in connection with a shareholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer.
F-20
The Company has determined not to have a minimum net tangible asset requirement to consummate any Business Combination which could be subject to Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act (defined in Note 2). Moreover, if the Company seeks to consummate an initial Business Combination with a target business that imposes any type of working capital closing condition or requires us to have a minimum amount of funds available from the Trust Account upon consummation of such initial Business Combination, its net tangible asset threshold may limit the Company’s ability to consummate such initial Business Combination (as the Company may be required to have a lesser number of shares redeemed) and may force the Company to seek third party financing which may not be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all. As a result, the Company may not be able to consummate such an initial Business Combination and the Company may not be able to locate another suitable target within the applicable time period, if at all.
If the Company unable to consummate the initial Business Combination within 18 months (which can be extended) from the Closing of the Proposed Public Offering (the “Completion Window”), the Company will, (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to lawfully available funds therefor, redeem 100% of the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (net of taxes payable and less interest to pay dissolution expenses up to $100,000) divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish Public Shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the remaining shareholders and the board of directors, liquidate and dissolve. However, the Company may not be able to distribute such amounts as a result of claims of creditors which may take priority over the claims of the Public Shareholders. In the event of liquidation and subsequent dissolution, the rights will expire and will be worthless.
Going Concern Consideration
As of September 30, 2025, the Company had a working capital deficit of $169,638. The Company has incurred and expects to continue to incur significant costs in pursuit of its financing and acquisition plans. In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management concluded that the Company lacks the financial resources it needs to sustain operations for a reasonable period of time, which is considered to be one year from the date of the issuance of the financial statements. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management plans to address this uncertainty through the Proposed Public Offering, as discussed in Note 3. There is no assurance that the Company’s plans to raise capital or to consummate a Business Combination will be successful within the Completion Window. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Risks and Uncertainties
The U.S. and global markets are facing volatility due to the Russia-Ukraine war and the Israel-Hamas conflict. These events may disrupt supply chains, increase cyber threats, and cause commodity price swings. Sanctions and geopolitical tensions could destabilize financial markets. U.S. tariffs and trade uncertainties may raise business costs and reduce margins. The overall impact on operations, liquidity, and potential Business Combinations remains uncertain.
NOTE 2: SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The accompanying financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
Certain information or footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial reporting. As such, the information included in these financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s latest audited financial statements for the period from June 25, 2025 (inception) through June 30, 2025. In the opinion of the Company’s management, these financial statements include all adjustments, which are only of a normal and recurring nature, necessary for a fair statement of the Company’s financial position as of September 30, 2025, and the Company’s results of operations and cash flows for the period presented. The results of operations included in the financial statements are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year ending June 30, 2026.
F-21
Emerging Growth Company
The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with those of another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period.
Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company had cash and cash equivalents of $0 as of September 30, 2025 and June 30, 2025.
Deferred Offering Costs
The Company complies with the requirements of ASC 340-10-S99-1 and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) Topic 5A, “Expenses of Offering”. Deferred offering costs consist principally of professional and registration fees that are related to the Proposed Public Offering. FASB ASC 470-20, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options,” addresses the allocation of proceeds from the issuance of convertible debt into its equity and debt components. The Company applies this guidance to allocate Proposed Public Offering proceeds from the Units between Class A ordinary shares and Rights, using the residual method by allocating Proposed Public Offering proceeds first to assigned value of the Rights and then to the Class A ordinary shares. Offering costs allocated to the Class A ordinary shares (i.e., Public Shares) will be charged to temporary equity and offering costs allocated to the Public Rights and Private Placement Units will be charged to shareholder’s equity as the Public Rights and Private Placement Rights, after management’s evaluation, will be accounted for under equity treatment (as well as the Private Placement Shares). Should the Proposed Public Offering prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred costs, as well as additional expenses to be incurred, will be charged to operations. As of September 30, 2025 and June 30, 2025, the Company had deferred offering costs of $110,833 and $50,000, respectively.
F-22
Net Loss Per Ordinary Share
The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” Net loss per ordinary share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, excluding ordinary shares subject to forfeiture. As of September 30, 2025, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted loss per ordinary share is the same as basic loss per ordinary share for the period presented.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.
Income Taxes
The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.” Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that is included in the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of September 30, 2025 or June 30, 2025. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals, or material deviation from its position.
There is currently no taxation imposed on income by the Government of the Cayman Islands. In accordance with Cayman income tax regulations, income taxes are not levied on the Company. Consequently, income taxes are not reflected in the Company’s financial statements.
Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption
The Public Shares will contain a redemption feature which allows for the redemption of such Public Shares in connection with the Company’s liquidation, if there is a shareholder vote in connection with certain amendments to the Company’s post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or if there is a shareholder vote or tender offer in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination. In accordance with ASC 480-10-S99, the Company will classify Public Shares subject to redemption outside of permanent equity as the redemption provisions are not solely within the control of the Company. The Company will recognize changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and will adjust the carrying value of redeemable shares to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Immediately upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering, the Company will recognize the accretion from initial book value to redemption amount value. The change in the carrying value of redeemable shares will result in charges against additional paid-in capital (to the extent available) and accumulated deficit. Accordingly, upon completion of the Proposed Public Offering, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption will be presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the shareholder’s deficit section of the Company’s balance sheet.
F-23
Rights
The Company will account for the Public Rights and Private Placement Rights (as defined in Notes 3 and 4) to be issued in connection with the Proposed Public Offering and the Private Placement, in accordance with the guidance contained in FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”. Accordingly, the Company evaluated and will classify the Rights under equity treatment at their assigned values. There were no Public Rights or Private Placement Rights outstanding as of September 30, 2025 or June 30, 2025.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.
NOTE 3: PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING
Pursuant to the Proposed Public Offering, the Company intends to offer for sale up to 6,000,000 Units (or up to 6,900,000 Units if the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full) at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit will consist of one Class A ordinary share (“Public Share”) and one right (“Public Right”) to receive one-eighth (1/8th) of one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of the initial Business Combination. No fractional rights will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole rights will trade. The underwriters have a 45-day option from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to 900,000 additional units to cover over-allotments, if any (see Note 6).
NOTE 4: PRIVATE PLACEMENT
The Sponsor has committed to purchase an aggregate of 191,750 private placement units (or up to 200,750 private placement units if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), at a price of $10.00 per unit (the “Private Placement Units”), for an aggregate purchase price of $1,917,500 (or up to $2,007,500 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. Each Private Placement Unit entitles the holder thereof to one Class A ordinary share and one right (“Private Placement Right”) to receive one-eighth of one Class A ordinary share upon consummation of the initial Business Combination.
Each Private Placement Unit will be identical to the Units sold in the Proposed Public Offering, except that it will not be redeemable, transferable, assignable or salable by the Sponsor or underwriter until 30 days after the completion of the initial Business Combination, except Transfers permitted (a) to officers, directors, advisors or consultants, any affiliate or family member of any of officers, directors, advisors or consultants, any members or partners of the Sponsor or their affiliates and funds and accounts advised by such members or partners, any affiliates of the Sponsor, or any employees of such affiliates, (b) in the case of an individual, as a gift to such person’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of such person’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of such person; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with any forward purchase agreement or similar arrangement, in connection with an extension of the completion window or in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares or units were originally purchased; (f) pro rata distributions from the Sponsor to its respective members, partners or shareholders pursuant to the Sponsor’s limited liability company agreement or other charter documents; (g) by virtue of the laws of the Cayman Islands or the Sponsor’s limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of the Sponsor, (h) in the event of liquidation prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination; (i) in the event that, subsequent to consummation of an initial Business Combination, the Company completes a liquidation, merger, amalgamation, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property or (j) to a nominee or custodian of a person or entity to whom a transfer would be permissible under clauses (a) through (g); provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (g) and clause (j) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions and the other restrictions contained in the letter agreement.
F-24
NOTE 5: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Founder Shares
On July 22, 2025, the Sponsor purchased 2,957,143 Class B ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”) for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.008 per share, pursuant to a securities subscription agreement dated June 30, 2025 (see Note 7 regarding retroactive presentation). The Founder Shares include an aggregate of up to 385,714 shares subject to forfeiture by the Sponsor to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment is not exercised in full or in part, so that the Sponsor will collectively own, on an as-converted basis, 30% of the Company’s issued and outstanding Public Shares and Founder Shares after the Proposed Public Offering (without giving effect to the sale of the Private Placement Units, and assuming the Sponsor does not purchase Units in the Proposed Public Offering).
The Founder Shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares included in the Units being sold in the Proposed Public Offering, except that:
| ● | the Founder Shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions; and |
| ● | the Founder Shares are entitled to registration rights. |
The Sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares, Private Placement Shares and Public Shares in connection with the completion of an initial Business Combination; (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their Founder Shares, Private Placement Shares and Public Shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to a post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (a) to modify the substance or timing of the obligation to allow redemption in connection with an initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company have not consummated an initial Business Combination within the Completion Window or (b) with respect to any other material provisions relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity; (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to their Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares if the Company fails to complete an initial Business Combination within the Completion Window, although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any Public Shares they hold if we fail to complete an initial Business Combination within the prescribed time frame; and (iv) vote any Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares held by them and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Proposed Public Offering (including in open market and privately-negotiated transactions, aside from shares they may purchase in compliance with the requirements of Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act, which would not be voted in favor of approving the Business Combination transaction) in favor of an initial Business Combination.
Administrative Services Agreement
The Company intends to enter into an agreement, commencing on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering through the earlier of the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination or its liquidation, whereby the Sponsor will provide office space and administrative and support services for $5,000 per month.
Related Party Loans
On August 27, 2025, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note to the Sponsor (the “Promissory Note”) with an aggregate principal amount of up to $300,000, which is non-interest-bearing. The principal of this note may be drawn down from time to time upon a written request from sponsor. The principal under the note is payable on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2025 and (ii) the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering. As of September 30, 2025 and June 30, 2025, $0 was outstanding under the Promissory Note. After borrowing under the Promissory Note, the loans will be repaid upon completion of the Proposed Public Offering out of the offering proceeds not held in the Trust Account. The value of the Sponsor’s interest in the loans corresponds to the principal amount outstanding under any such loans.
F-25
The Sponsor paid certain formation, operating or deferred offering costs on behalf of the Company. These amounts are due on demand and non-interest bearing. During the period from June 25, 2025 (inception) through September 30, 2025, the Sponsor paid $92,050 on behalf of the Company, of which $25,000 was paid in exchange for the issuance of the Founder Shares. As of September 30, 2025 and June 30, 2025, the amount due to the related party was $67,050 and $32,815, respectively.
In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with initial Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor or certain officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required, from time to time or at any time, in whatever amount they deem reasonable in their sole discretion (“Working Capital Loans”). Up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into units at a price of $10.00 per unit at the option of the lender at the time of the Business Combination. The units would be identical to the Private Placement Units and include a right to receive one-tenth of one ordinary share upon consummation of the initial Business Combination (“Working Capital Right”). If the Company does not complete an initial Business Combination, the Working Capital Loans would be repaid out of funds not held in the Trust Account, and only to the extent available. The terms of such Working Capital Loans by the Sponsor or its affiliates, or officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. As of September 30, 2025 and June 30, 2025, no Working Capital Loans were outstanding.
NOTE 6: COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Registration Rights
The holders of the Founder Shares, as well as the holders of the private units (and underlying securities) and any securities issued to the initial shareholders, officers, directors or their affiliates in payment of Working Capital Loans, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to an agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering. The holders of a majority of these securities are entitled to make up to two demands to register such securities. The holders of the majority of the Founder Shares can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time commencing three months prior to the end of the Lock-up period. The holders of a majority of the Private Placement Units (and underlying securities) and securities issued in payment of Working Capital Loans (or underlying securities) can elect to exercise these registration rights at any time after consummation of an initial Business Combination. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to consummation of an initial Business Combination. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.
Underwriting Agreement
The Company will grant the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to 900,000 additional Units to cover over-allotments at the Proposed Public Offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.
The underwriters will be entitled to a cash underwriting discount of $0.10 per Unit, or $600,000 in the aggregate (or up to $690,000 depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised), payable upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. In addition, the underwriters will be entitled to a deferred fee of $0.10 per Unit, or $600,000 in the aggregate (or up to $690,000 depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised). The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.
NOTE 7: SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY
Preference shares — The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 preference shares, $0.0001 par value each, with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of September 30, 2025 and June 30, 2025, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.
F-26
Class A Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 480,000,000 Class A ordinary shares with $0.0001 par value each. As of September 30, 2025 and June 30, 2025, there were no Class A ordinary shares issued or outstanding.
Class B Ordinary Shares — The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 Class B ordinary shares with $0.0001 par value each. As of September 30, 2025 and June 30, 2025, an aggregate of 2,957,143 Founder Shares were issued to the Sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.008 per share. Of the 2,957,143 Class B ordinary shares outstanding, an aggregate of up to 385,714 shares are subject to forfeiture to the Company by the Sponsor for no consideration to the extent that the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised in full or in part, so that the Sponsor will collectively own 30% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the Proposed Public Offering (assuming they do not purchase any Units in the Proposed Public Offering and excluding the Class A ordinary shares underlying the Private Placement Units).
Upon incorporation on June 25, 2025, the Company issued one Class B ordinary share (the “Initial Share”) with a par value of $0.0001 to Forbes Hare Trust Company Limited, which was immediately transferred to the Sponsor on June 25, 2025. On July 22, 2025, the Initial Share was cancelled upon the issuance of the Founder Shares to the Sponsor. All share amounts presented give retroactive effect from inception to the cancellation of the Initial Share and issuance of the Founder Shares.
Rights — Except in cases where the Company is not the surviving company in a Business Combination, each holder of a Public Right will automatically receive one-eighth (1/8th) of one share upon consummation of the initial Business Combination. In the event the Company will not be the surviving company upon completion of the initial Business Combination, each holder of a right will be required to affirmatively convert his, her or its rights in order to receive the one-eighth (1/8th) of one share underlying each right upon consummation of the Business Combination. The Company will not issue fractional shares in connection with an exchange of rights. Fractional shares will be rounded down to the nearest whole share or otherwise addressed in accordance with the applicable provisions of Cayman Islands law. As a result, holders must hold rights in multiples of eight in order to receive shares for all the rights upon closing of a Business Combination. If the Company is unable to complete an initial Business Combination within the required time period and the Company redeems the Public Shares for the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of rights will not receive any of such funds for their rights and the rights will expire worthless.
The Company assessed the Public Rights, Private Placement Rights and Working Capital Rights to determine whether they should be classified as equity or liability instruments. This assessment was based on an evaluation of the specific terms of each instrument and applicable authoritative guidance in ASC 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity” (“ASC 480”) and ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815”). The assessment considers whether the instrument is freestanding financial instruments pursuant to ASC 480 meets the definition of a liability pursuant to ASC 480, and whether the instrument meets all of the requirements for equity classification under ASC 815, including whether the instrument is indexed to the Company’s own common stock, among other conditions for equity classification. Pursuant to such evaluation, the Public Rights, Private Placement Rights and Working Capital Rights will be classified in shareholder’s deficit.
NOTE 8: SEGMENT INFORMATION
ASC Topic 280, “Segment Reporting,” establishes standards for companies to report in their financial statement information about operating segments, products, services, geographic areas, and major customers. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the Company’s chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), or group, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance.
The Company’s CODM has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews the operating results for the Company as a whole to make decisions about allocating resources and assessing financial performance. Accordingly, management has determined that the Company only has one operating segment.
F-27
When evaluating the Company’s performance and making key decisions regarding resource allocation, the CODM reviews several key metrics, general and administrative costs, and earnings on investments held in Trust Account (after consummation of the Proposed Public Offering), which include the accompanying statement of operations.
The key measures of segment profit or loss reviewed by the CODM are earnings on investments held in Trust Account (after consummation of the Proposed Public Offering) and general and administrative costs. The CODM will review earnings on investments held in Trust Account to measure and monitor shareholder value and determine the most effective strategy of investment with the Trust Account funds while maintaining compliance with the trust agreement. General and administrative costs are reviewed and monitored by the CODM to manage and forecast cash to ensure enough capital is available to complete a Business Combination within the required completion window. The CODM also reviews general and administrative costs to manage, maintain and enforce all contractual agreements to ensure costs are aligned with all agreements and the budget.
NOTE 9: SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements, other than as disclosed below.
Related Party Loans
On January 9, 2026, the Company amended the Promissory Note such that the principal under the Promissory Note is payable on the earlier of (i) March 31, 2026 and (ii) the completion of the Proposed Public Offering.
During the period from October 1, 2025 through January 13, 2026, the Sponsor paid $40,000 on behalf of the Company, resulting in an amount due to the related party of $107,050.
F-28
Until ____, 2026, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
No dealer, salesperson or any other person is authorized to give any information or make any representations in connection with this offering other than those contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, the information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any security other than the securities offered by this prospectus, or an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities by anyone in any jurisdiction in which the offer or solicitation is not authorized or is unlawful.
$60,000,000
Shreya Acquisition Group
6,000,000 Units
PROSPECTUS
Sole Book-Running Manager
D. Boral Capital
________, 2026
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other than the underwriting discount and commissions) will be as follows:
| SEC Registration Fee / FINRA filing fee | $ | 25,268 | ||
| Accounting and auditing fees and expenses | 95,000 | |||
| Nasdaq listing fees | 80,000 | |||
| Printing and engraving expenses | 22,500 | |||
| Legal fees and expenses | 175,000 | |||
| D&O insurance fee | 100,000 | |||
| Miscellaneous(1) | 124,732 | |||
| Total | $ | 622,500 |
| (1) | This amount represents additional expenses that may be incurred by the company in connection with the offering over and above those specifically listed above, including other service fees and mailing costs. |
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, willful neglect, actual fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. We may purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is theretofore unenforceable.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
During the past three years, we sold the following ordinary shares without registration under the Securities Act:
| ● | On July 22, 2025, an aggregate of 2,957,143 initial shares (of which 385,714 shares are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriter exercises its over-allotment option) were issued to our initial shareholder, for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.008 per share, in connection with the company’s organization pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. |
| ● | In addition, our sponsor has committed to purchasing an aggregate of 191,750 private units from the company on a private placement basis simultaneously with the consummation of this offering. Our sponsor has also agreed that if the over-allotment option is exercised by the underwriters in full or in part, they will purchase from the company at a price of $10.00 per private unit up to an additional 9,000 private units. These issuances will be made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. |
No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.
II-1
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
| (a) | The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement: |
| * | Filed herewith |
| ** | Previously filed |
II-2
Item 17. Undertakings.
| (a) | The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes: |
| (1) | To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement: |
| i. | To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933; |
| ii. | To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; |
| iii. | To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement. |
| (2) | That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. | |
| (3) | To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering. | |
| (4) | That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933 in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser: |
| i. | Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; | |
| ii. | Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant; | |
| iii. | The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and | |
| iv. | Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser. |
II-3
| (5) | That for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use. |
| (b) | The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser. |
| (c) | Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. |
| (d) | The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that: |
| (1) | For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective. | |
| (2) | For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
II-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in New York, NY, on January 16, 2026.
| SHREYA ACQUISITION GROUP | ||
| By: | /s/ Anuj Goyal | |
| Name: | Anuj Goyal | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Anuj Goyal and Arvindsingh Kiran Gokhool his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including pre- and post-effective amendments to this registration statement, any subsequent registration statement for the same offering which may be filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and pre- or post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact or his substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities on January 16, 2026.
| Name | Position | |||
| /s/ Anuj Goyal | Chairman and Chief Executive Officer | |||
| Anuj Goyal | (principal executive officer) | |||
| /s/ Arvindsingh Kiran Gokhool | Chief Financial Officer | |||
| Arvindsingh Kiran Gokhool | (principal financial and accounting officer) | |||
| /s/ Mahendra Mayaram | Director | |||
| Mahendra Mayaram |
II-5
AUTHORIZED U.S. REPRESENTATIVE
Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Shreya Acquisition Group has signed this registration statement in the City of New York, on January 16, 2026.
| AUTHORIZED U.S. REPRESENTATIVE | ||
| Cogency Global Inc. | ||
| By: | /s/ Colleen A. De Vries | |
| Name: | Colleen A. De Vries | |
| Title: | Senior Vice President | |
II-6
Exhibit 1.1
SHREYA ACQUISITION GROUP
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
New York, New York
[ ], 2026
D. Boral Capital LLC
590 Madison Avenue, 39th Floor
New York, NY 10022
As Representative of the Underwriters
named on Schedule A hereto
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Shreya Acquisition Group, a Cayman Islands exempted corporation (the “Company”), hereby confirms its agreement with D. Boral Capital LLC (the “Representative”), as representative of the several underwriters named on Schedule A hereto (the “Underwriters” or, each underwriter individually, an “Underwriter”), as follows:
1. Purchase and Sale of Securities.
1.1. Firm Securities.
1.1.1. Purchase of Firm Units. On the basis of the representations and warranties contained herein, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell to the several Underwriters, severally and not jointly, and the Underwriters agree to purchase from the Company, severally and not jointly, an aggregate of 6,000,000 units (the “Firm Units”) of the Company, as set forth opposite the respective names of the Underwriters on Schedule A hereto, at a purchase price (net of discounts and commissions, including those described in Section 1.3 below) of $9.90 per Firm Unit. The Firm Units are to be offered initially to the public (the “Offering”) at the offering price of $10.00 per Firm Unit. Each Firm Unit consists of one Class A ordinary share of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Ordinary Share(s)”), and one right (the “Right(s)”) entitling the holder thereof to receive one-eighth (1/8) of one Ordinary Share upon consummation by the Company of a merger, amalgamation, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (the “Business Combination”). The Ordinary Shares and Rights included in the Firm Units will trade separately on the fifty-second (52nd) day following the date hereof (or if such date is not a business day, the following business day) unless the Representative determines to allow earlier separate trading. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, in no event will the Ordinary Shares and Rights included in the Firm Units trade separately until (i) the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a Current Report on Form 8-K that includes an audited balance sheet reflecting the Company’s receipt of the proceeds of the Offering and the Private Placement (as defined in Section 1.4.2) and updated financial information with respect to any proceeds the Company receives from the exercise of the Over-allotment Option (defined below) if such option is exercised prior to the filing of the Form 8-K, and (ii) the Company has filed with the Commission a Current Report on Form 8-K and issued a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin.
1.1.2. Payment and Delivery. Delivery and payment for the Firm Units shall be made at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first (1st) Business Day (as defined below) following the commencement of trading of the Units, or at such earlier time as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company, at the offices of Lucosky Brookman LLP counsel to the Underwriters (“Lucosky Brookman”), or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative and the Company. The hour and date of delivery and payment for the Firm Units is called the “Closing Date.” Payment for the Firm Units shall be made on the Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable as follows: $60,000,000 of the proceeds received by the Company for the Firm Units and the sale of Placement Units (as defined in Section 1.4.2) shall be deposited in the trust account (“Trust Account”) established by the Company for the benefit of the Public Shareholders (as defined below), as described in the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 2.1.1) pursuant to the terms of an Investment Management Trust Agreement (the “Trust Agreement”) between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (the “Trustee”). The remaining proceeds (less commissions and actual expense payments or
other fees payable pursuant to this Agreement and excluding any Deferred Underwriting Commissions described in Section 1.3 below), if any, shall be paid to the order of the Company upon delivery to the Representative of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative) representing the Firm Units (or through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)) for the account of the Underwriters. The Firm Units shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the Representative may request in writing at least two (2) full Business Days prior to the Closing Date. The Company will permit the Representative to examine and package the Firm Units for delivery, at least one (1) full Business Day prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver any of the Firm Units except upon tender of payment by the Representative for all the Firm Units. As used herein, the term “Public Shareholders” means the holders of the Ordinary Shares sold as part of the Units in the Offering or acquired in the aftermarket, including the Sponsor (defined below) to the extent the Sponsor acquires such Ordinary Shares in the aftermarket (and solely with respect to such Ordinary Shares). “Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed.
1.2. Over-Allotment Option.
1.2.1. Option Units. The Representative is hereby granted an option (the “Over-allotment Option”) to purchase up to an additional 900,000 units (the “Option Units”), the gross proceeds of which will be deposited in the Trust Account, for the purposes of covering any over-allotments in connection with the distribution and sale of the Firm Units. Such Option Units shall be identical in all respects to the Firm Units. Such Option Units shall be purchased for each account of the several Underwriters in the same proportion as the number of Firm Units, set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name on Schedule A hereto, bears to the total number of Firm Units (subject to adjustment by the Representative to eliminate fractions). The Firm Units and the Option Units are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Units,” and the Units and the Ordinary Shares included in the Units, are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Public Securities.” No Option Units shall be sold or delivered unless the Firm Units previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold and delivered. The right to purchase the Option Units, or any portion thereof, may be exercised from time to time and to the extent not previously exercised may be surrendered and terminated at any time upon notice by the Representative to the Company. The purchase price to be paid for each Option Unit will be the same price per Firm Unit set forth in Section 1.1.1 hereof.
1.2.2. Exercise of Option. The Over-allotment Option granted pursuant to Section 1.2.1 hereof may be exercised by the Representative as to all (at any time) or any part (from time to time) of the Option Units within forty-five (45) days after the effective date (“Effective Date”) of the Registration Statement (as defined in Section 2.1.1 hereof). The Underwriters will not be under any obligation to purchase any Option Units prior to the exercise of the Over-allotment Option. The Over-allotment Option granted hereby may be exercised by the giving of oral notice to the Company by the Representative, which must be confirmed in accordance with Section 10.1 herein setting forth the number of Option Units to be purchased and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Option Units (the “Option Closing Date”), which will not be later than five (5) full Business Days after the date of the notice or such other time and in such other manner as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative, at the offices of Lucosky Brookman or at such other place (including remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representative. If such delivery and payment for the Option Units does not occur on the Closing Date, the Option Closing Date will be as set forth in the notice. Upon exercise of the Over-allotment Option, the Company will become obligated to convey to the Underwriters, and, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Underwriters will become obligated to purchase, the number of Option Units specified in such notice.
1.2.3. Payment and Delivery. Payment for the Option Units shall be made on the Option Closing Date by wire transfer in Federal (same day) funds, payable as follows: $9.90 per Option Unit shall be deposited by the Representative in the Trust Account pursuant to the Trust Agreement upon delivery to the Representative of certificates (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative) representing the Option Units (or through the facilities of DTC) for the account of the Representative. The certificates representing the Option Units to be delivered will be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representative requests in writing not less than one full Business Day prior to the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and will be made available to the Representative for inspection, checking and packaging at the aforesaid office of the Company’s transfer agent or correspondent not less than one full Business Day prior to such Closing Date. The Company shall not be obligated to sell or deliver the Option Units except upon tender of payment by the Underwriters for applicable Option Units.
2
1.3. Deferred Underwriting Commission. The Representatives agree that (i) 1.0% of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Firm Units ($600,000) and 1.0% of the gross proceeds from the sale of the Option Units (up to $90,000), if any (collectively, the “Deferred Underwriting Commission”), will be deposited and held in the Trust Account and up to which amount(s) shall be payable directly from the Trust Account, without accrued interest, to the Representatives for their own account and the account of the Underwriters upon the consummation of the initial Business Combination (such consummation, the “Specified Event”), subject, in each case, to the reductions provided for in this Section 1.3. In the event that the Company is unable to consummate a Business Combination and Continental, as the trustee of the Trust Account (in this context, the “Trustee”), commences liquidation of the Trust Account as provided in the Trust Agreement, the Representatives, on behalf of itself and the Underwriters, agree that (i) it shall forfeit any rights or claims to the Deferred Underwriting Commission, including any accrued interest thereon; and (ii) the Deferred Underwriting Commission, together with all other amounts on deposit in the Trust Account, shall be distributed on a pro rata basis among the Public Shareholders. The Representatives shall have the right to agree to any further modifications to the Deferred Underwriting Commission on behalf of the Underwriters and any decisions relating to such modifications shall be made exclusively by the Representatives on behalf of themselves and the Underwriters. For the avoidance of doubt, the obligations of each Underwriter under this Agreement shall be fully satisfied upon the payment of the purchase price for the Public Securities purchased by such Underwriter on the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, and the Underwriters shall be entitled to their portion of the Deferred Underwriting Commission without any further conditions except for those set forth above and below. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each Underwriter may at any time prior to the Specified Event and in its sole and absolute discretion, by written notice to the Company, elect to forfeit any right or claim to its Deferred Underwriting Commission, in which case the Company agrees to instruct the Trustee not to pay such Underwriter its Deferred Underwriting Commission upon the occurrence of a Specified Event. For the avoidance of doubt, any such election by an Underwriter shall be without prejudice to any right or claim of any other Underwriter to its respective portion of the Deferred Underwriting Commission or to any other right such Underwriter may have under this Agreement. The Representatives, on behalf of itself and the Underwriters, further agree that the Deferred Underwriting Commission will be based on, and paid out of, funds available in the Trust Account after payments made out of the Trust Account to honor redemption rights of the Public Shareholders. The Representatives, on behalf of itself and the Underwriters, further agree that the Deferred Underwriting Commission shall be decreased by $0.10 for every Ordinary Share for which a Public Shareholder exercises its redemption rights in connection with or prior to the Specified Event.
1.4. Private Placements.
1.4.1. Founder Shares. The Company issued 2,957,143 Class B ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”) to Thews (Mauritius) Limited (the “Sponsor”), for an aggregate consideration of $25,000, of which 385,714 Founder Shares are subject to forfeiture. No underwriting discounts, commissions, or placement fees have been or will be payable in connection with the purchase of the Founder Shares. Except as described in the Registration Statement, none of the Founder Shares may be sold, assigned or transferred by the Sponsor for a time period ending on the date that is the earlier of until the earlier of: (i) 180 days following the consummation of the Business Combination; or (ii) subsequent to the initial Business Combination, if the last sale price of the Ordinary Shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period after the initial Business Combination, or earlier, in either case, if the Company completes a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization, or other similar transaction after the Business Combination, that results in all of the Company’s shareholders having the right to exchange their Ordinary Shares for cash, securities or other property. The Founder Shares shall be subject to restrictions on transfer as set forth in the Insider Letter (as defined in Section 2.21.1 herein). The holders of Founder Shares shall have no right to any liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to any portion of the Founder Shares in the event the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within the time frame provided in the Prospectus (as defined below). The holders of the Founder Shares shall not have redemption rights with respect to the Founder Shares. In the event that the Over-allotment Option is not exercised in full, the Sponsor will be required to forfeit such number of Founder Shares (up to 385,714 Founder Shares) such that the Founder Shares then outstanding will comprise 30% of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company (excluding any shares included in the Placement Units (as defined below) and assuming the Sponsor does not purchase any Units in the Offering) after giving effect to the Offering and exercise, if any, of the Over-allotment Option.
3
1.4.2. Private Placement. On or prior to Closing Date, the Sponsor will purchase from the Company pursuant to a Private Placement Unit Purchase Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21.2 below) an aggregate of 191,750 private placement units (the “Placement Units”). The Sponsor has also agreed to purchase at a price of $10.00 per private unit an additional number of private units (up to a maximum of 200,750 private units) pro rata with the amount of the over-allotment option exercised so that at least $10.00 per share sold to the public (or 100.0% of the gross proceeds) in this offering, if the over-allotment option is exercised Each Placement Unit consists of one Ordinary Share and one right (the “Placement Right(s)”) to receive one-eighth (1/8) of one Ordinary Share, at a purchase price of $10.00 per Placement Unit ($1,917,500) in the aggregate, in a private placement (the “Private Placement”) intended to be exempt from registration under the Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Act. The Placement Rights are identical to the Rights sold as part of the Units in the Offering, subject to limited exceptions. Each Placement Right entitles the holder thereof to receive one-eighth (1/8) of one Ordinary Share upon consummation of the initial Business Combination. The purchase price for the Placement Units to be paid by the Sponsor shall be delivered to the Trustee or counsel to the Company or the Representative to hold in a separate account at least 24 hours prior to the date hereof so that such funds are readily available to be delivered to the Trust Account on the Closing Date. 1.3.3. The Placement Rights, the Ordinary Shares receivable from the Placement Rights, the Placement Units, and the Ordinary Shares included in the Placement Units are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Placement Securities.” No underwriting discounts, commissions, or placement fees have been or will be payable in connection with the Placement Securities sold in the Private Placement. The Private Placement Units are identical to the Units except that (i) none of the Private Placement Securities may be sold, assigned or transferred by the Sponsor, or its permitted transferees until thirty (30) days after consummation of the initial Business Combination, except to permitted transferees and (ii) will be entitled to registration rights. The Public Securities, the Placement Securities, and the Founder Shares are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Securities.”
1.5. Working Capital. Upon consummation of this offering or thereafter, the Company will repay up to $300,000 in loans made by the Sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses, and the Company will begin paying an affiliate of the Sponsor $5,000 per month for office space and administrative and personnel services. In the event that following the offering the Company obtains working capital loans from the Sponsor to finance transaction costs related to the initial business combination, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into units of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per units at the option of the Sponsor.
1.6. Interest Income. Prior to the Company’s consummation of a Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation, interest earned on the Trust Account may be released to the Company from the Trust Account in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement to (i) pay any taxes, other than excise taxes, payable by the Company, and (ii) pay up to $100,000 for dissolution expenses, all as more fully described in the Prospectus.
2. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as follows:
2.1. Filing of Registration Statement.
2.1.1. Pursuant to the Act. The Company has filed with the Commission a registration statement and any amendment thereto, on Form S-1 (File No. 333-290228, including any related preliminary prospectus (the “Preliminary Prospectus”) that is included in the registration statement immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement, for the registration of the Units under the Act, which registration statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Act, and the rules and regulations (the “Regulations”) of the Commission under the Act. The conditions for use of Form S-1 to register the Offering under the Act, as set forth in the General Instructions to such Form, have been satisfied. Except as the context may otherwise require, such registration statement, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the registration statement became effective, including the prospectus, financial statements, schedules, exhibits and all other documents filed as a part thereof or incorporated therein and all information deemed to be a part thereof as of such time pursuant to Rule 430A of the Regulations, together with the registration statement filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Act registering additional Units (the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement”), is hereinafter called the “Registration Statement,”
4
and the form of the final prospectus dated the Effective Date included in the Registration Statement (or, if applicable, the form of final prospectus containing information permitted to be omitted at the time of effectiveness by Rule 430A of the Regulations, filed by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 of the Regulations), is hereinafter called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, “Applicable Time,” as used in the Act, means [5:30] p.m. New York City time, on the date of this Agreement. Prior to the Applicable Time, the Company prepared a Preliminary Prospectus, which was included in the Registration Statement originally filed on January 13, 2026, for distribution by the Underwriters (such Preliminary Prospectus used most recently prior to the Applicable Time, the “Statutory Prospectus”). Other than the Registration Statement, together with any correspondence letters between the Company and/or counsel for the Company and the Commission, no other document with respect to the Registration Statement has been filed under the Act with the Commission. All of the Units, Ordinary Shares and Rights included in the Units have been or will be registered for public sale under the Act pursuant to the Registration Statement. The Registration Statement has become effective on the date hereof. If, subsequent to the date of this Agreement, the Company or the Representative determines that, at the Applicable Time, the Statutory Prospectus included an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted a statement of material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading and the Company and the Representative agree to provide an opportunity to purchasers of the Units to terminate their old purchase contracts and enter into new purchase contracts, then the Statutory Prospectus will be deemed to include any additional information available to purchasers at the time of entry into the first such new purchase contract.
2.1.2. Pursuant to the Exchange Act. The Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File Number 001-[ ]) providing for the registration under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), of the Units, Ordinary Shares and Rights. The registration of the Units, Ordinary Shares and Rights under the Exchange Act has become effective on the date hereof and the Units, Ordinary Shares and Rights have been registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act.
2.1.3. No Stop Orders, etc. Neither the Commission nor any federal, state or other regulatory authority has issued any order or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened to issue any order preventing or suspending the use of the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Statutory Prospectus or Prospectus or any part thereof, or has instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened to institute any proceedings with respect to such an order.
2.2. Disclosures in Registration Statement.
2.2.1. 10b-5 Representation. At the time of effectiveness of the Registration Statement (or at the time of any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement) and at all times subsequent thereto up to the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus did and will contain all material statements that are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations, and did or will, in all material respects, conform to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations. The Registration Statement, as of the Effective Date, did not, and the amendments and supplements thereto, as of their respective dates, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The Prospectus, as of its date and the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, did not, and the amendments and supplements thereto, as of their respective dates, will not, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Statutory Prospectus, as of the Applicable Time (or such subsequent Applicable Time pursuant to Section 2.1.1), did not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. When any Preliminary Prospectus or the Statutory Prospectus was first filed with the Commission (whether filed as part of the Registration Statement for the registration of the Units or any amendment thereto or pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the Regulations) and when any amendment thereof or supplement thereto was first filed with the Commission, such Preliminary Prospectus or the Statutory Prospectus and any amendments thereof and supplements thereto complied or will have been corrected in the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus to comply in all material respects with the applicable provisions of the Act and the Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representation and warranty made in this Section 2.2.1 does not apply to statements made or statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company with respect to the Underwriters by the Underwriters expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto. The parties acknowledge and agree that such information provided by or on behalf of the Underwriters consists solely of the following: the names of the Underwriters the information with respect to stabilization transactions contained in the section entitled “Underwriting - Stabilization” (such information, collectively, the “Underwriters’ Information”).
5
2.2.2. Disclosure of Agreements. The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus conform to the descriptions thereof contained therein in all material respects and there are no agreements or other documents required to be described in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus or the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed. Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which the Company is a party or by which its property or business is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in the Registration Statement, Statutory Prospectus or the Prospectus or attached as an exhibit thereto, or (ii) that is material to the Company’s business, has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Company, is in full force and effect and is enforceable against the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the foreign, federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought, and no such agreement or instrument has been assigned by the Company, and neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any other party is in breach or default thereunder and, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a breach or default thereunder. To the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, the performance by the Company of the material provisions of such agreements or instruments will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or businesses, including, without limitation, those relating to environmental laws and regulations.
2.2.3. Prior Securities Transactions. No securities of the Company have been sold by the Company or by or on behalf of, or for the benefit of, any person or persons controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company since the date of the Company’s formation, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.
2.2.4. Regulations. The disclosures in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and Prospectus concerning the effects of federal, foreign, state and local regulation on the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.
2.3. Changes After Dates in Registration Statement.
2.3.1. No Material Adverse Change. Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus, except as otherwise specifically stated therein, (i) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or business prospects of the Company, (ii) there have been no material transactions entered into by the Company, other than as contemplated pursuant to this Agreement, (iii) no member of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board of Directors”) or management has resigned from any position with the Company and (iv) no event or occurrence has taken place which materially impairs, or would likely materially impair, with the passage of time, the ability of the members of the Board of Directors or management to act in their capacities with the Company as described in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus.
2.3.2. Recent Securities Transactions. Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, and except as may otherwise be indicated or contemplated herein or therein, the Company has not: (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its share capital.
6
2.4. Independent Accountants. Kreit & Chiu CPA LLP (“Kreit & Chiu”), whose report is filed with the Commission as part of, and is included in, the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus, are independent registered public accountants as required by the Act, the Regulations and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”), including the rules and regulations promulgated by such entity. To the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, Kreit & Chiu is currently registered with the PCAOB and in good standing. Kreit & Chiu has not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.
2.5. Financial Statements; Statistical Data.
2.5.1. Financial Statements. The financial statements, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules (if any) included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus fairly present the financial position, the results of operations and the cash flows of the Company at the dates and for the periods to which they apply; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), consistently applied throughout the periods involved; and the supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus present fairly the information required to be stated therein in conformity with the Regulations. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus or the Prospectus. The Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus disclose all material off-balance sheet transactions, arrangements, obligations (including contingent obligations), and other relationships of the Company with unconsolidated entities or other persons that may have a material current or future effect on the Company’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, capital resources, or significant components of revenues or expenses. There are no pro forma or as adjusted financial statements which are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus in accordance with Regulation S-X or Form S-1 that have not been included as so required.
2.5.2. Statistical Data. The statistical, industry-related and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and/or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate, and such data agree with the sources from which they are derived.
2.6. Authorized Capital; Options. The Company had at the date or dates indicated in each of the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus, as the case may be, duly authorized, issued and outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus. Based on the assumptions stated in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus, the Company will have on the Closing Date or on the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the adjusted stock capitalization set forth therein. Except as set forth in, or contemplated by, the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, on the Effective Date and on the Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there will be no options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire any authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares or any security convertible into Ordinary Shares, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell Ordinary Shares or any such options, warrants, rights or convertible securities.
2.7. Valid Issuance of Securities.
2.7.1. Outstanding Securities. All issued and outstanding securities of the Company issued prior to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof have no rights of rescission with respect thereto, and are not subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; and none of such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company. The authorized and outstanding securities of the Company conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus. All offers, sales and any transfers of the outstanding securities of the Company were at all relevant times either registered under the Act and the applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws or exempt from such registration requirements (based in part on the representations and warranties of the purchasers of such securities).
7
2.7.2. Public Securities. The Public Securities have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance and when issued and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Public Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Public Securities has been duly and validly taken. The form of certificates for the Public Securities conform to the corporate law of the jurisdiction of the Company’s incorporation and applicable securities laws. The Public Securities conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, as the case may be.
2.7.3. Placement Securities. The Placement Units constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company to issue the number and type of securities of the Company called for thereby in accordance with the terms thereof, and are, or will be, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except: (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally; (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under federal and state securities laws; and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought. The Ordinary Shares included in the Placement Units and the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Rights have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance and when issued and paid for in accordance with the Private Placement Unit Purchase Agreement and Rights Agreement will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; the holders thereof are not and will not be subject to personal liability by reason of being such holders; the Placement Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company; and all corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Placement Securities has been duly and validly taken. The Placement Securities conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, and the Prospectus, as the case may be.
2.7.4. No Integration. Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates has, prior to the date hereof, made any offer or sale of any securities which are required to be or may be “integrated” pursuant to the Act or the Regulations with the offer and sale of the Public Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement or the Placement Securities in the Private Placement.
2.8. Registration Rights of Third Parties. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, no holders of any securities of the Company or any rights exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into securities of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any such securities of the Company under the Act or to include any such securities in a registration statement to be filed by the Company.
2.9. Validity and Binding Effect of Agreements. This Agreement, the Insider Letter (as defined in Section 2.21.1), the Trust Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21.4), Administrative Services Agreement (as defined in Section 2.21.3), the Rights Agreement (as defined in Section 2.23) and the Private Placement Unit Purchase Agreement (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”) have been duly and validly authorized by the Company and, when executed and delivered by the Company and the other parties thereto, will constitute the valid and binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms, except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the foreign, federal, and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.
2.10. No Conflicts, Etc. The execution, delivery, and performance by the Company of the Transaction Documents, the consummation by the Company of the transactions herein and therein contemplated and the compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both: (i) result in a breach or violation of, or conflict with any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Company pursuant to the terms of any agreement, obligation, condition, covenant or instrument to which the Company is a party or bound or to which its property is subject except pursuant to the Trust Agreement; (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, each as may be amended (collectively, the “Charter Documents”); or (iii) violate any existing applicable statute, law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties, assets or business constituted as of the date hereof.
8
2.11. No Defaults; Violations. No default or violation exists in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any license, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement or instrument evidencing an obligation for borrowed money, or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of the Company is subject. The Company is not in violation of any term or provision of its Charter Documents or (ii) in violation of any franchise, license, permit, applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its properties or businesses.
2.12. Corporate Power; Licenses; Consents.
2.12.1. Conduct of Business. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses, certificates and permits of and from all governmental regulatory officials and bodies that it needs as of the date hereof to conduct its business for the purpose as described in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus. The disclosures in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus concerning the effects of foreign, federal, state and local regulation on this Offering and the Company’s business purpose as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects and do not omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Since its formation, the Company has conducted no business and has incurred no liabilities other than in connection with its formation and in furtherance of this Offering.
2.12.2. Transactions Contemplated Herein. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof, and all consents, authorizations, approvals and orders required in connection herewith have been obtained. No consent, authorization, or order of, and no filing with, any court, government agency or other body, foreign or domestic, is required for the valid issuance, sale and delivery, of the Public Securities and the Placement Securities and the consummation of the transactions and agreements contemplated by the Transaction Documents and as contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, except with respect to applicable foreign, federal and state securities laws, the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market, and the rules and regulations promulgated by FINRA.
2.13. D&O Questionnaires. To the Company’s knowledge after due inquiry, all information contained in the questionnaires (“Questionnaires”) completed by each of the Company’s officers, directors and shareholders (“Insiders”) and provided to the Representative and its counsel and the biographies of the Insiders contained in the Registration Statement, Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus (to the extent a biography is contained) is true and correct in all material aspects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in the Questionnaires completed by each Insider to become inaccurate, incorrect or incomplete.
2.14. Litigation; Governmental Proceedings. There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry, arbitration, investigation, litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened against or involving the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any Insider or any shareholder or member of an Insider that has not been disclosed, that is required to be disclosed, in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus, the Prospectus or the Questionnaires.
2.15. Good Standing. The Company has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. The Company is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which its ownership or lease of property or the conduct of business requires such qualification, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, assets, prospects, business, operations or properties of the Company, whether or not arising from transactions in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”).
9
2.16. No Contemplation of a Business Combination. The Company has not identified any Business Combination target (each a “Target Business”) and it has not, nor has anyone on its behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any Target Business.
2.17. Transactions Requiring Disclosure to FINRA.
2.17.1. Finder’s Fees. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, there are no claims, payments, arrangements, agreements or understandings relating to the payment of a finder’s, consulting or origination fee by the Company or any Insider with respect to the sale of the Securities hereunder or any other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any Insider that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA.
2.17.2. Payments Within 180 Days. The Company has not made any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (ii) any FINRA member; or (iii) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the 180-day period prior to the initial filing of the Registration Statement, other than the prior payments to the Representative in connection with the Offering. The Company has not issued any warrants or other securities, or granted any options, directly or indirectly, to anyone who is a potential underwriter in the Offering or a related person (as defined by FINRA rules) of such an underwriter within the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Registration Statement. No person to whom securities of the Company have been privately issued within the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Registration Statement has any relationship or affiliation or association with any member of FINRA participating in the Offering. Except with respect to the Representative in connection with the Offering, the Company has not entered into any agreement or arrangement (including, without limitation, any consulting agreement or any other type of agreement) during the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Registration Statement with the Commission, which arrangement or agreement provides for the receipt of any item of value and/or the transfer or issuance of any warrants, options, or other securities from the Company to a FINRA member, any person associated with a member (as defined by FINRA rules), any potential underwriters in the Offering and/or any related persons.
2.17.3. FINRA Affiliation. Other than as disclosed to the Representative, to the knowledge of the Company, no officer or director or any direct or indirect beneficial owner (including the Insiders) of any class of the Company’s unregistered securities (whether debt or equity, registered or unregistered, regardless of the time acquired or the source from which derived) has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA). The Company will advise the Representative and Lucosky Brookman if it learns that any officer or director or any direct or indirect beneficial owner (including the Insiders) is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the Offering.
2.17.4. Share Ownership. To the knowledge of the Company after due inquiry, no officer or director or any direct or indirect beneficial owner (including the Insiders) of any class of the Company’s unregistered securities is an owner of shares or other securities of any member of FINRA participating in the Offering (other than securities purchased on the open market).
2.17.5. Loans. To the knowledge of the Company after due inquiry, no officer or director or any direct or indirect beneficial owner (including the Insiders) of any class of the Company’s unregistered securities has made a subordinated loan to any member of FINRA participating in the Offering.
2.17.6. Proceeds of the Offering. No proceeds from the sale of the Public Securities (excluding underwriting compensation) or the Placement Securities will be paid to any FINRA member participating in the Offering, or any persons associated or affiliated with a member of FINRA participating in the Offering, except as specifically authorized herein.
10
2.17.7. Conflicts of Interest. To the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, no FINRA member intending to participate in the Offering has a conflict of interest with the Company. For this purpose, a “conflict of interest” exists when a member of FINRA and/or its associated persons, parent or affiliates in the aggregate beneficially own 10% or more of the Company’s outstanding subordinated debt or common equity, or 10% or more of the Company’s preferred equity. “Members participating in the Offering” include managing agents, syndicate group members and all dealers which are members of FINRA.
2.18. Taxes.
2.18.1. There are no transfer taxes or other similar fees or charges under U.S. federal law or the laws of any U.S. state or any political subdivision of the United States, required to be paid in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance or sale by the Company of the Public Securities.
2.18.2. The Company has filed all U.S. federal, state and local tax returns required to be filed with taxing authorities prior to the date hereof in a timely manner or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof. The Company has paid all taxes shown as due on such returns that were filed and has paid all taxes imposed on it and any other assessment, fine or penalty levied against it, to the extent that any of the foregoing is due and payable. The Company has made appropriate provisions in the applicable financial statements referred to in Section 2.5.1 above in respect of all federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise taxes for all current or prior periods as to which the tax liability of the Company has not been finally determined.
2.19. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; Anti-Money Laundering; Patriot Act.
2.19.1. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Neither the Company nor to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any of the Insiders or any other person acting on behalf of the Company has, directly or indirectly, given or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official or employee of any governmental agency or instrumentality of any government (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is, or may be in a position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist it in connection with any actual or proposed transaction) that (i) might subject the Company to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding, (ii) if not given in the past, might have had a Material Adverse Effect, or (iii) if not continued in the future, might adversely affect the assets, business or operations of the Company. The Company has taken reasonable steps to ensure that its accounting controls and procedures are sufficient to cause the Company to comply in all material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
2.19.2. Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act. The operations of the Company are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with (i) the requirements of the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Asset Control and (ii) applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transaction Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, including the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, as amended, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar money laundering statutes, rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Federal governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened.
2.19.3. Patriot Act. Neither the Company nor to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any Insider has violated the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended, or the Uniting and Strengthening of America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA PATRIOT) Act of 2001, and/or the rules and regulations promulgated under any such law, or any successor law.
2.20. Officers’ Certificate. Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company in connection with the Offering and delivered to the Representative or to Lucosky Brookman shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.
11
2.21. Agreements With Insiders.
2.21.1. Insider Letter. The Company has caused to be duly executed a legally binding and enforceable letter agreement (except (i) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as enforceability of any indemnification, contribution or non-compete provision may be limited under foreign, federal and state securities laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought), a form of which is annexed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “Insider Letter”), pursuant to which each of the Insiders of the Company agree to certain matters. The Insider Letter shall not be amended, modified or otherwise changed without the prior written consent of the Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
2.21.2. Purchase Agreement. The Company and Sponsor have entered into a Private Placement Unit Purchase Agreement, the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “Private Placement Unit Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which the Sponsor will, among other things, on the Closing Date, consummate the purchase of and deliver the purchase price for the Placement Units as provided for in such Private Placement Unit Purchase Agreement. Pursuant to the Private Placement Unit Purchase Agreement, (i) the Sponsor has waived any and all rights and claims it may have to any proceeds, and any interest thereon, held in the Trust Account in respect of the Placement Securities, and (ii) the proceeds from the sale of the Placement Securities will be deposited by the Company in the Trust Account in accordance with the terms of the Trust Agreement on the Closing Date as provided for in the Private Placement Unit Purchase Agreement.
2.21.3. Administrative Services. The Sponsor has agreed to make available to the Company general and administrative services including office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support for the Company’s use for $5,000 per month payable from the Effective Date, until the earlier of the consummation by the Company of a Business Combination or the Company’s liquidation (in each case as described in the Registration Statement).
2.21.4. Registration Rights Agreement. On the date hereof, the Company and the Sponsor have entered into a Registration Rights Agreement (“Registration Rights Agreement”) substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, whereby such parties will be entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the securities they hold or may hold, as set forth in such Registration Rights Agreement and described more fully in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus.
2.21.5. Loans. The Sponsor has agreed to make loans to the Company in the aggregate amount of $300,000 (the “Insider Loans”) pursuant to a promissory note substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. The Insider Loans do not bear any interest and are repayable by the Company on the Closing Date.
2.22. Investment Management Trust Agreement. The Company and the Trustee have entered into the Trust Agreement with respect to certain proceeds of the Offering and the Private Placement substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, pursuant to which the funds held in the Trust Account may be released under limited circumstances. The Trust Agreement shall not be amended, modified, or otherwise changed in any way that modifies the rights or obligations of the Company without the prior written consent of the Representative, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
2.23. Rights Agreement. The Company has entered into a rights agreement with respect to the rights underlying the Units, the Private Placement Units and certain other rights that may be issued by the Company with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the “Rights Agreement”).
2.24. No Existing Non-Competition Agreements. To the knowledge of the Company after due inquiry, no Insider is subject to any non-competition agreement or non-solicitation agreement with any employer or prior employer which could materially affect his ability to be an employee, officer and/or director of the Company, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.
12
2.25. Investments. No more than 45% of the “value” (as defined in Section 2(a)(41) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“Investment Company Act”)) of the Company’s total assets consist of, and no more than 45% of the Company’s net income after taxes is derived from, securities other than “Government Securities” (as defined in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act) or money market funds meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act.
2.26. Investment Company Act. The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Statutory Prospectus and Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act.
2.27. Subsidiaries. The Company does not own an interest in any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other business entity.
2.28. Related Party Transactions. No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among the Company, on the one hand, and any Insider, on the other hand, which is required by the Act, the Exchange Act or the Regulations to be described in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus which is not so described as required. There are no outstanding loans, advances (except normal advances for business expenses in the ordinary course of business), or guarantees of indebtedness by the Company to or for the benefit of any of the officers or directors of the Company or any of their respective family members, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and Prospectus. The Company has not extended or maintained credit, arranged for the extension of credit, or renewed an extension of credit, in the form of a personal loan to or for any director or officer of the Company.
2.29. No Influence. The Company has not offered, or caused the Underwriters to offer, the Firm Units to any person or entity with the intention of unlawfully influencing: (a) a customer or supplier of the Company or any affiliate of the Company to alter the customer’s or supplier’s level or type of business with the Company or such affiliate or (b) a journalist or publication to write or publish favorable information about the Company or any such affiliate.
2.30. Sarbanes-Oxley. The Company is, or on the Closing Date will be, in material compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and related or similar rules or regulations promulgated by any governmental or self-regulatory entity or agency, that are applicable to it as of the date hereof.
2.31. Distribution of Offering Material by the Company. The Company has not distributed and will not distribute, prior to the later of the Closing Date and the completion of the distribution of the Units, any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Units other than the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, in each case as supplemented and amended.
2.32. Nasdaq Stock Market. The Units, Ordinary Shares and Rights have been authorized for listing, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, on The Nasdaq Stock Market (the “Nasdaq”), and the Company knows of no reason or set of facts that is likely to adversely affect such authorization.
2.33. Board of Directors. As of the Effective Date, the Board of Directors of the Company will be comprised of the persons set forth as “Directors” or “Director nominees” under the heading of the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus captioned “Management.” As of the Effective Date, the qualifications of the persons serving as board members and the overall composition of the board will comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder and the rules of the Nasdaq that are, in each case, applicable to the Company. As of the Effective Date, the Company will have an Audit Committee that satisfies the applicable requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder and the rules of the Nasdaq.
2.34. Emerging Growth Company. From its formation through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).
13
2.35. No Disqualification Events. Neither the Company, nor any of its predecessors or any affiliated issuer, nor any director, executive officer, or other officer of the Company participating in the Offering, nor any beneficial owner of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding voting equity securities, calculated on the basis of voting power, nor any promoter (as that term is defined in Rule 405 under the Act) connected with the Company in any capacity at the Applicable Time (each, a “Company Covered Person” and, together, “Company Covered Persons”) is subject to any of the “Bad Actor” disqualifications described in Rule 506(d)(1)(i) to (viii) under the Act (a “Disqualification Event”), except for a Disqualification Event covered by Rule 506(d)(2) or (d)(3). The Company has exercised reasonable care to determine whether any Company Covered Person is subject to a Disqualification Event. The Company has complied, to the extent applicable, with its disclosure obligations under Rule 506(e), and has furnished to the Underwriters a copy of any disclosures provided thereunder.
2.36. Free-Writing Prospectus and Testing-the-Waters. The Company has not made any offer relating to the Public Securities that would constitute an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Act, or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405. The Company: (a) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Representative with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Act and (b) has not authorized anyone to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications other than its officers and the Representative and individuals engaged by the Representative. The Company has not distributed any written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule B hereto. “Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the Act.
2.37. Dividends and Distributions. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, under current laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands and any political subdivision thereof, all dividends and other distributions declared and payable on the Securities may be paid by the Company to the holder thereof in United States dollars. No taxes, fees or charges (other than stamp duty) are payable (either by director assessment or withholding to the government or other taxing authority in the Cayman Islands under the laws of the Cayman Islands in respect of payments made to the holders of Securities.
3. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:
3.1. Amendments to Registration Statement. The Company will deliver to the Representative, prior to filing, any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus proposed to be filed after the Effective Date and the Company shall not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Representative reasonably objects in writing.
3.2. Federal Securities Laws.
3.2.1. Compliance. During the time when a Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Act, the Regulations, and the Exchange Act, and by the regulations under the Exchange Act, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Securities in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus. If at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, any event shall have occurred as a result of which, in the opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the Underwriters, the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with the Act, the Company will notify the Representative promptly and prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3.1 hereof, an appropriate amendment or supplement in accordance with Section 10 of the Act.
3.2.2. Filing of Final Prospectus. The Company will file the Prospectus (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Rule 424 of the Regulations.
3.2.3. Exchange Act Registration. The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the registration of the Units, Ordinary Shares and Rights (although only until the conversion of the Rights) under the provisions of the Exchange Act (except in connection with a going-private transaction or upon completion of the Business Combination if the Company is not the surviving public reporting company) for a period of five years from the Effective Date, or until the Company is required to be liquidated or is acquired, if earlier.
14
3.2.4. Exchange Act Filings. From the Effective Date until the earlier of the Company’s initial Business Combination, or its liquidation and dissolution, the Company shall use its best efforts to timely file with the Commission via the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”) such statements and reports as are required to be filed by a company registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act.
3.2.5. Sarbanes-Oxley Compliance. As soon as it is legally required to do so, the Company shall take all actions necessary to obtain and thereafter maintain material compliance with each applicable provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and related or similar rules and regulations promulgated by any other governmental or self-regulatory entity or agency with jurisdiction over the Company.
3.3. Free-Writing Prospectus. The Company agrees that it will not make any offer relating to the Public Securities that would constitute an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 under the Act, or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 405.
3.4. Delivery to Underwriters of Prospectuses. The Company will deliver to the Underwriters, without charge and from time to time during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Act or the Exchange Act, such number of copies of each Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus as the Underwriters may reasonably request and, as soon as the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto becomes effective, deliver to the Underwriters, upon their request, two manually executed Registration Statements, including exhibits, and all post-effective amendments thereto and copies of all exhibits filed therewith or incorporated therein by reference and all manually executed consents of certified experts.
3.5. Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the Representative. The Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective and will notify the Representative immediately and confirm the notice in writing: (i) of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto; (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iii) of the issuance by any foreign or state securities commission of any proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Public Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iv) of the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus; (v) of the receipt of any comments or request for any additional information from the Commission; and (vi) of the happening of any event that, in the reasonable judgment of the Company, makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, and in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Commission or any foreign or state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.
3.6. Affiliated Transactions.
3.6.1. Business Combinations. The Company will not consummate a Business Combination with any entity that is affiliated with any Insider unless the Company obtains an opinion from an independent investment banking firm that is a member of FINRA or an independent accounting firm that the Business Combination is fair to the Company from a financial point of view.
3.6.2. Compensation to Insiders. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company shall not pay any of the Insiders or any of their affiliates any fees or compensation from the Company, for services rendered to the Company prior to, or in connection with, the consummation of a Business Combination.
15
3.7. [Reserved]
3.8. Reports to the Representative. For a period of five years from the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated or is no longer required to file reports under the Exchange Act, the Company will furnish to the Representative and its counsel copies of such financial statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities, and promptly furnish to the Underwriters, (i) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to file with the Commission, (ii) a copy of every press release and every news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs that was released by the Company, (iii) a copy of each current Report on Form 8-K or Schedule 13D, 13G, 14D-1 or 13E-4 received or prepared by the Company, (iv) two (2) copies of each registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission under the Act, and (v) such additional documents and information with respect to the Company and the affairs of any future subsidiaries of the Company as the Representative may from time to time reasonably request; provided the Representative shall sign, if requested by the Company, a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the Representative and its counsel in connection with the Representatives receipt of such information. Documents filed or furnished with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Representative pursuant to this Section.
3.9. Transfer Agent. For a period of five years following the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, the Company shall retain a transfer agent acceptable to the Representative. Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company is acceptable to the Representative.
3.10. Payment of Expenses. The Company hereby agrees to pay on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the extent not paid at the Closing Date, all Company expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including but not limited to (i) the Company’s legal and accounting fees and disbursements, (ii) the preparation, printing, filing, mailing and delivery (including the payment of postage with respect to such mailing) of the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, including any pre or post effective amendments or supplements thereto, and the printing and mailing of this Agreement and related documents, including the cost of all copies thereof and any amendments thereof or supplements thereto supplied to the Representative in quantities as may be required by the Representative, (iii) fees incurred in connection with conducting background checks of the Company’s management team, (iv) the preparation, printing, engraving, issuance and delivery of the Units and the Ordinary Shares included in the Units, including any transfer or other taxes payable thereon, (v) fees incurred in registering the Offering with FINRA and the reasonable fees of counsel of the Representative in connection with the Offering, (vi) fees, costs and expenses incurred in listing the Securities on the Nasdaq or such other stock exchanges as the Company and the Representative together determine, (vii) all fees and disbursements of the transfer agent, (viii) all of the Company’s expenses associated with “due diligence” and “road show” meetings arranged by the Representative and any presentations made available by way of a net roadshow, including without limitation trips for the Company’s management to meet with prospective investors, all travel, food and lodging expenses associated with such trips incurred by the Company or such management, (ix) the preparation, binding and delivery of bound transaction “bibles,” in quantities and form and style reasonably satisfactory to the Representative and Lucite cube mementos in such quantities as the Representative and the Company may mutually agree, and (x) all other costs and expenses customarily borne by an issuer incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this Section 3.10. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Representative the actual and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation, expenses and fees incurred by the Representative’s legal counsel (including legal fees in connection with registering with FINRA), and the Representative’s due diligence and background check process in an amount not to exceed $75,000 in the event of a Closing (the “Expense Cap”) and $75,000 in the event there is no Closing. Additionally, the Company has paid an expense advance (the “Advance”) to the Representative of $25,000. The Advance shall be applied towards the Expense Cap and any portion of the Advance shall be returned to the Company to the extent not actually incurred. The remaining $50,000 shall be payable to the Representative upon the closing of the offering.
3.11. Application of Net Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the Offering and Private Placement and received by it in a manner consistent with the application described under the caption “Use of Proceeds” in the Prospectus.
16
3.12. Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders. The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than the first day of the fifteenth full calendar month following the Effective Date, an earnings statement (which need not be certified by independent public or independent certified public accountants unless required by the Act or the Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Act) covering a period of at least twelve consecutive months beginning after the Effective Date.
3.13. Notice to FINRA.
3.13.1. Notice to FINRA. For a period of ninety (90) days after the date of the Prospectus, in the event any person or entity (regardless of any FINRA affiliation or association) is engaged, in writing, to assist the Company in its search for a Target Business or to provide any other services in connection therewith, the Company will provide the following to FINRA and the Representative prior to the consummation of the Business Combination: (i) complete details of all services and copies of agreements governing such services; and (ii) justification as to why the person or entity providing the merger and acquisition services should not be considered an “underwriter and related person” with respect to the Offering, as such term is defined in Rule 5110 of the FINRA Manual. The Company also agrees that, if required by law, proper disclosure of such arrangement or potential arrangement will be made in the tender offer documents or proxy statement which the Company will file with the Commission in connection with the Business Combination.
3.13.2. FINRA. The Company shall advise the Representative (who shall make an appropriate filing with FINRA) if it is aware that any 10% or greater shareholder of the Company becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member participating in the distribution of the Public Securities.
3.13.3. Broker/Dealer. In the event the Company intends to register as a broker/dealer, merge with or acquire a registered broker/dealer, or otherwise become a member of FINRA, it shall promptly notify FINRA.
3.14. Stabilization. Neither the Company, nor to its knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, any of its employees, directors or shareholders (without the consent of the Representative) has taken and the Company will not take, and has directed its employees, directors and shareholders not to take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Units.
3.15. Internal Controls. The Company will maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.
3.16. Accountants. Until the earlier of five years from the Effective Date or until such earlier time upon which the Company is required to be liquidated, engages in a going private transaction or completes a Business Combination in which the Company is not the surviving public reporting company the Company shall retain Kreit & Chiu CPA LLC or another independent registered public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to the Representative.
3.17. Form 8-K. The Company shall, on or prior to the date hereof, retain its independent registered public accounting firm to audit the balance sheet of the Company as of the Closing Date (“Audited Financial Statements”) reflecting the receipt by the Company of the proceeds of the Offering and the Private Placement. Within four (4) Business Days after the Closing Date, the Company shall file a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Commission, which Report shall contain the Company’s Audited Financial Statements. Promptly after the Option Closing Date, if the Over-allotment Option is exercised after the Closing Date, the Company shall file with the Commission a Current Report on Form 8-K or an amendment to the Form 8-K to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of such option.
17
3.18. Corporate Proceedings. All corporate proceedings and other legal matters necessary to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been done to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representative (or its counsel).
3.19. Investment Company. The Company shall cause the proceeds of the Offering to be held in the Trust Account to be invested only as provided for in the Trust Agreement and disclosed in the Prospectus. The Company will otherwise conduct its business in a manner so that it will not become subject to the Investment Company Act. Furthermore, once the Company consummates a Business Combination, it shall be engaged in a business other than that of investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading securities.
3.20. Amendments to Charter Documents. The Company covenants and agrees, that prior to its initial Business Combination it will not seek to amend or modify its Charter Documents, except in accordance with the procedures set forth therein. The Company acknowledges that the purchasers of the Units in the Offering shall be deemed to be third party beneficiaries of this Agreement and specifically this Section 3.20
3.21. Press Releases. The Company agrees that it will not issue press releases or engage in any other publicity, without the Representative’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld), for a period of twenty-five (25) days after the Closing Date. In the event that the Representative, in its sole discretion, waives or releases any restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreements (if any) or the Insider Letter prior to the expiration of the applicable lock-up period, the Company shall announce the impending release or waiver by issuing a press release through a major news service or Form 8-K at least two business days before the effectiveness of such release or waiver. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Company be prohibited from issuing any press releases or engaging in any other publicity required by law, except that including the name of any Underwriter therein shall require the prior written consent of such Underwriter.
3.22. Insurance. The Company will maintain directors’ and officers’ insurance (including, without limitation, insurance covering the Company, its directors and officers for liabilities or losses arising in connection with this Offering, including, without limitation, liabilities or losses arising under the Act, the Exchange Act, the Regulations and any applicable foreign securities laws, the “Insurance”).
3.23. Electronic Prospectus. The Company shall cause to be prepared and delivered to the Underwriters, at the Company’s expense, promptly, but in no event later than two (2) Business Days from the effective date of this Agreement, an Electronic Prospectus to be used by the Underwriters in connection with the Offering. As used herein, the term “Electronic Prospectus” means a form of prospectus, and any amendment or supplement thereto, that meets each of the following conditions: (i) it shall be encoded in an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representative, that may be transmitted electronically by the Underwriters to offerees and purchasers of the Units for at least the period during which a prospectus relating to the Units is required to be delivered under the Act; (ii) it shall disclose the same information as the paper prospectus and prospectus filed pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent that graphic and image material cannot be disseminated electronically, in which case such graphic and image material shall be replaced in the electronic prospectus with a fair and accurate narrative description or tabular representation of such material, as appropriate; and (iii) it shall be in or convertible into a paper format or an electronic format, satisfactory to the Representative, that will allow recipients thereof to store and have continuously ready access to the prospectus at any future time, without charge to such recipients (other than any fee charged for subscription to the Internet as a whole and for on-line time).
3.24. Private Placement Proceeds. On the Closing Date, the Company shall cause to be deposited $1,917,500 of proceeds from the Private Placement into the Trust Account, or such other amount such that the amount of the funds in the Trust Account shall be $10.00 per Unit sold in the Offering.
3.25. Future Financings. The Company agrees that neither it, nor any successor or subsidiary of the Company, will consummate any public or private equity or debt financing prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, unless all investors in such financing expressly waive, in writing, any rights in or claims against the Trust Account.
3.26. Amendments to Agreements. The Company shall not amend, modify or otherwise change the Rights Agreement, Trust Agreement, Registration Rights Agreement, Private Placement Unit Purchase Agreement, or the Insider Letter without the prior written consent of the Representative.
3.27. Nasdaq. Until the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of the Units, Ordinary Shares and Rights on the Nasdaq or a national securities exchange acceptable to the Representative.
18
3.28. Reservation of Shares. The Company will reserve and keep available that maximum number of its authorized but unissued securities which are issuable upon conversion of the Rights and Placement Rights, outstanding from time to time.
3.29. Notice of Disqualification Events. The Company will notify the Underwriters in writing, prior to the Closing Date, of (i) any Disqualification Event relating to any Company Covered Person and (ii) any event that could reasonably be expected, with the passage of time, become a Disqualification Event relating to any Company Covered Person.
3.30. Emerging Growth Company Status. The Company will promptly notify the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the earlier of five years after the consummation of the Company’s initial Business Combination, or the liquidation of the Trust Account if a Business Combination is not consummated as required by its Charter Documents (the “Termination Date”).
3.31. Review of Financial Statements. Until the earlier of five years from the Effective Date or until the liquidation of the Trust Account if a Business Combination is not consummated by the Termination Date, the Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent certified public accountants to review (but not audit) the Company’s financial statements for each of the first three fiscal quarters prior to the announcement of quarterly financial information and the filing of the Company’s Form 10-Q quarterly report.
3.32. Right of First Refusal. The Company has granted the Representative an irrevocable right of first refusal, for a period commencing from the Closing Date until the earlier of (i) one year after the consummation of our initial business combination or (ii) 36 months after the Closing Date in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110(g)(6)(A) to act as the sole investment banker, book-runner and/or placement agent at the Representative’s sole discretion, for each public and/or private financing, including all equity-linked financings, forward purchase arrangements or similar equity line financings, on terms and conditions customary for the Representative in such transactions. For the purpose of clarification, such right of first refusal option will be at same or better terms that the Company is being offered by any other service provider.
4. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations. The obligations of the Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Units, as provided herein, shall be subject to the continuing accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company as of the date hereof and as of each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, to the accuracy of the statements of officers of the Company made pursuant to the provisions hereof and to the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following conditions:
4.1. Regulatory Matters.
4.1.1. Effectiveness of Registration Statement. The Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than [ ] p.m., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by the Representative, and, at each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for the purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or contemplated by the Commission and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of Loeb.
4.1.2. FINRA Clearance. By the Effective Date, the Underwriters shall have received a letter of no objections from FINRA as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to the Underwriters as described in the Registration Statement.
4.1.3. No Commission Stop Order. At the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, the Commission has not issued any order or threatened to issue any order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any part thereof, and has not instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened to institute any proceedings with respect to such an order.
19
4.1.4. Nasdaq. The Units, Ordinary Shares and Rights shall have been approved for listing on the Nasdaq, subject to official notice of issuance and evidence of satisfactory distribution, satisfactory evidence of which shall have been provided to the Representative.
4.2. Company Counsel Matters.
4.2.1. Closing Date and Option Closing Date Opinions of Counsel. On the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received the favorable opinions and negative assurance statements of Loeb & Loeb LLP, the Company’s U.S. counsel, and Forbes Hare LLP, the Company’s Cayman Islands counsel, dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, addressed to the Representative as representative for the several Underwriters and in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative and Lucosky Brookman LLP.
4.2.2. Reliance. In rendering such opinions, such counsels may rely as to matters of fact, to the extent they deem proper, on certificates or other written statements of officers of the Company and officers of departments of various jurisdictions having custody of documents respecting the corporate existence or good standing of the Company, provided that copies of any such statements or certificates shall be delivered to the Representative’s counsel if requested.
4.3. Comfort Letter. At the time this Agreement is executed, and at the Closing Date and Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a letter, addressed to the Representative as representative for the several Underwriters and in form and substance satisfactory in all respects (including the non-material nature of the changes or decreases, if any, referred to in Section 4.3.3 below) to the Representative from Kreit & Chiu dated, respectively, as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date and Option Closing Date, if any:
4.3.1. Confirming that they are independent accountants with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the applicable Regulations and that they have not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Registration Statement, Preliminary Prospectus, Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act;
4.3.2. Stating that in their opinion the financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the published Regulations thereunder;
4.3.3. Stating that, on the basis of their review, which included a reading of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements of the Company (with an indication of the date of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements), a reading of the latest available minutes of the shareholders and Board of Directors and the various committees of the Board of Directors, consultations with officers and other employees of the Company responsible for financial and accounting matters and other specified procedures and inquiries, nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that (a) the unaudited financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus do not comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the Regulations or are not fairly presented in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, or (b) at a date immediately prior to the Effective Date, Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there was any change in the share capital or long-term debt of the Company, or any decrease in the shareholders’ equity of the Company as compared with amounts shown in the balance sheet as of June 30, 2025 included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, other than as set forth in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus or, if there was any decrease, setting forth the amount of such decrease, and (c) during the period from June 25, 2025 (inception) to a specified date immediately prior to the Effective Date, Closing Date or Option Closing Date, as the case may be, there were any changes in revenues, net earnings (losses) or net earnings (losses) per Ordinary Share, in each case as compared with the Statement of Operations for the period from June 25, 2025 (inception) through June 30, 2025 included in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus, or, if there was any such change, setting forth the amount of such change;
20
4.3.4. Setting forth, at a date not later than five days prior to the Effective Date, the amount of liabilities of the Company (including a break-down of commercial papers and notes payable to banks);
4.3.5. Stating that they have compared specific dollar amounts, numbers of shares, percentages of revenues and earnings, statements and other financial information pertaining to the Company set forth in the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus in each case to the extent that such amounts, numbers, percentages, statements and information may be derived from the general accounting records, including work sheets, of the Company and excluding any questions requiring an interpretation by legal counsel, with the results obtained from the application of specified readings, inquiries and other appropriate procedures (which procedures do not constitute an examination in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) set forth in the letter and found them to be in agreement;
4.3.6. Stating that they have not, since the Company’s incorporation, brought to the attention of the Company’s management any reportable condition related to internal structure, design or operation as defined in the Statement on Auditing Standards No. 60 “Communication of Internal Control Structure Related Matters Noted in an Audit,” in the Company’s internal controls; and
4.3.7. Statements as to such other matters incident to the transaction contemplated hereby as the Representative or its counsel may reasonably request, including: (i) that Kreit & Chiu CPA LLP is registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board; (ii) that Kreit & Chiu CPA LLP has sufficient assets and insurance to pay for any liability incurred by it relating to providing the letter; and (iii) that Kreit & Chiu CPA LLP is not insolvent.
4.4. Officers’ Certificates.
4.4.1. Officers’ Certificate. At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company (in their capacities as such), dated the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, respectively, to the effect that (i) the Company has performed all covenants, complied with all agreements and complied with all conditions required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by the Company prior to and as of the Closing Date, or the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, (ii) the conditions set forth in Section 4 hereof have been satisfied as of such date, (iii) as of Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2 hereof are true and correct, (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any notice objecting to its use has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose have been instituted or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened and (v) since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto), there has been no Material Adverse Effect, except as set forth in or contemplated in the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus (exclusive of any supplement thereto). In addition, the Representative will have received such other and further certificates of officers of the Company (in their capacities as such) as the Representative may reasonably request.
4.4.2. Chief Executive Officer’s Certificate. At each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, the Representative shall have received a certificate of the Company signed by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, dated the Closing Date or the Option Date, as the case may be, respectively, certifying (i) that the Charter Documents are true and complete, have not been modified and are in full force and effect, (ii) that the resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the public offering contemplated by this Agreement are in full force and effect and have not been modified, (iii) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Commission, (iv) as to the accuracy and completeness of all correspondence between the Company or its counsel and the Nasdaq and (v) as to the incumbency of the officers of the Company. The documents referred to in such certificate shall be attached to such certificate.
4.5. No Material Changes. Prior to and on each of the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, if any, (i) there shall have been no material adverse change or development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition or prospects or the business activities, financial or otherwise, of the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (ii) no action suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending or threatened against the Company or any Insider before or by any court or federal, foreign or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may materially adversely affect the business,
21
operations, or financial condition or income of the Company, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (iii) no stop order shall have been issued under the Act and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or, to the Company’s knowledge, assuming reasonable inquiry, threatened by the Commission, and (iv) the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all material statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Act and the Regulations and shall conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the Regulations, and neither the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
4.6. Delivery of Agreements. On the Effective Date, the Company shall have delivered to the Representative executed copies of the Transaction Documents.
4.7. Placement Units. On the Closing Date the Placement Units have been purchased as provided for in the Private Placement Unit Purchase Agreement and the requisite portion of the purchase price for such securities specified herein and therein shall be deposited into the Trust Account.
4.8. Insurance. On the Closing Date and the Option Closing Date, as applicable, the Company has obtained and maintained the Insurance as provided in Section 3.22.
5. Indemnification and Contribution.
5.1. Indemnification.
5.1.1. Indemnification of the Underwriters. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates and their respective partners, members, directors, officers, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who controls each Underwriter or any affiliate within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act as follows:
(a) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, joint or several, (i) arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any registration statement filed with respect to the securities issued in the initial Business Combination to the Company’s and/or the target’s shareholders or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (ii) arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in (a) any preliminary prospectus, Statutory Prospectus, any Testing-the-Waters Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing), (b) any statutory prospectus, prospectus or proxy statement, or any other filing or submission with the Commission, as applicable, filed or submitted in connection with the initial Business Combination (including, in each case, exhibits and financial statements included therein), (c) any “roadshow” as defined in Rule 433(h), or (d) any testing-the-waters communication or any materials used in connection with any financing related to the initial Business Combination, in each case, including in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arising out of or based upon the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
(b) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, joint or several, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding or fines by any governmental authority, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 5.1.4) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company, which consent shall not unreasonably be delayed, conditioned or withheld; and
(c) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding or fines by any governmental authority, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission (whether or not a party), to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (a) or (b) above;
provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made solely in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriters’ Information.
22
5.1.2. Indemnification of the Company, its Directors and Officers. Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and its directors, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 5.1.1, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Statutory Prospectus, any Testing-the-Waters Communication or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to the foregoing), solely in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriters’ Information.
5.1.3. Notifications and Other Indemnification Procedures. Any party that proposes to assert the right to be indemnified under this Section 5.1 will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action against such party in respect of which a claim is to be made against an indemnifying party or parties under this Section 5.1, notify each such indemnifying party of the commencement of such action, enclosing a copy of all papers served, but the omission so to notify such indemnifying party will not relieve the indemnifying party from (i) any liability that it might have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 5.1 and (ii) any liability that it may have to any indemnified party under the foregoing provision of this Section 5.1 unless, and only to the extent that, such omission results in the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses by the indemnifying party. If any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of its commencement, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and, to the extent that it elects by delivering written notice to the indemnified party promptly after receiving notice of the commencement of the action from the indemnified party, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense of, the action, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense, the indemnifying party will not be liable to the indemnified party for any other legal expenses except as provided below and except for the reasonable costs of investigation subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense. The indemnified party will have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action, but the fees, expenses and other charges of such counsel will be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (A) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party has been authorized in writing by the indemnifying party, (B) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (C) a conflict or potential conflict exists (based on advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party will not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party) or (D) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel to assume the defense of such action or counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party, in each case, within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action; in each of which cases the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel will be at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one separate firm admitted to practice in such jurisdiction at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties. All such fees, disbursements and other charges will be reimbursed by the indemnifying party promptly as they are incurred. An indemnifying party will not, in any event, be liable for any settlement of any action or claim effected without its written consent. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of each indemnified party, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action or proceeding relating to the matters contemplated by this Section 5 (whether or not any indemnified party is a party thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (x) includes an express and unconditional release of each indemnified party, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (y) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.
5.1.4. Settlement Without Consent if Failure to Reimburse. If an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 5.1.1(b) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.
23
5.2. Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraphs of Section 5.1 is applicable in accordance with its terms but for any reason is held to be unavailable or insufficient from the Company or the Underwriters, the Company and the Underwriters will contribute to the total losses, claims, liabilities, expenses and damages (including any investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted) to which any indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand. The relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the sale of the Units (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the total compensation received by the Underwriters (before deducting expenses) from the sale of Units on behalf of the Company. If, but only if, the allocation provided by the foregoing sentence is not permitted by applicable law, the allocation of contribution shall be made in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in the foregoing sentence but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other hand, with respect to the statements or omission that resulted in such loss, claim, liability, expense or damage, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations with respect to such offering. Such relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 5.2 were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation that does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, liability, expense or damage, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 5.2 shall be deemed to include, for the purpose of this Section 5.2, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim to the extent consistent with Section 5.1.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 5.1 and this Section 5.2, the Underwriters shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the commissions actually received by it under this Agreement and no person found guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 5.2, any person who controls a party to this Agreement within the meaning of the Securities Act, any affiliates of the respective Underwriters and any officers, directors, partners, employees or agents of the Underwriters or their respective affiliates, will have the same rights to contribution as that party, and each director of the Company and each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement will have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the provisions hereof. Any party entitled to contribution, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made under this Section 5.2, will notify any such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify will not relieve that party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any other obligation it or they may have under this Section 5.2 except to the extent that the failure to so notify such other party materially prejudiced the substantive rights or defenses of the party from whom contribution is sought. Except for a settlement entered into pursuant to the last sentence of Section 5.1.3, no party will be liable for contribution with respect to any action or claim settled without its written consent if such consent is required pursuant to Section 5.1.3.
6. Default by an Underwriter.
6.1. Default Not Exceeding 10% of Firm Units. If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or their obligations to purchase the Firm Units and if the number of the Firm Units with respect to which such default relates does not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the number of Firm Units that all Underwriters have agreed to purchase hereunder, then such Firm Units to which the default relates shall be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder.
6.2. Default Exceeding 10% of Firm Units. In the event that the default addressed in Section 6.1 above relates to more than 10% of the Firm Units, the Representative may, in its discretion, arrange for it or for another party or parties to purchase such Firm Units to which such default relates on the terms contained herein. If within one (1) Business Day after such default relating to more than 10% of the Firm Units the Representative do not arrange for the purchase of such Firm Units, then the Company shall be entitled to a further period of one (1) Business Day within which to procure another party or parties satisfactory to the Representative to purchase said Firm Units on such terms.
24
In the event that neither the Representative nor the Company arrange for the purchase of the Firm Units to which a default relates as provided in this Section 6, this Agreement may be terminated by the Representative or the Company without liability on the part of the Company (except as provided in Sections 3.10, 5, and 9.3 hereof) or the several Underwriters (except as provided in Section 5 hereof); provided that nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of its liability, if any, to the other several Underwriters and to the Company for damages occasioned by its default hereunder.
6.3. Postponement of Closing Date. In the event that the Firm Units to which the default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, the Representative or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date for a reasonable period, but not in any event exceeding five (5) Business Days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement and/or the Prospectus, as the case may be, or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any amendment to, or to supplement, the Registration Statement and/or the Prospectus, as the case may be, that in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters may thereby be made necessary. The term “Underwriter” as used in this Agreement shall include any party substituted under this Section 6 with like effect as if it had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such securities.
7. Additional Covenants.
7.1. Additional Shares or Options. The Company hereby agrees that until the consummation of a Business Combination, it shall not issue any Ordinary Shares, or any options or other securities convertible into any Ordinary Share, or any preferred shares or other securities of the Company which participate in any manner in the Trust Account or which vote as a class with the Ordinary Shares on a Business Combination.
7.2. Trust Account Waiver Acknowledgments. The Company hereby agrees that it will use its reasonable best efforts prior to commencing its due diligence investigation of any prospective Target Business or obtaining the services of any vendor to have such Target Business and/or vendor acknowledge in writing whether through a letter of intent, memorandum of understanding or other similar document (and subsequently acknowledges the same in any definitive document replacing any of the foregoing), that (a) it has read the Prospectus and understands that the Company has established the Trust Account, initially in an amount of $60,000,000 (without giving effect to any exercise of the Over-allotment Option) for the benefit of the Public Shareholders and that, except for a portion of the interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Account only (i) to the Public Shareholders in the event they elect to redeem the Ordinary Shares contained in the Units in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (ii) to the Public Shareholders if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within the time period set forth in the Charter Documents, or (iii) to the Company after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination and (b) for and in consideration of the Company (i) agreeing to evaluate such Target Business for purposes of consummating a Business Combination with it or (ii) agreeing to engage the services of the vendor, as the case may be, such Target Business or vendor agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account (“Claim”) and waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever. The foregoing letters shall substantially be in the form attached hereto as Exhibits A and B, respectively. The Company may forego obtaining such waivers only if the Company shall have received the approval of its Chief Executive Officer and the approving vote of at least a majority of its Board of Directors.
7.3. Insider Letter. The Company shall not take any action or omit to take any action which would cause a breach of the Insider Letter and will not allow any amendments to, or waivers of, such Insider Letter without the prior written consent of the Representative.
7.4. Rule 419. The Company agrees that it will use its best efforts to prevent the Company from becoming subject to Rule 419 under the Act prior to the consummation of any Business Combination, including but not limited to using its best efforts to prevent any of the Company’s outstanding securities from being deemed to be a “penny stock” as defined in Rule 3a-51-1 under the Exchange Act during such period.
25
7.5. Tender Offer Documents, Proxy Materials and Other Information. The Company shall provide to the Representative or their counsel (if so instructed by the Representative) with 10 copies of all tender offer documents or proxy information and all related material filed with the Commission in connection with a Business Combination concurrently with such filing with the Commission. Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been provided to the Representative pursuant to this Section. In addition, the Company shall furnish any other state in which its initial public offering was registered, such information as may be requested by such state.
7.6. Emerging Growth Company. The Company shall promptly notify the Representative if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the completion of the distribution of the Securities within the meaning of the Act.
7.7. Target Fair Market Value. The Company agrees that the Target Business that it acquires must have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the Trust Account at the time of signing the definitive agreement for the Business Combination with such Target Business. The fair market value of such business must be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company based upon standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as actual and potential sales, earnings, cash flow and book value. If the Board of Directors of the Company is not able to independently determine that the target business meets such fair market value requirement, the Company will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. The Company is not required to obtain an opinion as to the fair market value if the Company’s Board of Directors independently determines that the Target Business does have sufficient fair market value.
7.8.
8. Representations and Agreements to Survive Delivery. Except as the context otherwise requires, all representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement shall be deemed to be representations, warranties and agreements as of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if any, and such representations, warranties and agreements of the Underwriters and the Company, including the indemnity agreements contained in Section 5 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Underwriters, the Company or any Controlling Person, and shall survive termination of this Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the Public Securities to the Underwriters until the earlier of the expiration of any applicable statute of limitations and the seventh (7th) anniversary of the later of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, if any, at which time the representations, warranties and agreements shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.
9. Effective Date of This Agreement and Termination Thereof.
9.1. Effective Date. This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date at the time the Registration Statement became effective.
9.2. Termination. The Representative shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the Closing Date, (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in the Representative’s opinion will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets in the United States, or (ii) if trading on the New York Stock Exchange, the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, or the Nasdaq Capital Market or quoted on the OTC Markets shall have been suspended, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required by FINRA or by order of the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction, or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a new war or an increase in existing major hostilities, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New York State or Federal authority, or (v) if a moratorium on foreign exchange trading has been declared which materially adversely impacts the United States securities market, or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in the Representative’s sole opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Units, or (vii) if the Company is in material breach of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder, or (viii) if the Representative shall have become aware after the date hereof of such a material adverse change in the conditions of the Company, or such adverse material change in general market conditions, including without limitation as a result of terrorist activities after the date hereof, as in the Representative’s sole judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Units or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriters for the sale of the Units.
26
9.3. Expenses. In the event that this Agreement shall not be carried out for any reason whatsoever, within the time specified herein or any extensions thereof pursuant to the terms herein, (i) the obligations of the Company to pay the out of pocket expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein shall be governed by Section 3.10 hereof and (ii) the Company shall reimburse the Representative for any costs and expenses incurred in connection with enforcing any provisions of this Agreement.
9.4. Indemnification. Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the provisions of Section 5 shall not be in any way affected by such election or termination or failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.
10. Miscellaneous.
10.1. Notices. All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed, delivered by hand or reputable overnight courier or delivered by facsimile transmission (with printed confirmation of receipt) and confirmed and shall be deemed given when so mailed, delivered or faxed or if mailed, two days after such mailing.
| If to the Representative: | D. Boral Capital LLC | |
| 590 Madison Avenue, 39th Floor | ||
| New York, NY 10022 | ||
| Attn: David W. Boral, CEO | ||
| Email: info@dboralcapital.com | ||
| Copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to: | Lucosky Brookman LLP | |
| 101 Wood Avenue South | ||
| Woodbridge, NJ 08830 | ||
|
Attn: Joseph Lucosky and Edward Welche Telephone: (732) 395-4402 | ||
| Email: jlucosky@lucbro.com and ewelch@lucbro.com | ||
| If to the Company: | Shreya Acquisition Group | |
|
c/o Fire Island Trust Ltd, Suite 308 St. James Court, St Denis Street Port Louis, Mauritius | ||
| Attn: Anuj Goyal, CEO | ||
| Telephone: (230) 211-6242 | ||
| Email: | ||
| Copy (which copy shall not constitute notice) to: | Loeb & Loeb LLP | |
| 345 Park Avenue | ||
| New York, NY 10154 | ||
| Attn: Mitchell Nussbaum and Joan Guilfoyle | ||
| Telephone: (212) 407-4000 | ||
| Email: mnussbaum@loeb.com and jguilfoyle@loeb.com |
27
10.2. Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.
10.3. Amendment. This Agreement may only be amended by a written instrument executed by each of the parties hereto.
10.4. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
10.5. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Representative, the Underwriters, the selected dealers, the Company and the controlling persons, directors, agents, partners, members, employees and officers referred to in Section 5 hereof, and their respective successors, legal representatives and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provisions herein contained. The term “successors and assigns” shall not include a purchaser, in its capacity as such, of securities from the Underwriters.
10.6. Waiver of Immunity. To the extent that the Company may be entitled in any jurisdiction in which judicial proceedings may at any time be commenced hereunder, to claim for itself or its revenues or assets any immunity, including sovereign immunity, from suit, jurisdiction, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment or prior to a judgment, execution of a judgment or any other legal process with respect to its obligations hereunder and to the extent that in any such jurisdiction there may be attributed to the Company such an immunity (whether or not claimed), the Company hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim and irrevocably waives such immunity to the maximum extent permitted by law.
10.7. Submission to Jurisdiction. Each of the Company and the Representative irrevocably submit to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or United States Federal court sitting in The City of New York, Borough of Manhattan, over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Registration Statement, the Statutory Prospectus and the Prospectus or the offering of the Securities. Each of the Company and the Representative irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that they may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in such a court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. Any such process or summons to be served upon the Company or the Representative may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in Section 10.1 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company or the Representative in any action, proceeding or claim. Each of the Company and the Representative waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action based on this Agreement may be instituted by the Underwriters in any competent court. The Company agrees that the Underwriters shall be entitled to recover all of their reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to any action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor if any of them are the prevailing party in such action or proceeding.
10.8. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction.
10.9. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered to each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of a signed counterpart of this Agreement by facsimile or email/pdf transmission shall constitute valid and sufficient delivery thereof.
28
10.10. Waiver. The failure of any of the parties hereto to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Agreement or any provision hereof or the right of any of the parties hereto to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.
10.11. No Fiduciary Relationship. The Company acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale of the Units pursuant to this Agreement is an arm’s-length commercial transaction pursuant to a contractual relationship between the Company and the Underwriters, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction, each Underwriter is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, (iii) the Underwriters have not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Underwriters have advised or are currently advising the Company on other matters) or any other obligation to the Company except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (iv) in no event do the parties intend that the Underwriters act or be responsible as a fiduciary to the Company, its management, shareholders, creditors or any other person in connection with any activity that the Underwriters may undertake or have undertaken in furtherance of this offering of the Company’s securities, either before or after the date hereof and (v) the Company has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. The Underwriters hereby expressly disclaim any fiduciary or similar obligations to the Company, either in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions, and the Company hereby confirms its understanding and agreement to that effect. The Company agrees that it will not claim that the Underwriters have rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owe a fiduciary or similar duty to the Company, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto. The Company and the Underwriters agree that they are each responsible for making their own independent judgment with respect to any such transactions, and that any opinions or views expressed by the Underwriters to the Company regarding such transactions, including but not limited to any opinions or views with respect to the price or market for the Company’s securities, do not constitute advice or recommendations to the Company. The Company hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach or alleged breach of any fiduciary or similar duty to the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any matters leading up to such transactions.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
29
If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the Underwriters and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between us.
| Very truly yours, | ||
| SHREYA ACQUISITION GROUP | ||
| By: | /s/ | |
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
Accepted on the date first above written.
D. BORAL CAPITAL LLC,
as Representative of the several Underwriters
| By: | /s/ | |
| Name: | ||
| Title: |
[Signature Page to Underwriting Agreement]
30
SCHEDULE A
SHREYA ACQUISITION GROUP
6,000,000 Units
| Underwriter | Number of Firm Units to be Purchased | |||
| D. Boral Capital LLC | [ ] | |||
| [ ] | [ ] | |||
| TOTAL | 6,000,000 | |||
Sch. A-1
SCHEDULE B
[None.]
Sch. B-1
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF TARGET BUSINESS LETTER
SHREYA ACQUISITION GROUP
To whom it may concern:
Reference is made to the Final Prospectus of Shreya Acquisition Group (the “Company”), dated as of [ ], 2026 (the “Prospectus”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in Prospectus.
We have read the Prospectus and understand that the Company has established the Trust Account, initially in an amount of at least $60,000,000 (without giving effect to any exercise of the Over-allotment Option) for the benefit of the Public Shareholders and the Underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering (the “Underwriters”) and that, except for a portion of the interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Account only: (i) to the Public Shareholders in the event they elect to redeem their public shares in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (ii) to the Public Shareholders if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within the required time period set forth in its Charter Documents as the same may be amended from time to time, or (iii) to the Company after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination.
For and in consideration of the Company agreeing to evaluate the undersigned for purposes of consummating a Business Combination with it, the undersigned hereby agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account (each, a “Claim”) and hereby waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.
| Print Name of Target Business | |
| Authorized Signature of Target Business |
A-1
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF VENDOR LETTER
SHREYA ACQUISITION GROUP
To whom it may concern:
Reference is made to the Final Prospectus of Shreya Acquisition Group (the “Company”), dated as of [ ], 2026 (the “Prospectus”). Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in Prospectus.
We have read the Prospectus and understand that the Company has established the Trust Account, initially in an amount of at least $60,000,000 (without giving effect to any exercise of the Over-allotment Option) for the benefit of the Public Shareholders and the Underwriters of the Company’s initial public offering (the “Underwriters”) and that, except for a portion of the interest earned on the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Company may disburse monies from the Trust Account only: (i) to the Public Shareholders in the event they elect to redeem their public shares in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination, (ii) to the Public Shareholders if the Company fails to consummate a Business Combination within the required time period set forth in its Charter Documents as the same may be amended from time to time, or (iii) to the Company after or concurrently with the consummation of a Business Combination.
For and in consideration of the Company agreeing to engage the services of the undersigned, the undersigned hereby agrees that it does not have any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the Trust Account (each, a “Claim”) and hereby waives any Claim it may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to the Company and will not seek recourse against the Trust Account for any reason whatsoever.
| Print Name of Vendor | |
| Authorized Signature of Vendor |
B-1
Exhibit 3.1
THE COMPANIES ACT (2025 REVISION)
EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
of
Shreya Acquisition Group
(Adopted by Special Resolution on 17 September, 2025)
THE COMPANIES ACT (2025 REVISION)
EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
AMENDED AND RESTATED
MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
OF
Shreya Acquisition Group
(the “Company”)
| 1. | The name of the Company is Shreya Acquisition Group. |
| 2. | The registered office of the Company will be situate at the offices of Forbes Hare Trust Company Limited, Cassia Court, Suite 716, 10 Market Street, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman KY1-9006, Cayman Islands, or at such other place as the Directors may determine. |
| 3. | The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by any law as provided by Section 7(4) of the Companies Act (2025 Revision). PROVIDED THAT the Company shall only carry on the businesses for which a license is required under the laws of the Cayman Islands when so licensed under the terms of such laws. |
| 4. | The Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit as provided by Section 27(2) of the Companies Act (2025 Revision). |
| 5. | The Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; Provided that nothing in this section shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands. |
| 6. | The liability of the members is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares respectively held by them. |
| 7. | THE AUTHORISED SHARE CAPITAL of the Company is Fifty Thousand United States Dollars (US$50,000.00) divided into divided into Four Hundred and Eighty Million (480,000,000) Class A Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each, Ten Million (10,000,000) Class B Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 and 10 Million (10,000,000) Preference Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each provided always that subject to the provisions of the Companies Act (2025 Revision) and the Articles of Association of the Company shall have power to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to sub-divide or consolidate the said shares or any of them and to issue all or any part of its capital whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced with or without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions whatsoever and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly provide every issue of shares whether stated to be Class A Ordinary, Class B Ordinary, Preferred or otherwise shall be subject to the powers on the part of the Company hereinbefore contained. |
i
| 8. | The Company shall not have the power to issue shares to bearer. |
| 9. | The Nature of Business of the exempted company is Special Purpose Acquisition Company. |
| 10. | The Financial Year End of the exempted company is 30 June of the calendar year. |
| 11. | The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands. |
| 12. | Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the respective meaning given to them in the Articles of Association of the Company. |
ii
THE COMPANIES ACT (2025 REVISION)
EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
OF
Shreya Acquisition Group
(Adopted by Special Resolution on 17 September, 2025)
THE COMPANIES ACT (2025 REVISION)
EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
AMENDED AND RESTATED
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
OF
Shreya Acquisition Group
(the “Company”)
(Adopted by Special Resolution on 17 September 2025
PRELIMINARY
| 1. | The regulations in Table “A” in the First Schedule to the Act (as defined below) shall not apply to the Company except insofar as they are repeated or contained in these Articles. |
INTERPRETATION
| 2. | In these Articles, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, the following expressions shall have the following meanings: |
| 2.1 | “Act” means the Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands and every statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force |
“Articles” means the present articles of association and all supplementary, amended or substituted articles for the time being in force.
“Class A Share” means a Class A ordinary share of a par value of US$0.0001 in the share capital of the Company.
“Class B Share” means a Class B ordinary share of a par value of US$0.0001 each in the share capital of the Company.
“Company” means the above named company.
“Directors” means the directors for the time being of the Company.
1
“member” has the meaning assigned to it in the Act.
“Memorandum of Association” means the present memorandum of association and all supplementary amended or substituted memoranda of the Company for the time being in force.
“Ordinary Resolution” means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the votes cast of such members of the Company as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy or, in the case of corporations, by their duly authorised representatives, at a general meeting held in accordance with these Articles and includes a written resolution passed pursuant to these Articles.
“Ordinary Shares” means the Class A Shares and the Class B Shares collectively.
“Preference Share” means a preference share of a par value of US$0.0001 in the share capital of the Company.
“Secretary” means any person appointed to perform the duties of secretary of the Company and shall include an assistant secretary.
“share” means a Class A Share, a Class B Share or a Preference Share and includes a fraction of a share in the Company.
“Special Resolution” has the meaning assigned to it in the Act.
| 2.2 | Expressions defined in the Act, or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof in force at the date on which these Articles become binding on the Company, shall have the meanings so defined. |
| 2.3 | Words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa. |
| 2.4 | Words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders. |
| 2.5 | Persons shall include corporations. |
| 2.6 | The headings are intended for convenience and shall not affect the construction of these Articles. |
2
SHARES
| 3. | Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum of Association and to any direction that may be given by the Company in general meeting and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares, any share may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights, or such restrictions, whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of share capital or otherwise, as the Directors may from time to time determine and, subject to the provisions of the Act, any share may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution, be issued on the terms that it is, or at the option of the Company is liable, to be redeemed. |
| 4. | No shares shall be issued to bearer. |
DIRECTORS AUTHORITY TO ISSUE SHARES
| 5. | Subject to the provisions of these Articles relating to shares, the shares shall be at the disposal of the Directors and they may (subject to the provisions of the Act) allot, grant options over, or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, on such terms and conditions and at such times as they think fit but so that no share shall be issued at a discount, except in accordance with the provisions of the Act, and so that in the case of shares offered to the public for subscription the amount payable on application on each share shall not be less than such percentage of the nominal amount of the share as shall be determined by the Directors. |
SHARE CERTIFICATES
| 6. | Every person whose name is entered as a member in the register of members shall, without payment, be entitled to a certificate under the seal of the Company specifying the share or shares held by him and the amount paid-up thereon provided that, in respect of a share or shares held jointly by several persons, the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate and delivery of a certificate for a share to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all. |
| 7. | If a share certificate is worn out, defaced, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on payment of such fee, if any, not exceeding one United States dollar and on such terms, if any, as to evidence and indemnity as the Directors may prescribe. |
REGISTER OF MEMBERS
| 8. | The Directors shall keep or cause to be kept at the Registered Office or such other place determined by the Directors the register of members containing such particulars relating to each member as they may deem appropriate provided that the following particulars are recorded: |
| (a) | the name and address of each member, a statement of the shares of each class held by him and of the amount paid, or agreed to be considered as paid, on such shares; |
| (b) | the date on which the name of each person was entered in the register of members as a member; and |
3
| (c) | the date on which any person ceased to be a member. |
The Company shall not be bound to register more than four persons as joint holders of any share. If any share shall stand in the names of two or more persons, the person first named in the register shall be deemed the sole holder thereof as regards service of notices and, subject to the provisions of these Articles, all or any other matters connected with the Company, except the transfer of the share.
TRANSFER OF SHARES
| 9. | The instrument of transfer of any share shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and transferee and the transferor shall be deemed to remain a holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the register of members in respect thereof provided that the Directors may waive execution by the transferee of the instrument of transfer but shall, as soon as possible thereafter, inform the transferee of such waiver of execution. |
| 10. | Transfers of shares may be effected by an instrument of transfer in the usual common form or in such other form as the Directors may approve. All instruments of transfer must be left at the registered office of the Company or at such other place as the Directors may appoint and all such instruments of transfer shall be retained by the Company. |
| 11. | The Directors may, in their absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor, decline to register any transfer of any share, whether or not it is a fully paid share. The Directors may also decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless the instrument of transfer is accompanied by any share certificate to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer. If the Directors refuse to register a transfer of any shares they shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferee notice of the refusal. |
| 12. | The registration of transfers may be suspended at such time and for such periods as the Directors may from time to time determine. |
REDEEMABLE SHARES
| 13. | (a) | Subject to the provisions of the Act and the Memorandum of Association of the Company, and to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or attaching to any class of shares, shares may be issued on the terms that they may be, or at the option of the Company or the holders are, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as the Company, before the issue of the shares, may by special resolution determine. |
| (b) | Subject to the Act and subject to any rights conferred on the holders of any class of shares, the Company shall have the power to purchase or otherwise acquire all or any of its own shares (which expression as used in this Article includes redeemable shares and fractional shares) provided that the manner of purchase has first been authorised by a resolution of the shareholders, and may make payment in any manner authorised or not prohibited by law, including out of capital. |
4
VARIATION OF SHARE RIGHTS
| 14. | If at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of shares the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class. To every such separate general meeting the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall apply, but so that the necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one third of the issued shares of the class (but so that if, at any adjourned meeting of such holders, a quorum as defined above is not present, those members who are present shall be a quorum) and that any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll and, on a poll, shall have one vote for each share of the class of which he is the holder. |
| 15. | The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed not to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith. |
COMMISSION ON SALE OF SHARES
| 16. | The Company may at any time pay a commission to any person for subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any shares in the Company or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolute or conditional) for any shares in the Company, but so that the conditions and requirements of the Act shall be observed and complied with. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the lodgement of fully or partly paid-up shares or partly in one way and partly in the other. The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful. |
NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS
| 17. | Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and the Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any interest in any fractional part of a share (except only as is otherwise provided by these Articles, by law or under an order of a court of competent jurisdiction) or any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder. |
5
LIEN
| 18. | The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (whether fully paid or not) registered in the name of a member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such member or his estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article.. The registration of a transfer of any such share shall operate as a waiver of the Company’s lien (if any) thereon. The Company’s lien, if any, on a share shall extend to all dividends payable thereon. |
| 19. | The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any shares on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable or the liability or engagement in respect of which such lien exists is liable to be fulfilled or discharged, and until the expiration of fourteen days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable or specifying the liability or engagement and demanding fulfilment or discharge thereof and giving notice of the intention to sell in default has been given to the registered holder for the time being of the share, or the persons entitled thereto by reason of his death, incapacity or bankruptcy. |
| 20. | The net proceeds of such sale by the Company after the payment of the costs of such sale shall be applied in or towards payment or satisfaction of the debt or liability or engagement, in respect of which the lien exists, of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists so far as the same is presently payable and the residue shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the shares prior to the sale and upon surrender, if required by the Company, for cancellation of the certificate for the share sold) be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the date of the sale. |
| 21. | For giving effect to any such sale, the Directors may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares comprised in any such transfer and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in relation to the sale. |
CALLS ON SHARES
| 22. | The Directors may from time to time make calls upon the members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium or otherwise) and not by the conditions of allotment thereof made payable at fixed times. Each member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen days’ notice specifying the time or times and place of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times and place so specified the amount called on his shares. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable on such call notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made. A call may be revoked or postponed at the determination of the Directors. |
6
| 23. | The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and instalments due in respect of such share or other moneys due in respect thereof. |
| 24. | A copy of the notice referred to in the preceding Article shall be sent in the manner in which notices may be sent to members by the Company as provided herein. |
| 25. | A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed and may be required to be paid by instalments. |
| 26. | If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the sum from such day appointed for payment to the time of actual payment at such rate not exceeding fifteen per cent. per annum as the Directors may determine but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of such interest either wholly or partly. |
| 27. | No member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or bonus or to be present and vote (save as proxy for another member) at any general meeting, either personally or by proxy, or be reckoned in a quorum, or to exercise any other privilege as a member until all sums or instalments due from him to the Company in respect of any call, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any) shall have been paid. |
| 28. | Any sum which by the terms of issue of a share becomes payable on allotment or on any fixed date (whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium or otherwise) shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be a call duly made, notified and payable on the date on which, by the terms of issue, the same becomes payable and, in case of non-payment, all the relevant provisions of these Articles as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified. |
| 29. | The Directors may make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the holders in the amount of calls to be paid and in the times of payment. |
| 30. | The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the money uncalled and unpaid or instalments payable upon any shares held by him, and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced the Company may pay interest at such rate (if any) as the Directors may decide. The Directors may at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such member not less than one month’s notice in writing of their intention in that regard, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced. No such sum paid in advance of calls shall entitle the member paying such sum to any portion of a dividend declared in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such sum would, but for such payment, become presently payable. |
7
FORFEITURE OF SHARES
| 31. | If a member fails to pay any call or instalment of a call or to make any payment required by the terms of the issue on the day appointed for payment thereof, the Directors may, at any time thereafter during such time as any part of such call, instalment or payment remains unpaid, serve a notice on him requiring payment of so much of the call, instalment or payment as is unpaid, together with any interest which may have accrued and all expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment. |
| 32. | The notice shall name a day (not earlier than the expiration of fourteen days from the date of the notice) on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made and shall state that, in the event of non-payment at or before the time appointed, the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited. |
| 33. | If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may, at any time thereafter before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect. Such forfeiture shall include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share, and not actually paid before forfeiture. |
| 34. | A forfeited share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and, at any time before a sale or disposition, the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. |
| 35. | A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a member in respect of the forfeited shares but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay the Company all moneys which, at the date of forfeiture, were payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares together with interest thereon, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company receives payment in full of all moneys whenever payable in respect of the shares. |
| 36. | A certificate in writing under the hand of a Director or the Secretary of the Company that a share in the Company has been duly sold, forfeited or otherwise disposed of on a date stated in the declaration shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. The Company may receive the consideration, if any, given for the share on any sale or disposition thereof and may execute a transfer of the share in favour of the person to whom the share is sold or otherwise disposed and he shall thereupon be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in relation to the sale, forfeiture or disposal of the share. |
8
| 37. | The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time (whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium or otherwise) as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified. |
REGISTRATION OF EMPOWERING INSTRUMENTS
| 38. | The Company shall be entitled to charge a fee not exceeding one dollar (US$1.00) on the registration of every probate, letter of administration, certificate of death or marriage, power of attorney, notice in lieu of distringas, or other instrument. |
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
| 39. | In the case of the death of a member, the legal personal representative of a deceased sole shareholder shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to the share. In the case of a share registered in the names of two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal personal representatives of the deceased shareholder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the share. Provided however, that nothing herein contained shall release the estate of any such deceased holder from any liability in respect of any shares which had been held him solely or jointly with other persons. |
| 40. | Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors and subject as hereinafter provided, elect either to be registered as a member in respect of the share or to make such transfer of the share to such person as the deceased or bankrupt person could have made and to have such person registered as the transferee thereof, but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the share by that member before his death or bankruptcy (as the case may be). If the person so being entitled shall elect to be registered himself as holder he shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by him stating that he so elects. |
| 41. | A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of the holder (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as a member in respect of the share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company. The Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the share and, if the notice is not complied with within ninety days, the Directors may, if such shares are redeemable at the option of the Company, redeem such shares but, in the meantime, the Directors may elect to withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other moneys payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with. |
9
ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL
| 42. | Subject to and in so far as permitted by the provisions of the Act, the Company may from time to time by Special Resolution alter or amend its Memorandum of Association with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein provided always that the Company may by ordinary resolution:. |
| (a) | increase the share capital by such amount as the Company in general meeting may determine, provided that if the Company has no shares of a fixed amount it may increase its share capital by such number of shares without nominal or par value or may increase the aggregate consideration for which such shares may be issued; |
| (b) | consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares; |
| (c) | convert all or any part of its paid-up shares into stock and reconvert that stock into paid-up shares of any denomination; |
| (d) | by subdivision of its existing shares or any of them divide the whole or any part of its share capital into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association provided that the proportion of any amounts unpaid on the shares shall remain unchanged; or |
| (e) | cancel any shares that at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish its share capital by the amount such cancelled shares, provided that if the Company has no shares of a fixed amount it may diminish the number of shares into which its capital is divided. |
| 43. | All new shares created under the preceding Article shall be considered as though part of the original capital and shall be subject to the same provisions herein contained with reference to the payment of calls and instalments, transfer and transmission, forfeiture, lien, surrender and otherwise. |
| 44. | The Company may by Special Resolution, and subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Act, reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve fund in any manner whatsoever. |
| 45. | Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its registered office. |
10
CLOSING REGISTER OF MEMBERS OR FIXING RECORD DATE
| 46. | Unless the Directors determine otherwise, the members entitled to receive notice of or to vote at a meeting of members or members entitled to receive payment of a dividend shall be the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such dividend is adopted, as the case may be, which shall be the record date for such determination of members. When a determination of members entitled to vote at any meeting of members has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof. |
STATUTORY MEETINGS
| 47. | (a) | Subject to paragraph (c) hereof, the Company shall within one (1) year of its incorporation and in each year of its existence thereafter hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint and if no other time and place is prescribed by them, it shall be held at the registered office on the second Wednesday in December of each year at ten o’clock in the morning. |
| (b) | At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented. |
| (c) | If the Company is exempted as defined in the Act it may, but shall not be obliged to, hold an annual general meeting. |
GENERAL MEETINGS
| 48. | The Directors may, whenever they think fit, convene a general meeting. If, at any time, there are not sufficient Directors capable of acting to form a quorum, any Director or any one member of the Company may convene an extraordinary general meeting in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which meetings may be convened by the Directors. |
| 49. | The Directors shall, upon the requisition in writing of one or more members holding in the aggregate not less than one tenth of such paid-up capital of the Company which, as at the date of the requisition, carries the right of voting at general meetings, convene a general meeting. Any such requisition shall express the object of the meeting proposed to be called, shall be signed by the requisitionists and shall be left at the registered office of the Company. If the Directors do not proceed to convene a general meeting within twenty one days from the date of such requisition being left as aforesaid, the requisitionists or any of them or any other member or members holding in the aggregate not less than one tenth of such paid-up capital of the Company which, as at the date of the requisition, carries the right of voting at general meetings, may convene an extraordinary general meeting to be held at such place and time as they shall appoint, subject to the Company’s Articles as to notice. Any such meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months after the expiration of the said twenty one days. |
11
| 50. | A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors. |
NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS
| 51. | Subject to the provisions of the Act relating to Special Resolutions, seven days’ notice at the least (exclusive of the day on which the notice is served or deemed to be served but inclusive of the day for which the notice is given) specifying the place, the day and the hour of the general meeting and the general nature of the business shall be given in the manner hereinafter provided, or in such other manner (if any) as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting, to such persons as are, under the Articles, entitled to receive such notices from the Company. The notice convening a meeting to pass a special resolution shall specify the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution. |
| 52. | Notwithstanding that a meeting of the Company is called by shorter notice than that referred to these Articles, it shall be deemed to have been duly called if it is so agreed by all the members of the Company entitled to attend and vote thereat or their proxies.. |
| 53. | The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by, any member entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at any meeting. |
PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS
| 54. | No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Two members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum provided always that, if there is only one member of record entitled to attend and vote at general meetings, that one member present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum and such member may transact business by written resolution as if a meeting were being held under the provisions of these Articles. |
| 55. | If, within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of members, shall be dissolved. In any other case, it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week, at the same time and place and if, at the adjourned meeting, a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting the members present shall be a quorum and may transact the business for which the meeting was called. |
| 56. | The Chairman, if any, of the board of Directors shall preside as Chairman at every general meeting of the Company. If there is no such Chairman, or if at any meeting he is not present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as Chairman, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to be Chairman of the meeting. |
12
| 57. | If at any general meeting no Director is willing to act as Chairman or if no Director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present shall choose one of their number to be Chairman of the meeting. |
| 58. | The Chairman may, with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Save as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting. |
| 59. | At any general meeting, a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by the Chairman of the meeting or any member present in person or by proxy entitled to vote. Unless a poll is so demanded, a declaration by the Chairman of the meeting that a resolution has, on a show of hands, been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the book of the proceedings of the Company shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of, or against, that resolution. |
| 60. | If a poll is duly demanded it shall be taken in such manner as the Chairman of the meeting directs and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. A poll demanded on the election of the Chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time as the Chairman of the meeting directs and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded may be proceeded with pending the taking of the poll. The demand for a poll may be withdrawn. |
| 61. | In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the Chairman of the meeting at which the show of hands takes place or at which the poll is demanded shall be entitled to a second or casting vote. |
VOTES OF MEMBERS
| 62. | Except as otherwise required by law or as set forth herein, the holder of each share issued and outstanding shall have one vote for each share held by such holder, at the record date for determination of the members entitled to vote on such matters, or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of members is solicited. |
13
| 63. | In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and, for this purpose, seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the register of members. |
| 64. | A member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his committee, receiver, curator bonis or other person in the nature of a committee, receiver or curator bonis appointed by that court and any such committee, receiver, curator bonis or other person may, on a poll, vote by proxy. |
| 65. | No member shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless he is registered as a member of the Company on the record date for such meeting and all calls or other such sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid. |
| 66. | No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered, and every vote not disallowed at such meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection made in due time shall be referred to the Chairman of the meeting whose decision shall be final and conclusive. |
| 67. | On a poll or a show of hands votes may be given personally or by proxy. |
RESOLUTIONS IN WRITING
| 68. | A resolution in writing (whether ordinary or special and whether in one or more counterparts) signed by all the members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings (or, being corporations, by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held. |
PROXIES
| 69. | Any member of the Company entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the Company shall be entitled to appoint another person (who must be an individual) as his proxy to attend and vote instead of him and a proxy so appointed shall have the same right as the member to speak at the meeting. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll. On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy. A proxy need not be a member of the Company. A member may appoint any number of proxies to attend in his stead at any one general meeting (or at any one class meeting). |
14
| 70. | The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointer or his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointer is a corporation, either under seal or under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorised. |
| 71. | The instrument appointing a proxy and the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed, or a notarially certified copy of that power of attorney or other authority, shall be deposited at the registered office of the Company or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting no later than the time as the notice may specify before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposed to vote and, in default, the instrument of proxy may, at the option of the Company, not be treated as valid. The Chairman of the meeting may at his discretion direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited upon receipt of an electronic confirmation from the appointer that the instrument of proxy duly signed is in the course of transmission to the Company. |
| 72. | Every instrument of proxy, whether for a specified meeting or otherwise, shall be in common form or such other form as the Directors may from time to time approve, provided that it shall enable a member, according to his intention, to instruct his proxy to vote in favour of or against (or in default of instructions or in the event of conflicting instructions, to exercise his discretion in respect of) each resolution to be proposed at the meeting to which the form of proxy relates. |
| 73. | A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the share in respect of which the proxy is given, provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer as aforesaid shall have been received by the Company at its registered office before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy. |
CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS
| 74. | Any corporation which is a member of the Company may, in accordance with its articles of association or, in the absence of such provision, by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of members of the Company and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company. |
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
| 75. | Until otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than one or be more than ten and the names of the first Directors shall be determined in writing by a majority of the subscribers to the Memorandum of Association. |
15
| 76. | Thereafter, and subject as otherwise provided in these Articles, Directors shall be appointed by a resolution of the Company. At a general meeting, a motion for the appointment of two or more persons as Directors may be made by a single resolution. |
| 77. | The remuneration to be paid to the Directors shall be such remuneration as the Directors shall determine. Such remuneration shall be deemed to accrue from day to day. The Directors shall also be entitled to be paid their travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in going to, attending and returning from meetings of the Directors, or any committee of the Directors, or general meetings of the Company, or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company, or to receive a fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the Directors from time to time, or a combination partly of one such method and partly the other. |
| 78. | The Directors may by resolution award special remuneration to any Director of the Company undertaking any special work or services for, or undertaking any special mission on behalf of, the Company other than his ordinary routine work as a Director. Any fees paid to a Director who is also counsel or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity shall be in addition to his remuneration as a Director. |
| 79. | A Director or officer of the Company may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director or officer of the Company for such period and on such terms (as to remuneration and otherwise) as the Directors may determine. |
| 80. | Any Director or officer of the Company may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director or officer provided that nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or officer or his firm to act as auditor of the Company. |
| 81. | The share qualification for a Director may be fixed by the Company in general meeting and, unless and until so fixed, no qualification shall be required. |
| 82. | A Director or officer of the Company may be or become a director or other officer of, or otherwise interested in, any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as shareholder or otherwise and no such Director or officer shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company. |
16
| 83. | No Director or officer of the Company shall be disqualified by his office from holding any office or place of profit under the Company or under any company in which the Company shall be a member or otherwise interested, or from contracting or dealing with the Company either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract, or any contract or arrangement entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director or officer shall be in any way interested, be avoided, nor shall any Director or officer be liable to account to the Company for any profit arising from any such office or place of profit or realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason only of such Director or officer holding that office or of the fiduciary relations thereby established, but it is declared that the nature of his interest must be disclosed by him at the meeting of the Directors at which the contract or arrangement is taken into consideration if his interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the Directors after the acquisition of his interest. A general notice of disclosure or otherwise contained in the minutes of the meeting that a Director or officer is a member of any specified firm or company, and is to be regarded as interested in all transactions with that firm or company, shall be a sufficient disclosure under this Article as regards such Director or officer and the said transactions, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary for such Director or officer to give a special notice relating to any particular transaction with that firm or company. |
| 84. | A Director or officer of the Company may, notwithstanding his interest, be counted in the quorum present at any meeting at which he or any other Director or officer is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or at which the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement other than his own appointment or the arrangement of the terms thereof. |
ALTERNATE DIRECTORS
| 85. | Any Director may in writing appoint any person to be his alternate to act in his place at any meeting of the Directors at which he is unable to attend. Every such alternate shall be entitled to notice of meetings of the Directors and to attend and vote at such meetings as a Director when the person appointing him is not personally present and, where he is a Director, to have a separate vote on behalf of the Director he is representing in addition to his own vote. An alternate shall vacate office if and when his appointer ceases to be a Director or removes the appointee from office. Every such alternate shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him. An alternate need not hold any share qualification. |
POWERS AND DUTIES OF DIRECTORS
| 86. | The business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may pay all expenses incurred in setting-up and registering the Company and may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Act or these Articles, required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting subject, nevertheless, to any regulations of these Articles, to the provisions of the Act, and to such regulations, being not inconsistent with the aforesaid regulations or provisions, as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting but no regulations made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that regulation had not been made. |
17
| 87. | The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit and any such powers of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him. |
| 88. | All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company, shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Directors shall from time to time by resolution determine. |
| 89. | The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books provided for the purpose: |
| (a) | of all appointments of officers of the Company made by the Directors; |
| (b) | of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and |
of all resolutions and proceedings at each meeting of the Company and of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors.
| 90. | The Directors may, on behalf of the Company, pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his widow or dependents and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance. |
| 91. | The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and to issue debentures, debenture stock, bonds and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party. |
MANAGEMENT
| 92. | (a) | The Directors may from time to time provide for the management of the affairs of the Company in such manner as they shall think fit and the provisions contained in the three next following paragraphs shall be without prejudice to the general powers conferred by this paragraph. |
18
| (b) | The Directors from time to time and at any time may establish any committees, local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any persons to be members of such committees or local boards or any managers or agents and may fix their remuneration. |
| (c) | The Directors from time to time and at any time may delegate to any such committee, local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in the Directors and may authorise the members for the time being of any such local board, or any of them to fill up any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies and any such appointment or delegation may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit and the Directors may at any time remove any person so appointed and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby. |
| (d) | Any such delegates as aforesaid may be authorised by the Directors to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities, and discretions for the time being vested in them. |
MANAGING DIRECTOR
| 93. | The Directors may from time to time appoint one or more of their body (but not an alternate Director) to the office of Managing Director on such terms and at such remuneration (whether by way of salary or commission or participation in profits or partly in one way and partly in another) as they may think fit but his appointment shall be subject to determination ipso facto if he ceases from any cause to be Director and no alternate Director appointed by him can act in his stead as Director or Managing Director. |
PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS
| 94. | The Directors shall meet together for the conduct of business, convening, adjourning and otherwise regulating their meetings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes of the Directors and alternate Directors present at a meeting at which there is a quorum, the vote of an alternate Director not being counted if his appointer is present at such meeting. In case of an equality of votes, the Chairman shall have a second or casting vote. |
| 95. | The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors and, unless so fixed, shall be two provided always that, if there is only a sole Director, that Director shall be a quorum and such Director may transact business by written resolution as if a meeting were being held under the provisions of these Articles. |
19
| 96. | The continuing Directors or sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but, if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to that number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose. |
| 97. | The Directors may elect a Chairman of their meetings and determine the period for which he is to hold office but if no such Chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the Chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be Chairman of the meeting. |
| 98. | The Directors may delegate any of their powers to committees consisting of such member or members of the board of Directors (including alternate Directors in the absence of their appointers) as they think fit. Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers so delegated, conform to any regulations that may be imposed on it by the Directors. |
| 99. | A committee may meet and adjourn as it thinks proper. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes of the members present, and in the case of an equality of votes the Chairman shall have a second or casting vote. |
| 100. | All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors (including any person acting as an alternate Director) or by any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any such Director or alternate Director, or that they or any of them were disqualified or had vacated office, or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director or alternate Director as the case may be. |
| 101. | Members of the board of Directors or of any committee thereof may participate in a meeting of the board or of such committee by means of conference telephone or other electronic means by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and participation in a meeting pursuant to this provision shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts), signed by all the Directors for the time being or all the members of a committee of Directors (an alternate Director being entitled to sign such resolution on behalf of his appointer) shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors or committee as the case may be duly convened and held. |
VACATION OF OFFICE OF DIRECTOR
| 102. | The office of Director shall, ipso facto, be vacated if the Director: |
| (a) | dies; or |
| (b) | becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or |
20
| (c) | is found to be a lunatic or becomes of unsound mind; or |
| (d) | resigns his office by notice in writing to the Company; or |
| (e) | he shall for more than three consecutive meetings have been absent from Directors’ meetings (without being represented by an alternate Director) without permission of the Directors and the remaining Directors resolve that his office be vacated. |
APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
| 103. | The Directors shall hold and continue in office until they are removed from office under the terms of these Articles or until they resign. |
| 104. | The Company may, by Ordinary Resolution, appoint any person to be a Director, remove any Director and/or appoint another person in his stead. |
| 105. | The Directors shall have the power at any time, and from time to time, to appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing Directors, but so that the total number of Directors (exclusive of alternate Directors) shall not at any time exceed the number fixed in accordance with these Articles. |
PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT
| 106. | A Director who is present at a meeting of the board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the Secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the Secretary immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right of dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action. |
SEAL
| 107. | (a) | The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal which shall, subject to paragraph (c) hereof, only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors in that behalf and every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by one person who shall be either a Director or the Secretary or Secretary-Treasurer or some person appointed by the Directors for the purpose. |
| (b) | The Company may have a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the Common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used. |
21
| (c) | A Director, Secretary or other officer or representative or attorney may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal of the Company over his signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by him under Seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere wheresoever. |
OFFICERS
| 108. | The Company may have a President, a Secretary or Secretary-Treasurer appointed by the Directors who may also from time to time appoint such other officers as they consider necessary, all for such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors from time to time prescribe. |
DIVIDENDS AND RESERVES
| 109. | Subject to the Act, the Directors may from time to time declare dividends (including interim dividends) and distributions on shares of the Company outstanding and authorise payment of the same out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. |
| 110. | The Directors may, before declaring any dividends or distributions, set aside such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose of the Company and pending such application may, at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company) as the Directors may from time to time think fit. The Directors may also, without placing the same to reserve, carry forward any profits which they may think prudent not to dividend. |
| 111. | No dividend or distribution shall be payable except out of the profits of the Company, realised or unrealised, or out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by the Act. |
| 112. | Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividends or distributions, all dividends or distributions shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the shares in respect whereof the dividend is paid but no amount paid or credited as paid on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid on the share. |
| 113. | The Directors may deduct from any dividend or distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise. |
| 114. | The Directors may declare that any dividend or distribution may be paid either wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and, in particular, of paid-up shares or debentures of any other company or in any one or more of such ways. Where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and, in particular, may issue fractional certificates and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any members upon the footing of the value so fixed, in order to adjust the rights of all members, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees upon trust for the members entitled to the dividend as may seem expedient to the Directors. |
22
| 115. | Any dividend, interest or other moneys payable in cash in respect of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the member or person entitled thereto or, in the case of joint holders, to any one of such joint holders at his registered address or to such person and such address as the member or person entitled or such joint holders, as the case may be, may direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent or to the order of such other person as the member or person entitled or such joint holders, as the case may be, may direct. |
| 116. | If several persons are registered as joint holders of any share, any of them may give effectual receipts for any dividends, bonuses or other moneys payable on or in respect of the share. |
| 117. | No dividend shall bear interest against the Company. |
| 118. | All dividends unclaimed for one year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Directors for the benefit of the Company until claimed and the Company shall not be constituted a trustee in respect thereof. All dividends unclaimed for a period of twelve years after having been declared shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company. |
CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS
| 119. | The Company in general meeting may, upon the recommendation of the Directors, resolve that it is desirable to capitalise any part of the amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution and not required for the payment or provision of the fixed dividend on any shares entitled to fixed preferential dividends and accordingly that such sums be set free for distribution amongst the members who would have been entitled thereto if distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions on condition that the same be not paid in cash but be applied either in or towards paying up any amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares held by such members respectively or paying up in full unissued shares or debentures of the Company to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid-up to and amongst such members in the proportion aforesaid, or partly in the one way and partly in the other, and the Directors shall give effect to such resolution provided that a share premium account and a capital redemption reserve fund may, for the purposes of this Article, only be applied in the paying-up of unissued shares to be issued to members as fully paid bonus shares. |
23
| 120. | Whenever such a resolution as aforesaid has been passed, the Directors shall make all appropriations and applications of the undivided profits or balances standing to the credit of the relevant reserve account resolved to be capitalised thereby and all allotments and issues of fully paid shares or debentures, if any, and generally shall do all acts and things required to give effect thereto, with full power to the Directors to make such provision by the issue of fractional certificates or by payment in cash or otherwise as they think fit for the case of shares or debentures becoming distributable in fractions, and also to authorise any person to enter on behalf of all members entitled thereto into an agreement with the Company providing for the allotment to them respectively, credited as fully paid-up, of any further shares or debentures to which they may be entitled upon such capitalisation, or as the case may require, for the payment up by the Company on their behalf, by the application thereto of their respective proportions of the profits resolved to be capitalised, of the amounts or any part of the amounts remaining unpaid on their existing shares, and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all such members. |
BOOKS OF ACCOUNT
| 121. | The Directors shall cause proper books of account to be kept with respect to: |
| (a) | all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure takes place; |
| (b) | all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and |
| (c) | the assets and liabilities of the Company. |
Proper books of account shall not be deemed to be kept with respect to the matters aforesaid if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.
| 122. | The Directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of members not being Directors and no member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting. |
| 123. | The Directors may from time to time cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law. |
AUDIT
| 124. | The Company may at any annual general meeting appoint an Auditor or Auditors of the Company who shall hold office until the next annual general meeting and may fix his or their remuneration. |
24
| 125. | The Directors may before the first annual general meeting appoint an Auditor or Auditors of the Company who shall hold office until the first annual general meeting unless previously removed by an ordinary resolution of the members in general meeting in which case the members at that meeting may appoint the Auditors. The Directors may fill any casual vacancy in the office of Auditor but while any such vacancy continues the surviving or continuing Auditor or Auditors, if any, may act. The remuneration of any Auditor appointed by the Directors under this Article may be fixed by the Directors. |
| 126. | Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and Officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors. |
| 127. | Auditors shall at the next annual general meeting following their appointment and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the members, make a report on the accounts of the Company in general meeting during their tenure of office. |
NOTICES
| 128. | Notices shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by post, cable, telex or telecopy to him or to his address as shown in the register of members, such notice, if mailed, to be forwarded airmail if the address be outside the Cayman Islands. |
| 129. | (a) | Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre-paying and posting a letter containing the notice, and to have been effected at the expiration of sixty (60) hours after the letter containing the same is posted as aforesaid. |
| (b) | Where a notice is sent by cable, telex, or telecopy, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, and sending such notice through a transmitting organization and to have been effected on the day the same is sent as aforesaid |
| 130. | A notice may be given by the Company to the joint holders of a share by giving the notice to the joint holder named first in the register of members in respect of the share. |
| 131. | A notice may be given by the Company to the persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankruptcy, or by any like description at the address, if any, supplied for the purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled or (until such an address has been so supplied) by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred. |
25
| 132. | Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner hereinbefore authorised to: |
| (a) | every member holding shares entitling the holder thereof to attend meetings of the Company except those members who have not supplied to the Company an address for the giving of notices to them; and |
| (b) | every person entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member who, but for his death or bankruptcy, would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting. |
No other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.
LIQUIDATION OF THE COMPANY
| 133. | If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution and any other sanction required by the Act, divide amongst the members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between members or different classes of members. The liquidator may with the like sanction vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of contributories as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit but so that no member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities whereon there is any liability. |
INDEMNITY
| 134. | Every Director or other officer of the Company and their heirs and personal representatives shall be entitled to be indemnified and held harmless out of the assets of the Company against all actions, proceedings, costs, damages, expenses (including reasonable legal and/or accountancy fees), claims, losses or liabilities which he may sustain or incur in or about the execution of the duties of his office or otherwise in relation thereto, including any liability incurred by him in defending any proceedings, whether civil or criminal, in which judgment is given in his favour or in which he is acquitted, and no Director or person as aforementioned shall be liable for any loss, damage or misfortune which may happen to or be incurred by the Company in the execution of the duties of his office or in relation thereto provided that he acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed by him to be in the best interests of the Company and provided further that his actions did not involve negligence, wilful default, fraud or dishonesty. |
26
FINANCIAL YEAR
| 135. | Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 30 June in each year and shall begin on 1 January in each year. |
AMENDMENT OF MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES
| 136. | Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may by Special Resolution change its name, amend its objects or alter or amend these Articles either in whole or in part. |
TRANSFER BY WAY OF CONTINUATION
| 137. | If the Company is exempted as defined in the Act, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Act, and with the sanction of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands. |
27
Exhibit 3.2
THE COMPANIES ACT (AS REVISED)
EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
OF
SHREYA ACQUISITION GROUP
(Adopted pursuant to a Special Resolution passed on [●], 2026)
THE COMPANIES ACT (AS REVISED)
EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
OF
SHREYA ACQUISITION GROUP
(Adopted pursuant to a Special Resolution passed on [●], 2026)
1. The name of the Company is Shreya Acquisition Group.
2. The registered office of the Company will be situate at the offices of Forbes Hare Trust Company Limited, Cassia Court, Suite 716, 10 Market Street, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman KY1-9006, Cayman Islands, or at such other place as the Directors may determine.
3. The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by any law as provided by Section 7(4) of the Companies Act (As Revised). PROVIDED THAT the Company shall only carry on the businesses for which a license is required under the laws of the Cayman Islands when so licensed under the terms of such laws.
4. The Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit as provided by Section 27(2) of the Companies Act (As Revised).
5. The Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; Provided that nothing in this section shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.
6. The liability of the members is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.
7. THE AUTHORISED SHARE CAPITAL of the Company is Fifty Thousand United States Dollars (US$50,000.00) divided into Four Hundred and Eighty Million (480,000,000) Class A Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each, Ten Million (10,000,000) Class B Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each and Ten Million (10,000,000) Preference Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.0001 each provided always that subject to the provisions of the Companies Act (As Revised) and the Articles of Association of the Company, the Company shall have power to redeem or purchase any of its shares and to sub-divide or consolidate the said shares or any of them and to issue all or any part of its capital whether original, redeemed, increased or reduced with or without any preference, priority or special privilege or subject to any postponement of rights or to any conditions or restrictions whatsoever and so that unless the conditions of issue shall otherwise expressly provide every issue of shares whether stated to be Class A Ordinary, Class B Ordinary, Preference Shares or otherwise shall be subject to the powers on the part of the Company hereinbefore contained.
i
8. The Company shall not have the power to issue shares to bearer.
9. The nature of business of the Company is a special purpose acquisition company.
10. The financial year end of the Company is 31 December of the calendar year.
11. The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.
12. Capitalized terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the same meaning as those given in the Articles of Association of the Company.
ii
THE COMPANIES ACT (AS REVISED)
EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION
OF
SHREYA ACQUISITION GROUP
(Adopted pursuant to a Special Resolution passed on [●], 2026
PRELIMINARY
1. The regulations in Table “A” in the First Schedule to the Act (as defined below) shall not apply to the Company except insofar as they are repeated or contained in these Articles.
INTERPRETATION
2. In these Articles, if not inconsistent with the subject or context, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:
2.1 “Act” means the Companies Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands and every statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force.
“Affiliate” in respect of a person, means any other person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person, and (a) in the case of a natural person, shall include, without limitation, such person’s spouse, parents, children, siblings, mother-in-law and father-in-law and brothers and sisters-in-law, whether by blood, marriage or adoption or anyone residing in such person’s home, a trust for the benefit of any of the foregoing, a company, partnership or any natural person or entity wholly or jointly owned by any of the foregoing and (b) in the case of an entity, shall include a partnership, a corporation or any natural person or entity which directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such entity.
“Applicable Law” means, with respect to any person, all provisions of laws, acts, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, permits, certificates, judgments, decisions, decrees or orders of any governmental authority applicable to such person.
“Articles” means the present articles of association and all supplementary, amended or substituted articles for the time being in force.
“Audit Committee” means the audit committee of the board of directors of the Company established pursuant to the Articles, or any successor committee.
“Auditor” means the person for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company (if any).
1
“Business Combination” means a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganisation or similar business combination involving the Company, with one or more businesses or entities (the “target business”), which Business Combination: (a) as long as the securities of the Company are listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, must occur with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the interest income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the signing of the definitive agreement to enter into such Business Combination; and (b) must not be solely effectuated with another blank cheque company or a similar company with nominal operations.
“business day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies are authorised or obligated by law to close in the Cayman Islands or New York City.
“Clearing House” means a clearing house recognised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Shares (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction.
“Class A Share” or “Class A Ordinary Share” means a Class A ordinary share of a par value of US$0.0001 in the share capital of the Company.
“Class B Share” or “Class B Ordinary Share” means a Class B ordinary share of a par value of US$0.0001 each in the share capital of the Company.
“Class B Share Conversion” means the conversion of Class B Shares in accordance with these Articles.
“Company” means the above-named company.
“Company’s Website” means the website of the Company and/or its web-address or domain name (if any).
“Compensation Committee” means the compensation committee of the board of directors of the Company established pursuant to the Articles, or any successor committee.
“Designated Stock Exchange” means any United States national securities exchange on which the securities of the Company are listed for trading, including the NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, the NYSE MKT LLC or The New York Stock Exchange LLC.
“Directors” means the directors for the time being of the Company.
“Dividend” means any dividend (whether interim or final) resolved to be paid on Shares pursuant to the Articles.
“Electronic Communication” means a communication sent by electronic means, including electronic posting to the Company’s Website, transmission to any number, address or internet website (including the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission) or other electronic delivery methods as otherwise decided and approved by the Directors.
2
“Electronic Record” has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Act.
“Electronic Transactions Act” means the Electronic Transactions Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands.
“Equity-Linked Securities” means any debt or equity securities that are convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for Class A Shares issued in a financing transaction in connection with a Business Combination, including but not limited to a private placement of equity or debt.
“Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar U.S. federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.
“Founders” means all Members of the Company immediately prior to the consummation of the IPO.
“Independent Director” has the same meaning as in the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange or in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, as the case may be.
“IPO” means the Company’s initial public offering of securities.
“Member” has the meaning assigned to it in the Act.
“Memorandum” means the amended and restated memorandum of association and all supplementary amended or substituted memorandum of the Company for the time being in force.
“Officer” means a person appointed to hold an office in the Company.
“Ordinary Resolution” means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting, and includes a unanimous written resolution. In computing the majority when a poll is demanded regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Member is entitled by the Articles.
“Ordinary Shares” means the Class A Ordinary Shares and the Class B Ordinary Shares collectively.
“Over-allotment Option” means the option of the Underwriters to purchase up to an additional 15% of the units (as described in the Articles) issued in the IPO at a price equal to US$10 per unit, less underwriting discounts and commissions.
“Preference Share” means a preference share of a par value of US$0.0001 in the share capital of the Company.
“Public Shares” means a Class A Share issued as part of the units (as described in the Articles) issued in the IPO.
3
“Redemption Notice” means a notice in a form approved by the Company by which a holder of Public Shares is entitled to require the Company to redeem its Public Shares, subject to any conditions contained therein.
“Register of Members” means the register of members maintained in accordance with the Act and includes (except where otherwise stated) any branch or duplicate register of members.
“Registered Office” means the registered office for the time being of the Company.
“Representative” means a representative of the Underwriters.
“Seal” means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal.
“Securities and Exchange Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
“Share” means a Class A Share, a Class B Share or a Preference Share and includes a fraction of a share in the Company.
“Special Resolution” subject to Articles 115 and 178, has the meaning assigned to it in the Act, and includes a unanimous written resolution.
“Sponsor” means Thews (Mauritius) Limited, a private limited liability company incorporated in Mauritius, and its successors or assigns.
“Treasury Shares” means a Share held in the name of the Company as a treasury share in accordance with the Act.
“Trust Account” means the trust account established by the Company upon the consummation of the IPO and into which a certain amount of the net proceeds of the IPO, together with the proceeds of the private placement of units simultaneously with the closing date of the IPO, will be deposited.
“Underwriter” means an underwriter of the IPO from time to time and any successor underwriter.
“United States Dollars” and “US$” means the lawful currency of the United States of America.
2.2 Expressions defined in the Act, or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof in force at the date on which these Articles become binding on the Company, shall have the meanings so defined. In these Articles:
2.3 Words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa.
4
2.4 Words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders.
2.5 Words importing persons include corporations as well as any other legal or natural person.
2.6 “Written” and “in writing” include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record.
2.7 “Shall” shall be construed as imperative and “may” shall be construed as permissive.
2.8 References to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced.
2.9 Any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms.
2.10 The term “and/or” is used to mean both “and” as well as “or.” The use of “and/or” in certain contexts in no respects qualifies or modifies the use of the terms “and” or “or” in others. The term “or” shall not be interpreted to be exclusive and the term “and” shall not be interpreted to require the conjunctive (in each case, unless the context otherwise requires).
2.11 Headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing the Articles.
2.12 Any requirements as to delivery under the Articles include delivery in the form of an Electronic Record.
2.13 Any requirements as to execution or signature under the Articles including the execution of the Articles themselves can be satisfied in the form of an electronic signature as defined in the Electronic Transactions Act.
2.14 Sections 8 and 19(3) of the Electronic Transactions Act shall not apply.
2.15 The term “clear days” in relation to the period of a notice means that period excluding the day when the notice is received or deemed to be received and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.
2.16 The term “holder” in relation to a Share means a person whose name is entered in the Register of Members as the holder of such Share.
5
SHARES
3. The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation of the Company as the Directors shall see fit.
4. The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the Company, including the expenses of registration
ISSUE OF SHARES AND OTHER SECURITIES
5. Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum (and to any direction that may be given by the Company in general meeting) and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law, and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing Shares, the Directors may allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including fractions of a Share) with or without preferred, deferred or other rights or restrictions, whether in regard to Dividends or other distributions, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper, and may also (subject to the Act and the Articles) vary such rights, save that the Directors shall not allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including fractions of a Share) to the extent that it may affect the ability of the Company to carry out a Class B Share Conversion set out in the Articles.
6. The Company may issue rights, options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of Shares or other securities in the Company on such terms as the Directors may from time to time determine.
7. The Company may issue units of securities in the Company, which may be comprised of whole or fractional shares, rights, options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of Shares or other securities in the Company, upon such terms as the Directors may from time to time determine. The securities comprising any such units which are issued pursuant to the IPO can only be traded separately from one another on the 52nd day following the date of the prospectus relating to the IPO unless the Representative(s) determines that an earlier date is acceptable, subject to the Company having filed a current report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission and a press release announcing when such separate trading will begin. Prior to such date, the units can be traded, but the securities comprising such units cannot be traded separately from one another.
8. No shares shall be issued to bearer.
9. Subject to the provisions of these Articles relating to shares, the shares shall be at the disposal of the Directors and they may (subject to the provisions of the Act and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing shares) allot, grant options over, or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, on such terms and conditions and at such times as they think fit but so that no share shall be issued at a discount, except in accordance with the provisions of the Act, and so that in the case of shares offered to the public for subscription the amount payable on application on each share shall not be less than such percentage of the nominal amount of the share as shall be determined by the Directors.
6
REGISTER OF MEMBERS
10. The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained the Register of Members in accordance with the Act.
11. The Directors may determine that the Company shall maintain one or more branch registers of Members in accordance with the Act. The Directors may also determine which register of Members shall constitute the principal register and which shall constitute the branch register or registers, and to vary such determination from time to time.
CLOSING REGISTER OF MEMBERS OR FIXING RECORD DATE
12. For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose, the Directors may, after notice has been given by advertisement in an appointed newspaper or any other newspaper or by any other means in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law, provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not in any case exceed forty days
13. In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance or arrears a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of the Members or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or other distribution, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose.
14. If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a Dividend or other distribution, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or the date on which the resolution of the Directors resolving to pay such Dividend or other distribution is passed, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.
SHARE CERTIFICATES
15. A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. Share certificates shall be signed by one or more Directors or other person authorised by the Directors. The Directors may authorise certificates to be issued with the authorised signature(s) affixed by mechanical process. All certificates for Shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the Shares to which they relate. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and, subject to the Articles, no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate representing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.
7
16. The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by more than one person and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.
17. If a share certificate is worn out, defaced, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and on the payment of such expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence, as the Directors may prescribe, and (in the case of defacement or wearing out) upon delivery of the old certificate.
18. Every share certificate sent in accordance with the Articles will be sent at the risk of the Member or other person entitled to the certificate. The Company will not be responsible for any share certificate lost or delayed in the course of delivery.
19. Share certificates shall be issued within the relevant time limit as prescribed by the Act, if applicable, or as the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law may from time to time determine, whichever is shorter, after the allotment or, except in the case of a Share transfer which the Company is for the time being entitled to refuse to register and does not register, after lodgement of a Share transfer with the Company.
TRANSFER OF SHARES
20. Subject to the terms of these Articles, any Member may transfer all or any of their Shares by an instrument of transfer provided that such transfer complies with applicable rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law. If the Shares in question were issued in conjunction with rights, options, warrants or units issued pursuant to the Articles on terms that one cannot be transferred without the other, the Directors shall refuse to register the transfer of any such Share without evidence satisfactory to them of the like transfer of such right, option, warrant or unit.
21. The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law or in any other form approved by the Directors and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by or on behalf of the transferee) and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a Clearing House or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Directors may approve from time to time. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.
REDEMPTION, REPURCHASE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES
22. Subject to the provisions of the Act, and, where applicable, the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law, the Company may issue shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of Member of the Company. The redemption of such Shares, except Public Shares, shall be effected in such manner and upon such other terms as the Directors or Company may, by Ordinary Resolution, may determine before the issue of such Shares. With respect to repurchasing or redeeming shares of the Company:
(a) Members who hold Public Shares are entitled to request redemption of such Shares in the circumstances described in Business Combination Articles hereof;
8
(b) [Reserved]; and
(c) Public Shares shall be redeemed by way of tender offer in the circumstances set out in the Business Combination Article hereof.
23. Subject to the provisions of the Act, and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law, the Company may purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) in such manner and on such other terms as the Directors may agree with the relevant Member. For the avoidance of doubt, repurchases, redemptions and surrenders of Shares in the circumstances described in the Article above shall not require further approval of the Members.
24. The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Act, including out of capital.
25. The Directors may accept the surrender for no consideration of any fully paid share.
TREASURY SHARES
26. The Directors may, prior to the purchase, redemption or surrender of any Share determine that such Share be held as a Treasury Share.
27. The Directors may determine to cancel a Treasury Share or transfer a Treasury Share on such terms as they determine (including, without limitation, for nil consideration).
VARIATION OF SHARE RIGHTS
28. Subject to Article 5, if at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of Shares, all or any of the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied without the consent of the holders of the issued Shares of that class where such variation is considered by the Directors not to have a material adverse effect upon such rights; otherwise, any such variation shall be made only with the consent in writing of the holders of not less than two-thirds of the issued Shares of that class (other than with respect to a waiver of the provisions of the Class B Share Conversion Article hereof, which as stated therein shall only require the consent in writing of the holders of a majority of the issued Shares of that class), or with the approval of a resolution passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast at a separate meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class. For the avoidance of doubt, the Directors reserve the right, notwithstanding that any such variation may not have a material adverse effect, to obtain consent from the holders of Shares of the relevant class. To any such meeting all the provisions of the Articles relating to general meetings shall apply mutatis mutandis, except that the necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one-third of the issued Shares of the class and that any holder of Shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.
9
29. For the purposes of a separate class meeting, the Directors may treat two or more or all the classes of Shares as forming one class of Shares if the Directors consider that such class of Shares would be affected in the same way by the proposals under consideration, but in any other case shall treat them as separate classes of Shares.
30. The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by: (i) the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith or Shares issued with preferred or other rights; (ii) where the constitutional documents of the Company are amended or new constitutional documents of the Company are adopted, in each case, as a result of the Company registering by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands; or (iii) the conversion of any Class B Shares pursuant to the Class B Ordinary Share Conversion Article.
COMMISSION ON SALE OF SHARES
31. The Company may, in so far as the Act permits, pay a commission to any person in consideration of that person subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally) or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolute or conditional) for any Shares. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash or the issue of fully or partly paid-up Shares. The Company may also on any issue of Shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.
NON-RECOGNITION OF TRUSTS
32. The Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share or any interest in any fractional part of a Share (except only as is otherwise provided by these Articles or the Act) or any other rights in respect of any Share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the holder.
LIEN ON SHARES
33. The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (whether fully paid or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements to or with the Company (whether presently payable or not) by such Member or their estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The registration of a transfer of any such Share shall operate as a waiver of the Company’s lien thereon. The Company’s lien, if any, on a share shall extend to any amount payable in respect of that Share.
10
34. The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any Shares on which the Company has a lien, if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, and is not paid within 14 clear days after notice has been received or deemed to have been received by the holder of the Shares, or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold.
35. The net proceeds of such sale by the Company after the payment of the costs of shall be applied in payment or satisfaction of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable as existed upon the Shares and any balance shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the Shares at the date of the sale.
36. To give effect to any such sale, the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directors of, the purchaser. The purchaser or their nominee shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer and they shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall their title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the sale or the exercise of the Company’s power of sale under the Articles.
CALLS ON SHARES
37. Subject to the terms of the allotment and issue of any Shares, the Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their Shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium or otherwise) and not by the conditions of allotment thereof made payable at fixed times. Each Member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen days’ notice specifying the time or times and place of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times and place so specified the amount called on their Shares. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable on such call notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made. A call may be revoked or postponed at the determination of the Directors.
38. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and instalments due in respect of such Share or other moneys due in respect thereof.
39. A copy of the notice referred to in the preceding Article shall be sent in the manner in which notices may be sent to Members by the Company as provided herein.
40. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed and may be required to be paid by instalments.
41. If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the sum from such day appointed for payment to the time of actual payment at such rate not exceeding fifteen per cent. per annum as the Directors may determine but the Directors shall be at liberty to waive payment of such interest either wholly or partly.
42. No Member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or bonus or to be present and vote (save as proxy for another Member) at any general meeting, either personally or by proxy, or be reckoned in a quorum, or to exercise any other privilege as a Member until all sums or instalments due from them to the Company in respect of any call, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any) shall have been paid.
11
43. Any sum which by the terms of issue of a Share becomes payable on allotment or on any fixed date (whether on account of the nominal value of the Share or by way of premium or otherwise) shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be a call duly made, notified and payable on the date on which, by the terms of issue, the same becomes payable and, in case of non-payment, all the relevant provisions of these Articles as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.
44. The Directors may make arrangements on the issue of Shares for a difference between the holders in the amount of calls to be paid and in the times of payment.
45. The Directors may, if they think fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the money uncalled and unpaid or instalments payable upon any Shares held by them, and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced the Company may pay interest at such rate (if any) as the Directors may decide. The Directors may at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such Member not less than one month’s notice in writing of their intention in that regard, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced. No such sum paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such sum to any portion of a dividend declared in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such sum would, but for such payment, become presently payable.
FORFEITURE OF SHARES
46. If a call or instalment of a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than 14 clear days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment. The notice shall specify where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.
47. If the notice is not complied with, any Share in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors. Such forfeiture shall include all Dividends, other distributions or other monies payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture.
48. If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which the notice has been given may, at any time thereafter before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect. Such forfeiture shall include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share, and not actually paid before forfeiture.
49. A forfeited share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited Share is to be transferred to any person the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share in favour of that person.
12
50. A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited Shares and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the Shares forfeited and shall remain liable to pay the Company all monies which, at the date of forfeiture, were payable by that person to the Company in respect of the Shares together with interest a such rate as the Director may determine, but that person’s liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all monies whenever due and payable by them in respect of those Shares.
51. A certificate in writing under the hand of a Director or Officer that a Share in the Company has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the Share. The certificate shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer) constitute a good title to the Share and the person to whom the Share is sold or otherwise disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall their title to the Share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the Share.
52. The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time (whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium or otherwise) as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.
TRANSMISSION OF SHARES
53. In the case of the death of a Member, the legal personal representative of a deceased sole Member shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to the share. In the case of a Share registered in the names of two or more holders, the survivors or survivor, or the legal personal representatives of the deceased Member, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the Share. Provided however, that nothing herein contained shall release the estate of any such deceased holder from any liability in respect of any Shares which had been held by the Member solely or jointly with other persons.
54. Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors and subject as hereinafter provided, elect either to be registered as a Member in respect of the Share or to make such transfer of the share to such person as the deceased or bankrupt person could have made and to have such person registered as the transferee thereof, but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by that Member before his death or bankruptcy (as the case may be). If the person so being entitled shall elect to be registered as holder they shall deliver or send to the Company a notice in writing signed by them stating that they so elect.
13
55. A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of the holder (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Member in respect of the share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company. The Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to transfer the share and, if the notice is not complied with within ninety days, the Directors may, if such shares are redeemable at the option of the Company, redeem such shares but, in the meantime, the Directors may elect to withhold payment of all dividends, bonuses or other moneys payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.
CLASS B ORDINARY SHARE CONVERSION
56. The rights attaching to the Class A Shares and Class B Shares shall rank pari passu in all respects, and the Class A Shares and Class B Shares shall vote together as a single class on all matters (subject to the Variation of Rights of Shares Article and the Transfer by Way of Continuation Article) with the exception that the holder of a Class B Share shall have the conversion rights referred to in this Article.
57. Class B Ordinary Shares shall automatically convert into Class A Ordinary Shares on a one for one basis (the “Initial Conversion Ratio”) concurrently with or immediately following the consummation of a Business Combination, or earlier at the option of the holders thereof. Such Class A Ordinary Shares delivered upon conversion will not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to consummate an initial Business Combination.
58. Notwithstanding the Initial Conversion Ratio, in the case that additional Class A Shares or any other Equity-linked Securities, are issued, or deemed issued, by the Company in excess of the amounts offered in the IPO and related to the consummation of a Business Combination, all Class B Shares in issue shall automatically convert into Class A Shares in connection with the consummation of a Business Combination and the ratio for which the Class B Shares shall convert into Class A Shares will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the Class B Shares in issue agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of Class A Shares issuable upon conversion of all Class B Shares will equal, in the aggregate, approximately 30% of the sum of: (a) i) the total number of all Class A Shares outstanding upon the completion of the IPO (including any Class A Shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option and excluding the Class A Shares comprising part of the private placement units and the Class A Shares underlying the private placement warrants issued to the sponsor),; plus (b) all Class A Shares and Equity-linked Securities issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination (excluding any Shares or Equity-linked Securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination and any private units issued to the Sponsor or its Affiliates or to a Director or Officer upon conversion of working capital loans made to the Company); minus (c) any redemptions of Class A Shares by holders thereof in connection with a Business Combination and any Class A Shares redeemed by public shareholders in connection with any amendment to the Memorandum and Articles made prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination (A) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete the initial Business Combination within the completion window or (B) with respect to any other material provisions relating to the rights of holders of Class A Shares or pre-Business Combination activity; provided that such conversion of Class B Shares will never occur on a less than one-for-one basis.
14
59. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the foregoing adjustment to the Initial Conversion Ratio may be waived as to any particular issuance or deemed issuance of additional Class A Shares or Equity-linked Securities by the written consent or agreement of holders of a majority of the Class B Shares then in issue consenting or agreeing separately as a separate class in the manner provided in the Variation of Rights of Shares Article hereof.
60. The foregoing conversion ratio shall also take into account any subdivision (by share split, subdivision, exchange, capitalisation, rights issue, reclassification, recapitalisation or otherwise) or combination (by reverse share split, share consolidation, exchange, reclassification, recapitalisation or otherwise) or similar reclassification or recapitalisation of the Class A Ordinary Shares in issue into a greater or lesser number of shares occurring after the original filing of the Articles without a proportionate and corresponding subdivision, combination or similar reclassification or recapitalisation of the Class B Ordinary Shares in issue.
61. Each Class B Ordinary Share shall convert into its pro rata number of Class A Ordinary Shares pursuant to Articles 56 to 63. The pro rata share for each holder of Class B Ordinary Shares will be determined as follows: each Class B Ordinary Share shall convert into such number of Class A Ordinary Shares as is equal to the product of 1 multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the total number of Class A Ordinary Shares into which all of the Class B Ordinary Shares in issue shall be converted pursuant to this Article and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Class B Ordinary Shares in issue at the time of conversion.
62. References in Articles 56 to 63 inclusive to “converted”, “conversion” or “exchange” shall mean the compulsory redemption without notice of Class B Ordinary Shares of any Member and, on behalf of such Members, automatic application of such redemption proceeds in paying for such new Class A Ordinary Shares into which the Class B Ordinary Shares have been converted or exchanged at a price per Class B Ordinary Share necessary to give effect to a conversion or exchange calculated on the basis that the Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued as part of the conversion or exchange will be issued at par. The Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued on an exchange or conversion shall be registered in the name of such Member or in such name as the Member may direct.
63. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article, a Class B Ordinary Share may convert into Class A Ordinary Shares at a ratio that is greater than one-for-one.
AMENDMENT TO MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES AND ALTERATION OF CAPITAL
64. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the provisions of these Articles as regards the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution and Articles 115 and 178 the Company may by Special Resolution:
(a) change its name;
15
(b) alter or add to the Articles (subject to Articles 115 and 178);
(c) alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any object, powers or other matters specified therein; and
(d) reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserved fund.
65. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its Registered Office. The Company may, in addition to its Registered Office, maintain such other offices or places of business as the Directors determine.
66. The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:
(a) increase the share capital by such amount as Ordinary Resolution shall prescribe and with such rights, priorities and privileges annexed thereto, as the Company in general meeting may determine;
(b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;
(c) convert all or any part of its paid-up Shares into stock and reconvert that stock into paid-up Shares of any denomination;
(d) by subdivision of its existing Shares or any of them divide the whole or any part of its share capital into Shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum or into Shares without par value; and
(e) cancel any Shares that at the date of the passing of the Ordinary Resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person and diminish its share capital by the amount such cancelled Shares.
67. All new shares created under the preceding Article shall be considered as though part of the original capital and shall be subject to the same provisions herein contained with reference to the payment of calls and instalments, transfer and transmission, forfeiture, lien, surrender and otherwise.
GENERAL MEETINGS
68. All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.
69. The Company may but shall not (unless required by the Act) be obliged to, in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. Any annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint. At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.
16
70. The Directors, the chief executive officer or the chairperson of the board of Directors may call general meetings, and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Members shall not have the ability to call general meetings.
71. Members seeking to bring business before the annual general meeting or to nominate candidates for appointment as Directors at the annual general meeting must deliver notice to the principal executive offices of the Company not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 150th day prior to the anniversary date of the immediately preceding annual general meeting or, if the Company did not hold an annual general meeting the previous year, or if the date of the current year’s annual general meeting has been changed by more than 30 days from the date of the previous year’s annual general meeting, then the deadline shall be set by the board of Directors with such deadline being a reasonable time before the Company begins to print and send its related proxy materials.
NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS
72. At least five clear days’ notice shall be given of any general meeting. Every notice shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business to be conducted at the general meeting and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this Article has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:
(a) in the case of an annual general meeting, by all of the Members entitled to attend and vote at the meeting; and
(b) in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, together holding not less than 95% in par value of the Shares giving that right.
73. The notice convening a meeting to pass a Special Resolution shall specify the intention to propose the resolution as a Special Resolution.
74. The accidental omission to give notice of a meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a meeting by, any member entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that general meeting.
PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS
75. No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum of Members is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. The holders of one-third of the Shares being individuals present in person or by proxy or if a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy shall be a quorum.
17
76. A person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.
77. If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and/or place or to such other day, time and/or place as the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting to commence, the Members present shall be a quorum.
78. The Directors may, at any time prior to the time appointed for the meeting to commence, appoint any person to act as chairperson of a general meeting of the Company or, if the Directors do not make any such appointment, the chairperson, if any, of the board of Directors shall preside as chairperson at such general meeting. If there is no such chairperson, or if the person shall not be present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting to commence, or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairperson of the meeting. The chairperson of the meeting at a general meeting of the Company may adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of general meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a general meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed.
79. If at any general meeting no Director is willing to act as chairperson or if no Director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Members present shall choose one of their number to be chairperson of the meeting.
80. The chairperson may, with the consent of any meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.
81. When a general meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Save as aforesaid, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.
82. If, prior to a Business Combination, a notice is issued in respect of a general meeting and the Directors, in their absolute discretion, consider that it is impractical or undesirable for any reason to hold that general meeting at the place, the day and the hour specified in the notice calling such general meeting, the Directors may postpone the general meeting to another place, day and/or hour provided that notice of the place, the day and the hour of the rearranged general meeting is promptly given to all Members. No business shall be transacted at any postponed meeting other than the business specified in the notice of the original meeting.
83. When a general meeting is postponed for 30 days or more, notice of the postponed meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Otherwise, it shall not be necessary to give any such notice of a postponed meeting. All proxy forms submitted for the original general meeting shall remain valid for the postponed meeting. The Directors may postpone a general meeting which has already been postponed.
18
84. At any general meeting, a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a poll.
85. A poll shall be taken as the chairperson directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the general meeting at which the poll was demanded.
86. A poll demanded on the election of a chairperson or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such date, time and place as the chairperson of the general meeting directs, and any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded or is contingent thereon may proceed pending the taking of the poll.
87. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairperson of the meeting shall be entitled to a second or casting vote.
VOTES OF MEMBERS
88. Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any Shares, including as set out at Articles 115 and 178, every Member present in any such manner shall have one vote for every Share of which they are the holder.
89. In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person, by its duly authorised representative or proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and, for this purpose, seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.
90. A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote by their committee, receiver, curator bonis or other person on such Member’s behalf appointed by that court, and any such committee, receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy.
91. No person shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting unless they are registered as a Member on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls or other monies then payable by them in respect of Shares have been paid.
92. No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered, and every vote not disallowed at such meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairperson whose decision shall be final and conclusive.
93. On a poll or a show of hands votes may be given personally or by proxy. Votes may be cast either personally or by proxy (or in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy). A Member may appoint more than one proxy or the same proxy under one or more instruments to attend and vote at a meeting. Where a Member appoints more than one proxy the instrument of proxy shall specify the number of Shares in respect of which each proxy is entitled to exercise the related votes.
19
94. A Member holding more than one Share need not cast the votes in respect of their Shares in the same way on any resolution and therefore may vote a Share or some or all such Shares either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares and, subject to the terms of the instrument appointing the proxy, a proxy appointed under one or more instruments may vote a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which they are appointed either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which they are appointed.
RESOLUTIONS IN WRITING
95. A resolution (including a Special Resolution) in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by or on behalf of all the Members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings (or, being corporations or other non-natural persons, signed by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the resolution had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.
PROXIES
96. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing and shall be executed under the hand of the appointer or of their attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointer is a corporation or other non-natural person, under the hand of its duly authorised representative. A proxy need not be a Member.
97. The Directors may, in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting, or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, specify the manner by which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited and the place and the time (being not later than the time appointed for the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy relates) at which the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited. In the absence of any such direction from the Directors in the notice convening any meeting or adjourned meeting or in an instrument of proxy sent out by the Company, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited physically at the Registered Office not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for the meeting or adjourned meeting to commence at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote.
98. The chairperson may in any event at their discretion declare that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted, or which has not been declared to have been duly deposited by the chairperson, shall be invalid.
99. The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form (or such other form as the Directors may approve) and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or generally until revoked. An instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to include the power to demand or join or concur in demanding a poll.
100. A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the Share in respect of which the proxy is given, unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer as aforesaid shall have been received by the Company at its Registered Office before the commencement of the general meeting or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.
20
CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES AT MEETINGS
101. Any corporation or other non-natural person which is a Member of the Company may, in accordance with its constitutional documents or, in the absence of such provision, by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members of the Company and the person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which they represent as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.
102. If a Clearing House (or its nominee(s)), being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorise such persons as it sees fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that the authorisation shall specify the number and class of Shares in respect of which each such representative is so authorised. Each person so authorised under the provisions of this Article shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the Clearing House (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of such Shares held by the Clearing House (or its nominee(s)).
SHARES THAT MAY NOT BE VOTED
103. Shares in the Company that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding Shares at any given time.
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
104. Until otherwise determined by the Company in general meeting, the number of Directors shall not be less than one.
105. All Directors shall hold office until the expiration of their respective terms of office and until their successors shall have been appointed and qualified. A Director appointed to fill a vacancy resulting from the death, resignation or removal of a Director shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the Director whose death, resignation or removal shall have created such vacancy and until their successor shall have been appointed and qualified. The directors may, by resolution of the Directors, be divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. The number of directors in each class shall be as nearly equal as possible. Upon adoption of the Articles, the existing Directors shall by resolution classify themselves as Class I, Class II or Class III Directors. The Class I Directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company’s first annual general meeting, the Class II Directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company’s second annual general meeting and the Class III Directors shall stand elected for a term expiring at the Company’s third annual general meeting. Commencing at the Company’s first annual general meeting, and at each annual general meeting thereafter, the Directors appointed to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual general meeting after their election. Except as the Act or other Applicable Law may otherwise require, in the interim between annual general meetings or extraordinary general meetings called for the appointment of Directors and/or the removal of one or more Directors and the filling of any vacancy in that connection, additional Directors and any vacancies in the board of Directors, including unfilled vacancies resulting from the removal of Directors for cause, may be filled by the vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, although less than a quorum (as defined in the Articles), or by the sole remaining Director.
21
106. A Director or officer of the Company may, notwithstanding his interest, be counted in the quorum present at any meeting at which he or any other Director or officer is appointed to hold any such office or place of profit under the Company or at which the terms of any such appointment are arranged and he may vote on any such appointment or arrangement other than his own appointment or the arrangement of the terms thereof.
POWERS OF DIRECTORS
107. Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Memorandum and the Articles and to any directions given by Special Resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may exercise all the powers of the Company. No alteration of the Memorandum or Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. A duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.
108. All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company, shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Directors shall from time to time by resolution determine.
109. The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books provided for the purpose:
(a) of all appointments of officers of the Company made by the Directors;
(b) of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors; and
of all resolutions and proceedings at each meeting of the Company and of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors.
110. The Directors may, on behalf of the Company, pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to their surviving spouse, civil partner or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.
111. The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and to issue debentures, debenture stock, bonds and other such securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.
22
APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS
112. Prior to the consummation of the initial Business Combination, the Company may only by Ordinary Resolution of the holders of Class B Shares (“Class B Ordinary Resolution”) appoint any person to be a Director or may only by Class B Ordinary Resolution remove any Director.
113. The Directors may appoint any person to be a Director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional Director provided that the appointment does not cause the number of Directors to exceed any number fixed by or in accordance with the Articles as the maximum number of Directors.
114. After the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a Director or may by Ordinary Resolution remove any Director.
115. Prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, Article 112 may only be amended by a Special Resolution passed by at least nine-tenths of such Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a Special Resolution has been given, or by way of unanimous written resolution or, where such amendment is proposed in respect of the consummation of our initial Business Combination, by Special Resolution).
VACATION OF OFFICE OF DIRECTOR
116. The office of Director shall, ipso facto, be vacated if the Director:
(a) the Director gives notice in writing to the Company that they resign the office of Director; or
(b) the Director is absent (for the avoidance of doubt, without being represented by proxy) from three consecutive meetings of the board of Directors without special leave of absence from the Directors, and the Directors pass a resolution that they have by reason of such absence vacated office; or
(c) the Director dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with their creditors generally; or
(d) the Director is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; or
(e) all of the other Directors (being not less than two in number) determine that the Director should be removed as a Director, either by a resolution passed by all of the other Directors at a meeting of the Directors duly convened and held in accordance with the Articles or by a resolution in writing signed by all of the other Directors.
23
PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS
117. The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors and, unless so fixed, shall be two provided always that, if there is only a sole Director, that Director shall be a quorum and such Director may transact business by written resolution as if a meeting were being held under the provisions of these Articles.
118. Subject to the provisions of the Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairperson shall have a second or casting vote. A resolution of Directors approving an initial Business Combination shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors which must include a majority of the Independent Directors.
119. A person may participate in a meeting of the Directors or any committee of Directors by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other at the same time. Participation by a person in a meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors, the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairperson is located at the start of the meeting.
120. A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of the Directors or, in the case of a resolution in writing relating to the removal of any Director or the vacation of office by any Director, all of the Directors other than the Director who is the subject of such resolution shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held.
121. A Director may, or other Officer on the direction of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by at least two days’ notice in writing to every Director which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors either at, before or after the meeting is held. To any such notice of a meeting of the Directors all the provisions of the Articles relating to the giving of notices by the Company to the Members shall apply mutatis mutandis.
122. The continuing Directors or sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but, if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to that number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.
123. The Directors may elect a chairperson of their board and determine the period for which they are to hold office but if no such chairperson is elected, or if at any meeting the chairperson is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairperson of the meeting.
124. All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director, and/or that they or any of them were disqualified, and/or had vacated their office and/or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and/or not disqualified to be a Director and/or had not vacated their office and/or had been entitled to vote, as the case may be.
24
125. A Director may be represented at any meetings of the board of Directors by a proxy appointed in writing by that Director. The proxy shall count towards the quorum and the vote of the proxy shall for all purposes be deemed to be that of the appointing Director.
PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT
126. A Director who is present at a meeting of the board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless they shall file their written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairperson or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to the person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.
DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS
127. A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with their office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.
128. A Director may act on their own or by, through or on behalf of their firm in a professional capacity for the Company and they or their firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if they were not a Director.
129. A Director may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a shareholder, a contracting party or otherwise, and no such Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by them as a director or officer of, or from their interest in, such other company.
130. No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by or arising in connection with any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director holding office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established. A Director shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which they are interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by them at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.
131. A general notice that a Director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which they have an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.
25
MINUTES
132. Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of recording all appointments of Officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at meetings of the Company or the holders of any class of Shares and of the Directors, and of committees of the Directors, including the names of the Directors present at each meeting.
DELEGATION OF DIRECTORS’ POWERS
133. The Directors may delegate any of their powers, authorities and discretions, including the power to sub-delegate, to any committee consisting of one or more Directors (including, without limitation, the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee). Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such delegation may be revoked or altered by the Directors. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee of Directors shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.
134. The Directors may establish any committees, local boards or agencies or appoint any person to be a manager or agent for managing the affairs of the Company and may appoint any person to be a member of such committees, local boards or agencies. Any such appointment may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and any such appointment may be revoked or altered by the Directors. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of any such committee, local board or agency shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.
135. The Directors may adopt formal written charters for committees and, if so adopted, shall review and assess the adequacy of such formal written charters on an annual basis as may be required from time to time by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law. Each of these committees shall be empowered to do all things necessary to exercise the rights of such committee set forth in the Articles and shall have such powers as the Directors may delegate pursuant to the Articles and as required by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law. Each of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee, if established, shall consist of such number of Directors as the Directors shall from time to time determine (or such minimum number as may be required from time to time by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law). For so long as any class of Shares is listed on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee shall be made up of such number of Independent Directors as is required from time to time by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law.
26
136. The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any person to be the agent of the Company on such conditions as the Directors may determine, provided that the delegation is not to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked by the Directors at any time.
137. The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or authorised signatory of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under the Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorneys or authorised signatories as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in them.
138. The Directors may appoint such Officers as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors may think fit. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of their appointment an Officer may be removed by resolution of the Directors or Members. An Officer may vacate their office at any time if they give notice in writing to the Company that they resign their office. Such Officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officers, a President, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, Vice Presidents, a Secretary, Assistant Secretaries, a Treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the Directors.
NO MINIMUM SHAREHOLDING
139. The Company in general meeting may fix a minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director, but unless and until such a shareholding qualification is fixed a Director is not required to hold Shares.
REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS
140. The remuneration to be paid to the Directors, if any, shall be such remuneration as the Directors shall determine, provided that no cash remuneration shall be paid to any Director by the Company prior to the consummation of a Business Combination. The Directors shall also, whether prior to or after the consummation of a Business Combination, be entitled to be paid all travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of Directors or committees of Directors, or general meetings of the Company, or separate meetings of the holders of any class of Shares or debentures of the Company, or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company or the discharge of their duties as a Director, or to receive a fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the Directors, or a combination partly of one such method and partly the other.
141. Directors may by resolution approve additional remuneration to any Director for any services which in the opinion of the Directors go beyond that Director’s ordinary routine work as a Director. Any fees paid to a Director who is also counsel, attorney or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity shall be in addition to their remuneration as a Director.
27
SEAL
142. (a) The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors. Every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by one person who shall be either a Director some Officer or other person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.
(b) The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the Common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.
(c) A Director or Officer or representative or attorney of the Company may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal of the Company over their signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by them under Seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere wheresoever.
DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND RESERVES
143. Subject to the Act and this Article and except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, the Directors may resolve to pay Dividends and other distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the Dividends or other distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. A Dividend shall be deemed to be an interim Dividend unless the terms of the resolution pursuant to which the Directors resolve to pay such Dividend specifically state that such Dividend shall be a final Dividend. No Dividend or other distribution shall be paid except out of the realised or unrealised profits of the Company, out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by law.
144. The Directors may deduct from any dividend or distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) presently payable by the Member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.
145. Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to any Shares, all Dividends and other distributions shall be paid according to the par value of the Shares that a Member holds. If any Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for Dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for Dividend accordingly.
146. The Directors may, before declaring any dividends or distributions, set aside such sums as they think proper as a reserve or reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Directors, be applicable for any purpose of the Company and pending such application may, at the like discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company) as the Directors may from time to time think fit. The Directors may also, without placing the same to reserve, carry forward any profits which they may think prudent not to dividend.
28
147. No dividend or distribution shall be payable except out of the profits of the Company, realised or unrealised, or out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by the Act.
148. Subject to the rights of persons, if any, entitled to shares with special rights as to dividends or distributions, all dividends or distributions shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid or credited as paid on the Shares in respect whereof the dividend is paid but no amount paid or credited as paid on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of this Article as paid on the share.
149. The Directors may resolve that any dividend or distribution may be paid either wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and, in particular, of paid-up shares or debentures of any other company or in any one or more of such ways. Where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and, in particular, may issue fractional certificates and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the footing of the value so fixed, in order to adjust the rights of all Members, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees upon trust for the Members entitled to the dividend as may seem expedient to the Directors.
150. Any dividend, other distribution, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of Shares may be paid by wire transfer to the holder or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of the holder who is first named on the Register of Members or to such person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any Dividends, other distributions, bonuses, or other monies payable in respect of the Share held by them as joint holders.
151. No dividend or other distribution shall bear interest against the Company.
152. Any Dividend or other distribution which cannot be paid to a Member and/or which remains unclaimed after six months from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate account in the Company’s name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the Dividend or other distribution shall remain as a debt due to the Member. Any Dividend or other distribution which remains unclaimed after a period of six years from the date on which such Dividend or other distribution becomes payable shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.
29
CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS
153. The Directors may at any time capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts or funds (including the share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of the profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution; appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst such Members had the same been a distribution of profits by way of Dividend or other distribution; and apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued Shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid-up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalisation, with full power given to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit in the case of Shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental or relating thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all such Members and the Company.
BOOKS OF ACCOUNT
154. The Directors shall cause proper books of account (including, where applicable, material underlying documentation including contracts and invoices) to be kept with respect to:
(a) all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure takes place;
(b) all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and
(c) the assets and liabilities of the Company.
Proper books of account shall not be deemed to be kept with respect to the matters aforesaid if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.
155. The Directors shall determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.
156. The Directors may cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.
AUDIT
157. The Directors may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office on such terms as the Directors determine.
158. The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Audit Committee, if one exists.
30
159. Without prejudice to the freedom of the Directors to establish any other committee, if the Shares (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, and if required by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law, the Directors shall establish and maintain an Audit Committee as a committee of the Directors and shall adopt a formal written Audit Committee charter and review and assess the adequacy of the formal written charter on an annual basis. The composition and responsibilities of the Audit Committee shall comply with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law. The Audit Committee shall meet at least once every financial quarter, or more frequently as circumstances dictate.
160. If the shares (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and shall utilise the Audit Committee for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest.
161. If the office of Auditor becomes vacant by resignation or death of the Auditor, or by their becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when their services are required, the Directors shall fill the vacancy and determine the remuneration of such Auditor.
162. Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and Officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the auditors.
163. Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next extraordinary general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.
164. Any payment made to members of the Audit Committee (if one exists) shall require the review and approval of the Directors, with any Director interested in such payment abstaining from such review and approval.
165. The Audit Committee shall monitor compliance with the terms of the IPO and, if any non-compliance is identified, the Audit Committee shall be charged with the responsibility to take all action necessary to rectify such non-compliance or otherwise cause compliance with the terms of the IPO.
166. At least one member of the Audit Committee shall be an “audit committee financial expert” as determined by the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or otherwise under Applicable Law. The “audit committee financial expert” shall have such past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or any other comparable experience or background which results in the individual’s financial sophistication.
31
NOTICES
167. Notices shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by courier, post, telex, fax or email to such Member or to such Member’s address as shown in the Register of Members (or where the notice is given by email by sending it to the email address provided by such Member). Notice may also be served Notice may also be served by Electronic Communication in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Securities and Exchange Commission and/or any other competent regulatory authority or by placing it on the Company’s Website.
168. Where a notice is sent by
(a) courier; service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by delivery of the notice to a courier company, and shall be deemed to have been received on the third day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was delivered to the courier;
(b) post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre-paying and posting a letter containing the notice and shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays in the Cayman Islands) following the day on which the notice was posted;
(c) telex or fax; service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing and sending such notice and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was transmitted;
(d) email or other Electronic Communication; service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the email to the email address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the email to be acknowledged by the recipient; and
(e) placing it on the Company’s Website; service of the notice shall be deemed to have been effected one hour after the notice or document was placed on the Company’s Website.
169. A notice may be given by the Company to the person or persons which the Company has been advised are entitled to a Share or Shares in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member in the same manner as other notices which are required to be given under the Articles and shall be addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.
32
170. Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner authorised by the Articles to every holder of Shares carrying an entitlement to receive such notice on the record date for such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the Register of Members and every person upon whom the ownership of a Share devolves because they are a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy of a Member where the Member but for their death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting, and no other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.
LIQUIDATION OF THE COMPANY
171. If the Company shall be wound up, the liquidator shall apply the assets of the Company in satisfaction of creditors’ claims in such manner and order as such liquidator thinks fit. Subject to the rights attaching to any Shares, in a winding up:
(a) If the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them; or
(b) The assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the Company’s issued share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise.
172. If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, subject to the rights attaching to any Shares and with the approval of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other approval required by the Act, divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether such assets shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like approval, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like approval, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.
INDEMNITY
173. Every Director and Officer (which for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include auditors of the Company), together with every former Director and former Officer (each an “Indemnified Person”) shall to the maximum extent permitted by Cayman Islands law be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability, action, proceeding, claim, demand, costs, damages or expenses, including legal expenses, whatsoever which they or any of them may incur as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out their functions other than such liability (if any) that they may incur by reason of their own actual fraud, wilful neglect or wilful default. No Indemnified Person shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage incurred by the Company as a result (whether direct or indirect) of the carrying out of their functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud, wilful neglect or wilful default of such Indemnified Person. No person shall be found to have committed actual fraud, wilful neglect or wilful default under this Article unless or until a court of competent jurisdiction shall have made a finding to that effect.
33
174. The Company shall advance to each Indemnified Person reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with the defence of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation involving such Indemnified Person for which indemnity will or could be sought. In connection with any advance of any expenses hereunder, the Indemnified Person shall execute an undertaking to repay the advanced amount to the Company if it shall be determined by final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article. If it shall be determined by a final judgment or other final adjudication that such Indemnified Person was not entitled to indemnification with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses, then such party shall not be indemnified with respect to such judgment, costs or expenses and any advancement shall be returned to the Company (without interest) by the Indemnified Person.
175. The Directors, on behalf of the Company, may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or Officer (including any director or officer who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director or officer or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) against any liability which, by virtue of any rule of law, would otherwise attach to such person in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the Company.
FINANCIAL YEAR
176. Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31st December in each year and, following the year of incorporation, shall begin on 1st January in each year.
TRANSFER BY WAY OF CONTINUATION
177. If the Company is exempted as defined in the Act, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Act, and with the sanction of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.
178. Prior to the closing of a Business Combination:
(a) Only the Class B Shares shall carry the right to vote on any resolution of the shareholders to approve any transfer by way of continuation pursuant to this Article (including any Special Resolution required to amend the constitutional documents of the Company or to adopt new constitutional documents of the Company, in each case, as a result of the Company approving a transfer by way of continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands); and
(b) This Article 178(b) may only be amended by a Special Resolution passed by at least nine-tenths of such Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a Special Resolution has been given, or by way of unanimous written resolution (or, where such amendment is proposed in respect of the consummation of our initial Business Combination, by Special Resolution).
34
MERGERS AND CONSOLIDATIONS
179. The Company shall, with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more constituent companies (as defined in the Act), upon such terms as the Directors may determine.
BUSINESS COMBINATION
180. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, Articles 180 through 193 (the “Business Combination Articles”) shall apply during the period commencing upon the adoption of these Articles and terminating upon the first to occur of the consummation of a Business Combination and the full distribution of the Trust Account pursuant to these Business Combination Articles. In the event of a conflict between any of the Business Combination Articles and any other Articles, the provisions of the Business Combination Articles shall prevail.
181. Prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company shall either:
(a) submit such Business Combination to its Members for approval; or
(b) provide Members with the opportunity to have their Shares repurchased by means of a tender offer for a per-Share repurchase price payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination, including interest earned on the Trust Account (net of taxes paid or payable, if any), divided by the number of then issued Public Shares. Such obligation to repurchase Shares is subject to the completion of the proposed Business Combination to which it relates.
182. If the Company initiates any tender offer in accordance with Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act in connection with a proposed Business Combination, it shall file tender offer documents with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to completing such Business Combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about such Business Combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act. If, alternatively, the Company holds a general meeting to approve a proposed Business Combination, the Company will conduct any redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and file proxy materials with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
183. At a general meeting called for the purposes of approving a Business Combination pursuant to these Articles, in the event that such Business Combination is approved by Ordinary Resolution, the Company shall be authorised to consummate such Business Combination.
35
184. Any Member holding Public Shares who is not the Sponsor, a Founder, Officer or Director may, at least two business days’ prior to any vote on a Business Combination, elect to have their Public Shares redeemed for cash, in accordance with any applicable requirements provided for in the related proxy materials (the “Business Combination Redemption”), provided that no such Member acting together with any Affiliate of their or any other person with whom they are acting in concert or as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate, or other group (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act) for the purposes of acquiring, holding, or disposing of Shares may exercise this redemption right with respect to more than 15% of the Public Shares in the aggregate without the prior consent of the Company and provided further that any beneficial holder of Public Shares on whose behalf a redemption right is being exercised must identify itself to the Company in connection with any redemption election in order to validly redeem such Public Shares. If so demanded, the Company shall pay any such redeeming Member, regardless of whether they are voting for or against such proposed Business Combination, a per-Share redemption price payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, including interest earned on the Trust Account (such interest shall be net of taxes payable) and not previously released to the Company to pay its taxes, divided by the number of then issued Public Shares (such redemption price being referred to herein as the “Redemption Price”), but only in the event that the applicable proposed Business Combination is approved and in connection with its consummation.
185. A Member may not withdraw a Redemption Notice once submitted to the Company unless the Directors determine (in their sole discretion) to permit the withdrawal of such redemption request (which they may do in whole or in part). The Directors (in their sole discretion) shall determine the timing of such Business Combination Redemption of Public Shares in order to facilitate the consummation and/or closing of a Business Combination.
186. In the event that:
(a) the Company does not consummate a Business Combination within 18 months from the consummation of the IPO or such later time as the Members may approve by Special Resolution in accordance with the Articles (the “Deadline Date”); or
(b) the Directors, acting in good faith, determine by resolution, and provide notice in writing to the Members, that the Company is unable to consummate a Business Combination by the Deadline Date,
the Company shall:
(i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up;
(ii) promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-Share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company (net of taxes payable and less up to US$100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then Public Shares in issue, which redemption will completely extinguish public Members’ rights as Members (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and
(iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining Members and the Directors, liquidate and dissolve,
subject in each case to its obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and other requirements of Applicable Law.
36
187. In the event any amendment is made to the Articles (an “Amendment”):
(a) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with a Business Combination or redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not consummate a Business Combination by the Deadline Date, or such later time as the Members may approve by Special Resolution in accordance with the Articles; or
(b) with respect to any other material provision relating to Members’ rights or pre-Business Combination activity, any Member holding Public Shares who is not the Sponsor, a Founder, Officer or Director may, at least two business days’ prior to any vote on an Amendment, elect to have their Public Shares redeemed for cash, in accordance with any applicable requirements provided for in the related proxy materials (the “Amendment Redemption”), provided that no such Member acting together with any Affiliate of their or any other person with whom they are acting in concert or as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate, or other group (including, for the avoidance of doubt, a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act) for the purposes of acquiring, holding, or disposing of Shares may exercise this redemption right with respect to more than 15% of the Public Shares in the aggregate without the prior consent of the Company and provided further that any beneficial holder of Public Shares on whose behalf a redemption right is being exercised must identify itself to the Company in connection with any redemption election in order to validly redeem such Public Shares. If so demanded, the Company shall pay any such redeeming Member, regardless of whether they are voting for or against such proposed Amendment, the Redemption Price, but only in the event that the applicable proposed Amendment is approved. The Directors (in their sole discretion) shall determine the timing of any such Amendment Redemption.
188. A holder of Public Shares shall be entitled to receive distributions from the Trust Account only in the event of a Business Combination Redemption, an Amendment Redemption, a repurchase of Shares by means of a tender offer, or a distribution of the Trust Account pursuant to these Business Combination Articles. In no other circumstance shall a holder of Public Shares have any right or interest of any kind in the Trust Account.
189. Except in connection with the conversion of Class B Shares into Class A Shares pursuant to the Class B Ordinary Share Conversion Article hereof where the holders of such Shares have waived any right to receive funds from the Trust Account, after the issue of Public Shares, and prior to the consummation of a Business Combination, the Company shall not issue additional Shares or any other securities that would entitle the holders thereof to:
(a) receive funds from the Trust Account; or
(b) vote as a class with Public Shares on a Business Combination.
190. The uninterested Independent Directors shall approve any transaction or transactions between the Company and any of the following parties:
(a) any Member owning an interest in the voting power of the Company that gives such Member a significant influence over the Company; and
(b) any Director or Officer and any Affiliate of such Director or Officer.
37
191. A Director may vote in respect of a Business Combination in which such Director has a conflict of interest with respect to the evaluation of such Business Combination. Such Director must disclose such interest or conflict to the other Directors.
192. As long as the securities of the Company are listed on a Designated Stock Exchange, the Company must complete one or more Business Combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the assets held in the Trust Account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the Company’s signing a definitive agreement in connection with a Business Combination. A Business Combination must not be solely effectuated with another blank cheque company or a similar company with nominal operations.
193. The Company may enter into a Business Combination with a target business that is Affiliated with the Sponsor, a Founder, a Director or an Officer. In the event the Company seeks to consummate a Business Combination with a target that is Affiliated with the Sponsor, a Founder, a Director or an Officer, the Company, or a committee of Independent Directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another valuation or appraisal firm that regularly renders fairness opinions on the type of target business the Company is seeking to acquire that is a member of the United States Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or an independent accounting firm that the consideration to paid by the Company in connection with such a Business Combination is fair to the Company from a financial point of view.
CERTAIN TAX FILINGS
194. Each Tax Filing Authorised Person and any such other person, acting alone, as any Director shall designate from time to time, are authorised to file or execute and provide U.S. Internal Revenue Service tax forms SS-4, W-8 BEN, W-8 IMY, W-9, 8832 and 2553 and such other similar tax forms as are customary to file with any U.S. federal or state governmental authorities or foreign governmental authorities, or provide to withholding agents in connection with the formation, activities and/or elections of the Company and such other tax forms as may be approved from time to time by any Director or Officer. The Company further ratifies and approves any such filing made by any Tax Filing Authorised Person or such other person prior to the date of the Articles.
BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES
195. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, no individual serving as a Director or an Officer (“Management”) shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Company. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Company renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for Management, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other. Except to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, Management shall have no duty to communicate or offer any such corporate opportunity to the Company and shall not be liable to the Company or its Members for breach of any fiduciary duty as a Member, Director and/or Officer solely by reason of the fact that such party pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity for itself, directs such corporate opportunity to another person, or does not communicate information regarding such corporate opportunity to the Company.
38
196. Except as provided elsewhere in this Article, the Company hereby renounces any interest or expectancy of the Company in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for both the Company and Management, about which a Director and/or Officer who is also a member of Management acquires knowledge.
197. To the extent a court might hold that the conduct of any activity related to a corporate opportunity that is renounced in this Article to be a breach of duty to the Company or its Members, the Company hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, any and all claims and causes of action that the Company may have for such activities. To the fullest extent permitted by Applicable Law, the provisions of this Article apply equally to activities conducted in the future and that have been conducted in the past.
EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND FORUM
198. Unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the courts of the Cayman Islands shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any claim or dispute arising out of or in connection with the Memorandum, the Articles or otherwise related in any way to each Member’s shareholding in the Company, including but not limited to:
(a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company;
(b) any action asserting a claim of breach of any fiduciary or other duty owed by any current or former Director, Officer or other employee of the Company to the Company or the Members;
(c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Act, the Memorandum or the Articles; or
(d) any action asserting a claim against the Company governed by the “Internal Affairs Doctrine” (as such concept is recognised under the laws of the United States of America).
199. Each Member irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the Cayman Islands over all such claims or disputes.
200. Without prejudice to any other rights or remedies that the Company may have, each Member acknowledges that damages alone would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum and that accordingly the Company shall be entitled, without proof of special damages, to the remedies of injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief for any threatened or actual breach of the selection of the courts of the Cayman Islands as exclusive forum.
201. These Articles 198 to 201 inclusive shall not apply to any action or suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Exchange Act, or any claim for which the federal district courts of the United States of America are, as a matter of the laws of the United States, the sole and exclusive forum for determination of such a claim.
39
Exhibit 5.1
Forbes Hare
Cassia Court
Camana Bay
Suite 716, 10 Market Street
Grand Cayman KY1-9006
Cayman Islands
| DD: E: Our Ref: Your Ref: |
+1 284 852 1899 Jose.santos@forbeshare.com JST/SS/6601.001 Reference |
|
| Shreya Acquisition Group c/o First Island Trust Company Ltd., Suite 308 St. James Court, St. Denis Street Port Louis Mauritius | ||
09 January 2026
Dear Sirs
Shreya Acquisition Group (the “Company”)
We are lawyers licensed and qualified to practice law in the Cayman Islands.
We have acted as special Cayman Islands counsel to the Company to provide this legal opinion in connection with the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, related to the offering and sale of: (i) 6,000,000 units (the “Units”) consisting of one Class A ordinary share of US$0.0001 par value in the Company (a “Class A Share”) and one right to receive one-fifth (1/8) of an ordinary share (the “Rights”); (ii) up to 900,000 Units to the underwriter pursuant to an option to purchase up to 15% of the total number of Units to cover over-allotments, if any (the “Over-allotment Units”); (iii) all Class A Shares and Rights issued as part of the Units and the Over-allotment Units; (iv) all Class A Shares that may be issued upon exercise of the Rights; and (v) 191,750 units to be sold in a private placement happening simultaneously with the offering (“Private Placement Units”) consisting of one Class A Share and one right to receive one-eighth (1/8) of a Class A Share to be sold in the private placement.
| 1. | Documents Reviewed and Searches |
We have reviewed originals, copies or drafts of the following documents and have examined such other documents and considered such legal matters as we have deemed necessary for the purpose of rendering this legal opinion:
| 1.1 | A Certificate of Incorporation of the Company dated 25 June, 2025 issued by the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands (the “Registrar”). |
| 1.2 | The stamped copy of the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association dated 25 June, 2025 as amended and restated on 17 September 2025. |
| 1.3 | A certificate of incumbency issued by the registered office of the Company, Forbes Hare Trust Company Limited signed on 9 January 2026 and stating that the Company is in Good Standing in the Cayman Islands (the “Incumbency Certificate”). |
| 1.4 | A draft of the director resolutions approving the public offering of the Company’s Class A Shares (the “Director Resolutions”). |
| 1.5 | The Register of Writs at the office of the Clerk of Courts in the Cayman Islands as inspected by us on 9 January 2026 (the “Register of Writs”). |
| 1.6 | The Registration Statement. |
| 1.7 | A draft of the form of unit certificate representing the Units (the “Unit Certificate”). |
| 1.8 | A draft of the form of the rights agreement and the rights certificate constituting the Rights (the “Rights Documents”). |
| 1.9 | A draft of the underwriting agreement between the Company and D. Boral Capital LLC. |
The documents listed in paragraphs 1.7 to 1.9 inclusive above shall be referred to collectively as the “Documents”.
| 2. | Assumptions |
In giving this opinion we have assumed, without further verification, the completeness and accuracy of the Documents and searches and that the information contained therein or resulting therefrom remains accurate and complete as at the date of this opinion. We have also relied upon the following assumptions, which we have not independently verified:
| 2.1 | Copies of the Documents, conformed copies or drafts of the Documents provided to us are true and complete copies of, or in the final forms of, the originals. |
| 2.2 | All signatures, seals, dates, stamps and other markings are genuine. |
| 2.3 | The statement in the Incumbency Certificate that the Company is in Good Standing accurately reflects the good standing status of the Company with the Registrar as at the date of this opinion. |
| 2.4 | The accuracy and completeness of all factual representations expressed in or implied by the Documents we have examined. |
Page 2 of 7
| 2.5 | Each of the Certificate of Incumbency and the Register of Writs is accurate and complete as at the date of this opinion. |
| 2.6 | That all public records of the Company which we have examined are accurate and that the information disclosed by the searches which we conducted against the Company is true and complete and that such information has not since then been altered and that such searches did not fail to disclose any information relevant to the issuing of this opinion. |
| 2.7 | That we have been provided a full and complete record of the corporate documents constituting the minute book of the Company which is relevant to the issuing of this opinion and that such record remains accurate as at the date of issue of this opinion. |
| 2.8 | Where any Document has been provided to us in draft or undated form, that Document has been executed by all parties in materially the form provided to us and, where we have been provided with successive drafts of a Document marked to show changes from a previous draft, all such changes have been accurately marked. |
| 2.9 | Each of the parties to the Documents (as appropriate) other than the Company is duly incorporated, formed or organised (as applicable), validly existing and in good standing under all relevant laws as at the date of issue of this opinion. |
| 2.10 | In authorising the execution and delivery of the Documents (as appropriate) by the Company, the exercise of its rights and performance of its obligations under the Documents, each of the directors of the Company has acted in good faith with a view to the best interests of the Company and has exercised the standard of care, diligence and skill that is required of him or her. |
| 2.11 | Each Document (as appropriate) has been duly executed and unconditionally delivered by the Company in the manner authorised in the relevant Director resolutions (the “Director Resolutions”) and that such Director Resolutions have been or will be validly approved. |
| 2.12 | None of the opinions expressed herein will be adversely affected by the laws or public policies of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. In particular, but without limitation to the previous sentence: (a) the laws or public policies of any jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands will not adversely affect the capacity or authority; and (b) neither the execution or delivery of the Documents nor the exercise by any party to the Documents of its rights or the performance. |
| 2.13 | There are no agreements, documents or arrangements (other than the documents expressly referred to in this opinion as having been examined by us) that materially affect or modify the Documents or the transactions contemplated by them or restrict the powers and authority of the Company in any way. |
Page 3 of 7
| 2.14 | None of the transactions contemplated by the Documents relate to any shares, voting rights or other rights that are subject to a restriction notice issued pursuant to the Companies Act (as amended) of the Cayman Islands (the “Act”). |
| 2.15 | The Shares shall be issued at an issue price in excess of the par value thereof. |
| 2.16 | There is nothing under any law (other than the law of the Cayman Islands) which would or might affect the opinions hereinafter appearing. Specifically, we have made no independent investigation of the laws of the United States of America. |
| 3. | Opinion |
Based upon, and subject to, the foregoing assumptions and the qualifications set out in section 4 below, and having regard to such legal considerations as we consider relevant, we are of the opinion that:
| 3.1 | The Company is an exempted company limited by shares and incorporated under the Act, in good standing with the Registrar at the Register of Companies in the Cayman Islands and validly existing under the laws of the Cayman Islands and possesses the capacity to sue and be sued in its own name. |
| 3.2 | The Company is authorised to issue Four Hundred and Eighty Million (480,000,000) Class A Shares of par value US$0.0001 each; Ten Million (10,000,000) Class B Shares of par value US$0.0001 each; and Ten Million (10,000,000) Preferred Shares of par value US$0.0001 each. |
| 3.3 | The Class A Shares to be offered and sold by the Company as contemplated by the Registration Statement (including the Class A Ordinary Shares to be issued by the Company upon exercise of the Rights (in accordance with the Rights Documents) have been duly authorised for issue, and when issued by the Company against payment in full, of the consideration, in accordance with the terms set out in the Registration Statement and the Rights Documents and duly registered in the Company’s register of members (shareholders), such Class A Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (meaning that no further sums are payable to the Company on such securities). |
| 3.4 | The statement in the Registration Statement under the caption “Taxation” in so far as it constitutes a summary or description of the laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands is accurate and fairly presents a summary of Cayman Islands law. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Cayman Islands tax law under the “Taxation Section” in the Registration Statement, it represents our opinion. |
Page 4 of 7
| 3.5 | The statement in the Registration Statement under the caption “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” in so far as it constitutes a summary or description of the laws and regulations of the Cayman Islands is accurate and fairly presents a summary of Cayman Islands law. To the extent that the discussion relates to matters of Cayman Islands laws or treaties under the “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” Section in the Registration Statement, it represents our opinion. |
| 4. | Qualifications |
The opinions expressed above are subject to the following qualifications:
| 4.1 | Under the Act annual returns in respect of the Company must be filed with the Registrar, together with payment of annual filing fees. A failure to file annual returns and pay annual filing fees may result in the Company being struck off the Register of Companies, following which its assets will vest in the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands and will be subject to disposition. |
| 4.2 | “In good standing” means only that as of the date of the Incumbency Certificate (and subject to assumption 2.3 above) the Company is up-to-date with the filing of its annual returns and payment of annual fees with the Registrar. We have made no enquiries into the Company’s good standing with respect to any filings or payment of fees, or both, that it may be required to make under the laws of the Cayman Islands other than the filing of its annual returns and payment of annual fees with the Registrar. |
| 4.3 | We are not aware of any Cayman Islands authority as to when the courts would set aside the limited liability of a shareholder in a Cayman Islands company. Our opinion on the subject is based on the Act and English common law authorities, the latter of which are persuasive but not binding in the courts of the Cayman Islands. Under English authorities, circumstances in which a court would attribute personal liability to a shareholder are very limited, and include: (a) such shareholder expressly assuming direct liability (such as a guarantee); (b) the company acting as the agent of such shareholder; (c) the company being incorporated by or at the behest of such shareholder for the purpose of committing or furthering such shareholder’s fraud, or for a sham transaction otherwise carried out by such shareholder. |
| 4.4 | We have not reviewed a good standing certificate issued by the Registrar in relation to the good standing status of the Company confirming that the Company is in good standing with the Registrar and have relied solely on the statement to this effect in the Incumbency Certificate for the purposes of issuing this opinion. |
| 4.5 | In this opinion, the phrase “non-assessable” means, with respect to the Shares in the Company, that a shareholder shall not, solely by virtue of its status as a shareholder, be liable for additional assessments or calls on the Shares by the Company or its creditors (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstance in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil). |
Page 5 of 7
| 4.6 | Our examination of the Register of Writs cannot conclusively reveal whether or not there is: (a) any current or pending litigation in the Cayman Islands against the Company; or (b) any application for the winding up or dissolution of the Company or the appointment of any liquidator or trustee in bankruptcy as notice of these matters might not be entered on the Register of Writs immediately or updated expeditiously or the court file associated with the matter or the matter itself may not be publicly available (for example, due to sealing orders having been made). Furthermore, we have not conducted a search of the summary court. |
| 4.7 | The obligations of the Company may be subject to restrictions pursuant to United Nations sanctions as implemented under the laws of the Cayman Islands. |
| 4.8 | Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members (shareholders) is prima facie evidence of title to shares and this register would not record a third-party interest in such shares. However, there are certain limited circumstances where an application may be made to a Cayman Islands court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Further, the Cayman Islands court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company should be rectified where it considers that the register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. As far as we are aware, such applications are rarely made in the Cayman Islands and for the purposes of the opinion given in opinion 3.3, there are no circumstances or matters of fact known to us on the date of this opinion which would properly form the basis for an application for an order for rectification of the register of members of the Company, but if such an application were made in respect of the Shares, then the validity of such Shares may be subject to re-examination by a Cayman Islands court. |
| 4.9 | We make no comment regarding any references to foreign statutes in the Registration Statement. |
| 4.10 | This opinion is given only as to, and based on, circumstances and matters of fact existing and known to us on the date of this opinion. This opinion only relates to the laws of the Cayman Islands which are in force on the date of this opinion. |
Page 6 of 7
| 5. | Consents |
In connection with the above opinion, we hereby consent:
| 5.1 | to the use of our name in the Registration Statement, the prospectus constituting a part thereof and all amendments thereto under the caption “Legal Matters”, “Taxation”, and “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities”; and |
| 5.2 | to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. |
This opinion is limited to the matters detailed herein and is not to be read as an opinion with respect to any other matter.
Yours faithfully
/s/ Forbes Hare
Forbes Hare
Page 7 of 7
Exhibit 5.2
 |
Loeb & Loeb LLP
345 Park Avenue New York, NY 10154-1895 |
Main |
212.407.4000 |
| Fax | 212.407.4990 |
January 16, 2026
Shreya Acquisition Group c/o First Island Trust Company Ltd, Suite 308 St. James Court, St. Denis Street Port Louis, Mauritius |
| Re: | Shreya Acquisition Group |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as United States securities counsel to Shreya Acquisition Group, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (File No. 333-290228) (the “Registration Statement”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), covering an underwritten public offering of (i) 6,000,000 units (the “Units”), with each Unit consisting of one of the Company’s Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Ordinary Shares”) and one right to receive one-eighth of an Ordinary Share (the “Rights”); (ii) up to 900,000 Units (the “Over-Allotment Units”) for which the underwriters have been granted an over-allotment option; (iii) all Ordinary Shares and Rights issued as part of the Units, Over-Allotment Units; and (iv) all Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Rights included in the Units and Over-Allotment Units.
We have examined such documents and considered such legal matters as we have deemed necessary and relevant as the basis for the opinion set forth below. With respect to such examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as reproduced or certified copies, and the authenticity of the originals of those latter documents. As to questions of fact material to this opinion, we have, to the extent deemed appropriate, relied upon certain representations of certain officers of the Company. Because the agreements governing the Units and the Rights contain provisions stating that they are to be governed by the laws of the State of New York, we are rendering this opinion as to New York law. We are admitted to practice in the State of New York, and we express no opinion as to any matters governed by any law other than the law of the State of New York. In particular, we do not purport to pass on any matter governed by the laws of the Cayman Islands.
Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that each of the Rights (including the Rights issuable in connection with the Over-Allotment Units), the Units and the Over-Allotment Units, if and when paid for in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the representative of the underwriters in the offering, will constitute the valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms.
Shreya Acquisition Group
January 16, 2026
Page 2
In addition, the foregoing opinions are qualified to the extent that (a) enforceability may be limited by and be subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law (including, without limitation, concepts of notice and materiality), and by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws affecting creditors’ and debtors’ rights generally (including, without limitation, any state or federal law in respect of fraudulent transfers); and (b) no opinion is expressed herein as to compliance with or the effect of federal or state securities or blue sky laws.
We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, to the use of our name as your U.S. counsel and to all references made to us in the Registration Statement and in the prospectus forming a part thereof. In giving this consent, we do not hereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
Very truly yours,
/s/ Loeb & Loeb LLP
Loeb & Loeb LLP
Exhibit 10.9
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO PROMISSORY NOTE DATED 27 AUGUST, 2025
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO PROMISSORY NOTE DATED 27 AUGUST, 2025 (“Amendment No. 1”) is entered into by and between Shreya Acquisition Group, a Cayman Islands exempted company (the “Maker”), and Thews (Mauritius) Limited (the “Payee”), as of January 9, 2026.
WHEREAS, on August 27, 2025, the Maker entered into a promissory note to pay to the order of the Payee or its registered assigns or successors or order, the principal sum of up to Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000.00) in lawful money of the United States of America, on the terms and conditions described therein (the “Note”);
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 1 of the Note, the outstanding principal balance was due on the earlier of (i) December 31, 2025 or (ii) the date on which Maker consummates an initial public offering of its securities (the “IPO”); and
WHEREAS, the Maker and the Payee have agreed to amend the Note to extend the maturity date.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE MAKER AND THE PAYEE AGREE AS FOLLOWS:
1. The first sentence of Section 1 of the Note is deleted and replaced with the following:
“1. Principal. The principal balance of this Note shall be payable by the Maker on the earlier of: (i) March 31, 2026 or (ii) the date on which Maker consummates an initial public offering of its securities (the “IPO”).”
2. With the exception of the foregoing, all other provisions of the Note remain in full force and effect.
[Signature page to follow]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Maker and Payee, intending to be legally bound hereby, have caused this Amendment No. 1 to be duly executed by the undersigned as of the day and year first above written.
| SHREYA ACQUISITION GROUP | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| THEWS (MAURITIUS) LIMITED | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 of Shreya Acquisition Group (the “Company”), of our report dated September 12, 2025, relating to the financial statements of the Company as of June 30, 2025, and for the period from June 25, 2025 (inception) through June 30, 2025, included in this Registration Statement.
Our report includes an explanatory paragraph as to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.
/s/ Kreit & Chiu CPA LLP
New York, New York
January 16, 2026
Exhibit 99.3
Consent to be Named as a Director Nominee
In connection with the filing by Shreya Acquisition Group of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), I hereby consent, pursuant to Rule 438 of the Securities Act, to being named as a nominee to the board of directors of by Shreya Acquisition Group in the Registration Statement and any and all amendments and supplements thereto. I also consent to the filing of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendments thereto.
| Dated: January 8, 2026 | |
| /s/ Andre Chung Shui | |
| Andre Chung Shui |